diff options
| author | vanjeff <vanjeff@6f19259b-4bc3-4df7-8a09-765794883524> | 2011-04-14 04:32:13 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | vanjeff <vanjeff@6f19259b-4bc3-4df7-8a09-765794883524> | 2011-04-14 04:32:13 +0000 |
| commit | ae4d173a80118151d2d15b4a8efda7e7be07b6dd (patch) | |
| tree | a9da23ac1bbe8097418dc8053805eba5ec18c1ea /BaseTools/Source/C/Common | |
| parent | 12e266f8208844a19623d30228d1584f9af29a25 (diff) | |
| download | edk2-ae4d173a80118151d2d15b4a8efda7e7be07b6dd.tar.gz | |
Delete old BaseTool from UDK2010 branch.
git-svn-id: https://edk2.svn.sourceforge.net/svnroot/edk2/branches/UDK2010@11541 6f19259b-4bc3-4df7-8a09-765794883524
Diffstat (limited to 'BaseTools/Source/C/Common')
37 files changed, 0 insertions, 17138 deletions
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/BasePeCoff.c b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/BasePeCoff.c deleted file mode 100644 index 4a3f92fb15..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/BasePeCoff.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1445 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
- Functions to get info and load PE/COFF image.
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-**/
-
-#include <Common/UefiBaseTypes.h>
-#include <CommonLib.h>
-#include <IndustryStandard/PeImage.h>
-#include "PeCoffLib.h"
-
-typedef union {
- VOID *Header;
- EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER32 *Optional32;
- EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER64 *Optional64;
-} EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_POINTER;
-
-STATIC
-RETURN_STATUS
-PeCoffLoaderGetPeHeader (
- IN OUT PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT *ImageContext,
- OUT EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_UNION **PeHdr,
- OUT EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER **TeHdr
- );
-
-STATIC
-RETURN_STATUS
-PeCoffLoaderCheckImageType (
- IN OUT PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT *ImageContext,
- IN EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_UNION *PeHdr,
- IN EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER *TeHdr
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID *
-PeCoffLoaderImageAddress (
- IN OUT PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT *ImageContext,
- IN UINTN Address
- );
-
-RETURN_STATUS
-PeCoffLoaderRelocateIa32Image (
- IN UINT16 *Reloc,
- IN OUT CHAR8 *Fixup,
- IN OUT CHAR8 **FixupData,
- IN UINT64 Adjust
- );
-
-RETURN_STATUS
-PeCoffLoaderRelocateX64Image (
- IN UINT16 *Reloc,
- IN OUT CHAR8 *Fixup,
- IN OUT CHAR8 **FixupData,
- IN UINT64 Adjust
- );
-
-RETURN_STATUS
-PeCoffLoaderRelocateIpfImage (
- IN UINT16 *Reloc,
- IN OUT CHAR8 *Fixup,
- IN OUT CHAR8 **FixupData,
- IN UINT64 Adjust
- );
-
-RETURN_STATUS
-PeCoffLoaderRelocateArmImage (
- IN UINT16 **Reloc,
- IN OUT CHAR8 *Fixup,
- IN OUT CHAR8 **FixupData,
- IN UINT64 Adjust
- );
-
-STATIC
-RETURN_STATUS
-PeCoffLoaderGetPeHeader (
- IN OUT PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT *ImageContext,
- OUT EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_UNION **PeHdr,
- OUT EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER **TeHdr
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Retrieves the PE or TE Header from a PE/COFF or TE image
-
-Arguments:
-
- ImageContext - The context of the image being loaded
-
- PeHdr - The buffer in which to return the PE header
-
- TeHdr - The buffer in which to return the TE header
-
-Returns:
-
- RETURN_SUCCESS if the PE or TE Header is read,
- Otherwise, the error status from reading the PE/COFF or TE image using the ImageRead function.
-
---*/
-{
- RETURN_STATUS Status;
- EFI_IMAGE_DOS_HEADER DosHdr;
- UINTN Size;
-
- ImageContext->IsTeImage = FALSE;
- //
- // Read the DOS image headers
- //
- Size = sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_DOS_HEADER);
- Status = ImageContext->ImageRead (
- ImageContext->Handle,
- 0,
- &Size,
- &DosHdr
- );
- if (RETURN_ERROR (Status)) {
- ImageContext->ImageError = IMAGE_ERROR_IMAGE_READ;
- return Status;
- }
-
- ImageContext->PeCoffHeaderOffset = 0;
- if (DosHdr.e_magic == EFI_IMAGE_DOS_SIGNATURE) {
- //
- // DOS image header is present, so read the PE header after the DOS image header
- //
- ImageContext->PeCoffHeaderOffset = DosHdr.e_lfanew;
- }
- //
- // Get the PE/COFF Header pointer
- //
- *PeHdr = (EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_UNION *) ((UINTN)ImageContext->Handle + ImageContext->PeCoffHeaderOffset);
- if ((*PeHdr)->Pe32.Signature != EFI_IMAGE_NT_SIGNATURE) {
- //
- // Check the PE/COFF Header Signature. If not, then try to get a TE header
- //
- *TeHdr = (EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER *)*PeHdr;
- if ((*TeHdr)->Signature != EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER_SIGNATURE) {
- return RETURN_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- ImageContext->IsTeImage = TRUE;
- }
-
- return RETURN_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-STATIC
-RETURN_STATUS
-PeCoffLoaderCheckImageType (
- IN OUT PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT *ImageContext,
- IN EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_UNION *PeHdr,
- IN EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER *TeHdr
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Checks the PE or TE header of a PE/COFF or TE image to determine if it supported
-
-Arguments:
-
- ImageContext - The context of the image being loaded
-
- PeHdr - The buffer in which to return the PE header
-
- TeHdr - The buffer in which to return the TE header
-
-Returns:
-
- RETURN_SUCCESS if the PE/COFF or TE image is supported
- RETURN_UNSUPPORTED of the PE/COFF or TE image is not supported.
-
---*/
-{
- //
- // See if the machine type is supported.
- // We support a native machine type (IA-32/Itanium-based)
- //
- if (ImageContext->IsTeImage == FALSE) {
- ImageContext->Machine = PeHdr->Pe32.FileHeader.Machine;
- } else {
- ImageContext->Machine = TeHdr->Machine;
- }
-
- if (ImageContext->Machine != EFI_IMAGE_MACHINE_IA32 && \
- ImageContext->Machine != EFI_IMAGE_MACHINE_IA64 && \
- ImageContext->Machine != EFI_IMAGE_MACHINE_X64 && \
- ImageContext->Machine != EFI_IMAGE_MACHINE_ARMT && \
- ImageContext->Machine != EFI_IMAGE_MACHINE_EBC) {
- if (ImageContext->Machine == IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_ARM) {
- //
- // There are two types of ARM images. Pure ARM and ARM/Thumb.
- // If we see the ARM say it is the ARM/Thumb so there is only
- // a single machine type we need to check for ARM.
- //
- ImageContext->Machine = EFI_IMAGE_MACHINE_ARMT;
- if (ImageContext->IsTeImage == FALSE) {
- PeHdr->Pe32.FileHeader.Machine = ImageContext->Machine;
- } else {
- TeHdr->Machine = ImageContext->Machine;
- }
-
- } else {
- //
- // unsupported PeImage machine type
- //
- return RETURN_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // See if the image type is supported. We support EFI Applications,
- // EFI Boot Service Drivers, EFI Runtime Drivers and EFI SAL Drivers.
- //
- if (ImageContext->IsTeImage == FALSE) {
- ImageContext->ImageType = PeHdr->Pe32.OptionalHeader.Subsystem;
- } else {
- ImageContext->ImageType = (UINT16) (TeHdr->Subsystem);
- }
-
- if (ImageContext->ImageType != EFI_IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_EFI_APPLICATION && \
- ImageContext->ImageType != EFI_IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_EFI_BOOT_SERVICE_DRIVER && \
- ImageContext->ImageType != EFI_IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_EFI_RUNTIME_DRIVER && \
- ImageContext->ImageType != EFI_IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_SAL_RUNTIME_DRIVER) {
- //
- // upsupported PeImage subsystem type
- //
- return RETURN_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- return RETURN_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-RETURN_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeCoffLoaderGetImageInfo (
- IN OUT PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT *ImageContext
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Retrieves information on a PE/COFF image
-
-Arguments:
-
- This - Calling context
- ImageContext - The context of the image being loaded
-
-Returns:
-
- RETURN_SUCCESS - The information on the PE/COFF image was collected.
- RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER - ImageContext is NULL.
- RETURN_UNSUPPORTED - The PE/COFF image is not supported.
- Otherwise - The error status from reading the PE/COFF image using the
- ImageContext->ImageRead() function
-
---*/
-{
- RETURN_STATUS Status;
- EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_UNION *PeHdr;
- EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER *TeHdr;
- EFI_IMAGE_DATA_DIRECTORY *DebugDirectoryEntry;
- UINTN Size;
- UINTN Index;
- UINTN DebugDirectoryEntryRva;
- UINTN DebugDirectoryEntryFileOffset;
- UINTN SectionHeaderOffset;
- EFI_IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER SectionHeader;
- EFI_IMAGE_DEBUG_DIRECTORY_ENTRY DebugEntry;
- EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_POINTER OptionHeader;
-
- PeHdr = NULL;
- TeHdr = NULL;
- DebugDirectoryEntry = NULL;
- DebugDirectoryEntryRva = 0;
-
- if (NULL == ImageContext) {
- return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- //
- // Assume success
- //
- ImageContext->ImageError = IMAGE_ERROR_SUCCESS;
-
- Status = PeCoffLoaderGetPeHeader (ImageContext, &PeHdr, &TeHdr);
- if (RETURN_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Verify machine type
- //
- Status = PeCoffLoaderCheckImageType (ImageContext, PeHdr, TeHdr);
- if (RETURN_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- OptionHeader.Header = (VOID *) &(PeHdr->Pe32.OptionalHeader);
-
- //
- // Retrieve the base address of the image
- //
- if (!(ImageContext->IsTeImage)) {
- if (PeHdr->Pe32.OptionalHeader.Magic == EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR32_MAGIC) {
- ImageContext->ImageAddress = (PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) OptionHeader.Optional32->ImageBase;
- } else {
- ImageContext->ImageAddress = (PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) OptionHeader.Optional64->ImageBase;
- }
- } else {
- ImageContext->ImageAddress = (PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (TeHdr->ImageBase + TeHdr->StrippedSize - sizeof (EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER));
- }
- //
- // Initialize the alternate destination address to 0 indicating that it
- // should not be used.
- //
- ImageContext->DestinationAddress = 0;
-
- //
- // Initialize the codeview pointer.
- //
- ImageContext->CodeView = NULL;
- ImageContext->PdbPointer = NULL;
-
- //
- // Three cases with regards to relocations:
- // - Image has base relocs, RELOCS_STRIPPED==0 => image is relocatable
- // - Image has no base relocs, RELOCS_STRIPPED==1 => Image is not relocatable
- // - Image has no base relocs, RELOCS_STRIPPED==0 => Image is relocatable but
- // has no base relocs to apply
- // Obviously having base relocations with RELOCS_STRIPPED==1 is invalid.
- //
- // Look at the file header to determine if relocations have been stripped, and
- // save this info in the image context for later use.
- //
- if ((!(ImageContext->IsTeImage)) && ((PeHdr->Pe32.FileHeader.Characteristics & EFI_IMAGE_FILE_RELOCS_STRIPPED) != 0)) {
- ImageContext->RelocationsStripped = TRUE;
- } else if ((ImageContext->IsTeImage) && (TeHdr->DataDirectory[0].Size == 0)) {
- ImageContext->RelocationsStripped = TRUE;
- } else {
- ImageContext->RelocationsStripped = FALSE;
- }
-
- if (!(ImageContext->IsTeImage)) {
-
- if (PeHdr->Pe32.OptionalHeader.Magic == EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR32_MAGIC) {
- ImageContext->ImageSize = (UINT64) OptionHeader.Optional32->SizeOfImage;
- ImageContext->SectionAlignment = OptionHeader.Optional32->SectionAlignment;
- ImageContext->SizeOfHeaders = OptionHeader.Optional32->SizeOfHeaders;
-
- //
- // Modify ImageSize to contain .PDB file name if required and initialize
- // PdbRVA field...
- //
- if (OptionHeader.Optional32->NumberOfRvaAndSizes > EFI_IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_DEBUG) {
- DebugDirectoryEntry = (EFI_IMAGE_DATA_DIRECTORY *) &(OptionHeader.Optional32->DataDirectory[EFI_IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_DEBUG]);
- DebugDirectoryEntryRva = DebugDirectoryEntry->VirtualAddress;
- }
- } else {
- ImageContext->ImageSize = (UINT64) OptionHeader.Optional64->SizeOfImage;
- ImageContext->SectionAlignment = OptionHeader.Optional64->SectionAlignment;
- ImageContext->SizeOfHeaders = OptionHeader.Optional64->SizeOfHeaders;
-
- //
- // Modify ImageSize to contain .PDB file name if required and initialize
- // PdbRVA field...
- //
- if (OptionHeader.Optional64->NumberOfRvaAndSizes > EFI_IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_DEBUG) {
- DebugDirectoryEntry = (EFI_IMAGE_DATA_DIRECTORY *) &(OptionHeader.Optional64->DataDirectory[EFI_IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_DEBUG]);
- DebugDirectoryEntryRva = DebugDirectoryEntry->VirtualAddress;
- }
- }
-
- if (DebugDirectoryEntryRva != 0) {
- //
- // Determine the file offset of the debug directory... This means we walk
- // the sections to find which section contains the RVA of the debug
- // directory
- //
- DebugDirectoryEntryFileOffset = 0;
-
- SectionHeaderOffset = (UINTN)(
- ImageContext->PeCoffHeaderOffset +
- sizeof (UINT32) +
- sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_FILE_HEADER) +
- PeHdr->Pe32.FileHeader.SizeOfOptionalHeader
- );
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < PeHdr->Pe32.FileHeader.NumberOfSections; Index++) {
- //
- // Read section header from file
- //
- Size = sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER);
- Status = ImageContext->ImageRead (
- ImageContext->Handle,
- SectionHeaderOffset,
- &Size,
- &SectionHeader
- );
- if (RETURN_ERROR (Status)) {
- ImageContext->ImageError = IMAGE_ERROR_IMAGE_READ;
- return Status;
- }
-
- if (DebugDirectoryEntryRva >= SectionHeader.VirtualAddress &&
- DebugDirectoryEntryRva < SectionHeader.VirtualAddress + SectionHeader.Misc.VirtualSize) {
- DebugDirectoryEntryFileOffset =
- DebugDirectoryEntryRva - SectionHeader.VirtualAddress + SectionHeader.PointerToRawData;
- break;
- }
-
- SectionHeaderOffset += sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER);
- }
-
- if (DebugDirectoryEntryFileOffset != 0) {
- for (Index = 0; Index < DebugDirectoryEntry->Size; Index += sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_DEBUG_DIRECTORY_ENTRY)) {
- //
- // Read next debug directory entry
- //
- Size = sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_DEBUG_DIRECTORY_ENTRY);
- Status = ImageContext->ImageRead (
- ImageContext->Handle,
- DebugDirectoryEntryFileOffset + Index,
- &Size,
- &DebugEntry
- );
- if (RETURN_ERROR (Status)) {
- ImageContext->ImageError = IMAGE_ERROR_IMAGE_READ;
- return Status;
- }
-
- if (DebugEntry.Type == EFI_IMAGE_DEBUG_TYPE_CODEVIEW) {
- ImageContext->DebugDirectoryEntryRva = (UINT32) (DebugDirectoryEntryRva + Index);
- if (DebugEntry.RVA == 0 && DebugEntry.FileOffset != 0) {
- ImageContext->ImageSize += DebugEntry.SizeOfData;
- }
-
- return RETURN_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- } else {
- ImageContext->ImageSize = 0;
- ImageContext->SectionAlignment = 4096;
- ImageContext->SizeOfHeaders = sizeof (EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER) + (UINTN) TeHdr->BaseOfCode - (UINTN) TeHdr->StrippedSize;
-
- DebugDirectoryEntry = &TeHdr->DataDirectory[1];
- DebugDirectoryEntryRva = DebugDirectoryEntry->VirtualAddress;
- SectionHeaderOffset = (UINTN) (sizeof (EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER));
-
- DebugDirectoryEntryFileOffset = 0;
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < TeHdr->NumberOfSections;) {
- //
- // Read section header from file
- //
- Size = sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER);
- Status = ImageContext->ImageRead (
- ImageContext->Handle,
- SectionHeaderOffset,
- &Size,
- &SectionHeader
- );
- if (RETURN_ERROR (Status)) {
- ImageContext->ImageError = IMAGE_ERROR_IMAGE_READ;
- return Status;
- }
-
- if (DebugDirectoryEntryRva >= SectionHeader.VirtualAddress &&
- DebugDirectoryEntryRva < SectionHeader.VirtualAddress + SectionHeader.Misc.VirtualSize) {
- DebugDirectoryEntryFileOffset = DebugDirectoryEntryRva -
- SectionHeader.VirtualAddress +
- SectionHeader.PointerToRawData +
- sizeof (EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER) -
- TeHdr->StrippedSize;
-
- //
- // File offset of the debug directory was found, if this is not the last
- // section, then skip to the last section for calculating the image size.
- //
- if (Index < (UINTN) TeHdr->NumberOfSections - 1) {
- SectionHeaderOffset += (TeHdr->NumberOfSections - 1 - Index) * sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER);
- Index = TeHdr->NumberOfSections - 1;
- continue;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // In Te image header there is not a field to describe the ImageSize.
- // Actually, the ImageSize equals the RVA plus the VirtualSize of
- // the last section mapped into memory (Must be rounded up to
- // a mulitple of Section Alignment). Per the PE/COFF specification, the
- // section headers in the Section Table must appear in order of the RVA
- // values for the corresponding sections. So the ImageSize can be determined
- // by the RVA and the VirtualSize of the last section header in the
- // Section Table.
- //
- if ((++Index) == (UINTN) TeHdr->NumberOfSections) {
- ImageContext->ImageSize = (SectionHeader.VirtualAddress + SectionHeader.Misc.VirtualSize +
- ImageContext->SectionAlignment - 1) & ~(ImageContext->SectionAlignment - 1);
- }
-
- SectionHeaderOffset += sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER);
- }
-
- if (DebugDirectoryEntryFileOffset != 0) {
- for (Index = 0; Index < DebugDirectoryEntry->Size; Index += sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_DEBUG_DIRECTORY_ENTRY)) {
- //
- // Read next debug directory entry
- //
- Size = sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_DEBUG_DIRECTORY_ENTRY);
- Status = ImageContext->ImageRead (
- ImageContext->Handle,
- DebugDirectoryEntryFileOffset,
- &Size,
- &DebugEntry
- );
- if (RETURN_ERROR (Status)) {
- ImageContext->ImageError = IMAGE_ERROR_IMAGE_READ;
- return Status;
- }
-
- if (DebugEntry.Type == EFI_IMAGE_DEBUG_TYPE_CODEVIEW) {
- ImageContext->DebugDirectoryEntryRva = (UINT32) (DebugDirectoryEntryRva + Index);
- return RETURN_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- return RETURN_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID *
-PeCoffLoaderImageAddress (
- IN OUT PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT *ImageContext,
- IN UINTN Address
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Converts an image address to the loaded address
-
-Arguments:
-
- ImageContext - The context of the image being loaded
-
- Address - The address to be converted to the loaded address
-
-Returns:
-
- NULL if the address can not be converted, otherwise, the converted address
-
---*/
-{
- if (Address >= ImageContext->ImageSize) {
- ImageContext->ImageError = IMAGE_ERROR_INVALID_IMAGE_ADDRESS;
- return NULL;
- }
-
- return (UINT8 *) ((UINTN) ImageContext->ImageAddress + Address);
-}
-
-RETURN_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeCoffLoaderRelocateImage (
- IN OUT PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT *ImageContext
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Relocates a PE/COFF image in memory
-
-Arguments:
-
- This - Calling context
-
- ImageContext - Contains information on the loaded image to relocate
-
-Returns:
-
- RETURN_SUCCESS if the PE/COFF image was relocated
- RETURN_LOAD_ERROR if the image is not a valid PE/COFF image
- RETURN_UNSUPPORTED not support
-
---*/
-{
- RETURN_STATUS Status;
- EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_UNION *PeHdr;
- EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER *TeHdr;
- EFI_IMAGE_DATA_DIRECTORY *RelocDir;
- UINT64 Adjust;
- EFI_IMAGE_BASE_RELOCATION *RelocBase;
- EFI_IMAGE_BASE_RELOCATION *RelocBaseEnd;
- UINT16 *Reloc;
- UINT16 *RelocEnd;
- CHAR8 *Fixup;
- CHAR8 *FixupBase;
- UINT16 *F16;
- UINT32 *F32;
- CHAR8 *FixupData;
- PHYSICAL_ADDRESS BaseAddress;
- UINT16 MachineType;
- EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_POINTER OptionHeader;
-
- PeHdr = NULL;
- TeHdr = NULL;
- //
- // Assume success
- //
- ImageContext->ImageError = IMAGE_ERROR_SUCCESS;
-
- //
- // If there are no relocation entries, then we are done
- //
- if (ImageContext->RelocationsStripped) {
- return RETURN_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- //
- // Use DestinationAddress field of ImageContext as the relocation address even if it is 0.
- //
- BaseAddress = ImageContext->DestinationAddress;
-
- if (!(ImageContext->IsTeImage)) {
- PeHdr = (EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_UNION *)((UINTN)ImageContext->ImageAddress +
- ImageContext->PeCoffHeaderOffset);
- OptionHeader.Header = (VOID *) &(PeHdr->Pe32.OptionalHeader);
- if (PeHdr->Pe32.OptionalHeader.Magic == EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR32_MAGIC) {
- Adjust = (UINT64) BaseAddress - OptionHeader.Optional32->ImageBase;
- OptionHeader.Optional32->ImageBase = (UINT32) BaseAddress;
- MachineType = ImageContext->Machine;
- //
- // Find the relocation block
- //
- // Per the PE/COFF spec, you can't assume that a given data directory
- // is present in the image. You have to check the NumberOfRvaAndSizes in
- // the optional header to verify a desired directory entry is there.
- //
- if (OptionHeader.Optional32->NumberOfRvaAndSizes > EFI_IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_BASERELOC) {
- RelocDir = &OptionHeader.Optional32->DataDirectory[EFI_IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_BASERELOC];
- RelocBase = PeCoffLoaderImageAddress (ImageContext, RelocDir->VirtualAddress);
- RelocBaseEnd = PeCoffLoaderImageAddress (
- ImageContext,
- RelocDir->VirtualAddress + RelocDir->Size - 1
- );
- } else {
- //
- // Set base and end to bypass processing below.
- //
- RelocBase = RelocBaseEnd = 0;
- }
- } else {
- Adjust = (UINT64) BaseAddress - OptionHeader.Optional64->ImageBase;
- OptionHeader.Optional64->ImageBase = BaseAddress;
- MachineType = ImageContext->Machine;
- //
- // Find the relocation block
- //
- // Per the PE/COFF spec, you can't assume that a given data directory
- // is present in the image. You have to check the NumberOfRvaAndSizes in
- // the optional header to verify a desired directory entry is there.
- //
- if (OptionHeader.Optional64->NumberOfRvaAndSizes > EFI_IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_BASERELOC) {
- RelocDir = &OptionHeader.Optional64->DataDirectory[EFI_IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_BASERELOC];
- RelocBase = PeCoffLoaderImageAddress (ImageContext, RelocDir->VirtualAddress);
- RelocBaseEnd = PeCoffLoaderImageAddress (
- ImageContext,
- RelocDir->VirtualAddress + RelocDir->Size - 1
- );
- } else {
- //
- // Set base and end to bypass processing below.
- //
- RelocBase = RelocBaseEnd = 0;
- }
- }
- } else {
- TeHdr = (EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER *) (UINTN) (ImageContext->ImageAddress);
- Adjust = (UINT64) (BaseAddress - TeHdr->ImageBase);
- TeHdr->ImageBase = (UINT64) (BaseAddress);
- MachineType = TeHdr->Machine;
-
- //
- // Find the relocation block
- //
- RelocDir = &TeHdr->DataDirectory[0];
- RelocBase = (EFI_IMAGE_BASE_RELOCATION *)(UINTN)(
- ImageContext->ImageAddress +
- RelocDir->VirtualAddress +
- sizeof(EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER) -
- TeHdr->StrippedSize
- );
- RelocBaseEnd = (EFI_IMAGE_BASE_RELOCATION *) ((UINTN) RelocBase + (UINTN) RelocDir->Size - 1);
- }
-
- //
- // Run the relocation information and apply the fixups
- //
- FixupData = ImageContext->FixupData;
- while (RelocBase < RelocBaseEnd) {
-
- Reloc = (UINT16 *) ((CHAR8 *) RelocBase + sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_BASE_RELOCATION));
- RelocEnd = (UINT16 *) ((CHAR8 *) RelocBase + RelocBase->SizeOfBlock);
- if (!(ImageContext->IsTeImage)) {
- FixupBase = PeCoffLoaderImageAddress (ImageContext, RelocBase->VirtualAddress);
- } else {
- FixupBase = (CHAR8 *)(UINTN)(ImageContext->ImageAddress +
- RelocBase->VirtualAddress +
- sizeof(EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER) -
- TeHdr->StrippedSize
- );
- }
-
- if ((CHAR8 *) RelocEnd < (CHAR8 *) ((UINTN) ImageContext->ImageAddress) ||
- (CHAR8 *) RelocEnd > (CHAR8 *)((UINTN)ImageContext->ImageAddress +
- (UINTN)ImageContext->ImageSize)) {
- ImageContext->ImageError = IMAGE_ERROR_FAILED_RELOCATION;
- return RETURN_LOAD_ERROR;
- }
-
- //
- // Run this relocation record
- //
- while (Reloc < RelocEnd) {
-
- Fixup = FixupBase + (*Reloc & 0xFFF);
- switch ((*Reloc) >> 12) {
- case EFI_IMAGE_REL_BASED_ABSOLUTE:
- break;
-
- case EFI_IMAGE_REL_BASED_HIGH:
- F16 = (UINT16 *) Fixup;
- *F16 = (UINT16) (*F16 + ((UINT16) ((UINT32) Adjust >> 16)));
- if (FixupData != NULL) {
- *(UINT16 *) FixupData = *F16;
- FixupData = FixupData + sizeof (UINT16);
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_IMAGE_REL_BASED_LOW:
- F16 = (UINT16 *) Fixup;
- *F16 = (UINT16) (*F16 + (UINT16) Adjust);
- if (FixupData != NULL) {
- *(UINT16 *) FixupData = *F16;
- FixupData = FixupData + sizeof (UINT16);
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_IMAGE_REL_BASED_HIGHLOW:
- F32 = (UINT32 *) Fixup;
- *F32 = *F32 + (UINT32) Adjust;
- if (FixupData != NULL) {
- FixupData = ALIGN_POINTER (FixupData, sizeof (UINT32));
- *(UINT32 *) FixupData = *F32;
- FixupData = FixupData + sizeof (UINT32);
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_IMAGE_REL_BASED_HIGHADJ:
- //
- // Return the same EFI_UNSUPPORTED return code as
- // PeCoffLoaderRelocateImageEx() returns if it does not recognize
- // the relocation type.
- //
- ImageContext->ImageError = IMAGE_ERROR_FAILED_RELOCATION;
- return RETURN_UNSUPPORTED;
-
- default:
- switch (MachineType) {
- case EFI_IMAGE_MACHINE_IA32:
- Status = PeCoffLoaderRelocateIa32Image (Reloc, Fixup, &FixupData, Adjust);
- break;
- case EFI_IMAGE_MACHINE_ARMT:
- Status = PeCoffLoaderRelocateArmImage (&Reloc, Fixup, &FixupData, Adjust);
- break;
- case EFI_IMAGE_MACHINE_X64:
- Status = PeCoffLoaderRelocateX64Image (Reloc, Fixup, &FixupData, Adjust);
- break;
- case EFI_IMAGE_MACHINE_IA64:
- Status = PeCoffLoaderRelocateIpfImage (Reloc, Fixup, &FixupData, Adjust);
- break;
- default:
- Status = RETURN_UNSUPPORTED;
- break;
- }
- if (RETURN_ERROR (Status)) {
- ImageContext->ImageError = IMAGE_ERROR_FAILED_RELOCATION;
- return Status;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Next relocation record
- //
- Reloc += 1;
- }
-
- //
- // Next reloc block
- //
- RelocBase = (EFI_IMAGE_BASE_RELOCATION *) RelocEnd;
- }
-
- return RETURN_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-RETURN_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeCoffLoaderLoadImage (
- IN OUT PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT *ImageContext
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Loads a PE/COFF image into memory
-
-Arguments:
-
- This - Calling context
-
- ImageContext - Contains information on image to load into memory
-
-Returns:
-
- RETURN_SUCCESS if the PE/COFF image was loaded
- RETURN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if the caller did not provide a large enough buffer
- RETURN_LOAD_ERROR if the image is a runtime driver with no relocations
- RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER if the image address is invalid
-
---*/
-{
- RETURN_STATUS Status;
- EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_UNION *PeHdr;
- EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER *TeHdr;
- PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT CheckContext;
- EFI_IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER *FirstSection;
- EFI_IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER *Section;
- UINTN NumberOfSections;
- UINTN Index;
- CHAR8 *Base;
- CHAR8 *End;
- CHAR8 *MaxEnd;
- EFI_IMAGE_DATA_DIRECTORY *DirectoryEntry;
- EFI_IMAGE_DEBUG_DIRECTORY_ENTRY *DebugEntry;
- UINTN Size;
- UINT32 TempDebugEntryRva;
- EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_POINTER OptionHeader;
-
- PeHdr = NULL;
- TeHdr = NULL;
- OptionHeader.Header = NULL;
- //
- // Assume success
- //
- ImageContext->ImageError = IMAGE_ERROR_SUCCESS;
-
- //
- // Copy the provided context info into our local version, get what we
- // can from the original image, and then use that to make sure everything
- // is legit.
- //
- CopyMem (&CheckContext, ImageContext, sizeof (PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT));
-
- Status = PeCoffLoaderGetImageInfo (&CheckContext);
- if (RETURN_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Make sure there is enough allocated space for the image being loaded
- //
- if (ImageContext->ImageSize < CheckContext.ImageSize) {
- ImageContext->ImageError = IMAGE_ERROR_INVALID_IMAGE_SIZE;
- return RETURN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
- }
-
- //
- // If there's no relocations, then make sure it's not a runtime driver,
- // and that it's being loaded at the linked address.
- //
- if (CheckContext.RelocationsStripped) {
- //
- // If the image does not contain relocations and it is a runtime driver
- // then return an error.
- //
- if (CheckContext.ImageType == EFI_IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_EFI_RUNTIME_DRIVER) {
- ImageContext->ImageError = IMAGE_ERROR_INVALID_SUBSYSTEM;
- return RETURN_LOAD_ERROR;
- }
- //
- // If the image does not contain relocations, and the requested load address
- // is not the linked address, then return an error.
- //
- if (CheckContext.ImageAddress != ImageContext->ImageAddress) {
- ImageContext->ImageError = IMAGE_ERROR_INVALID_IMAGE_ADDRESS;
- return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- }
- //
- // Make sure the allocated space has the proper section alignment
- //
- if (!(ImageContext->IsTeImage)) {
- if ((ImageContext->ImageAddress & (CheckContext.SectionAlignment - 1)) != 0) {
- ImageContext->ImageError = IMAGE_ERROR_INVALID_SECTION_ALIGNMENT;
- return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- }
- //
- // Read the entire PE/COFF or TE header into memory
- //
- if (!(ImageContext->IsTeImage)) {
- Status = ImageContext->ImageRead (
- ImageContext->Handle,
- 0,
- &ImageContext->SizeOfHeaders,
- (VOID *) (UINTN) ImageContext->ImageAddress
- );
-
- PeHdr = (EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_UNION *)
- ((UINTN)ImageContext->ImageAddress + ImageContext->PeCoffHeaderOffset);
-
- OptionHeader.Header = (VOID *) &(PeHdr->Pe32.OptionalHeader);
-
- FirstSection = (EFI_IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER *) (
- (UINTN)ImageContext->ImageAddress +
- ImageContext->PeCoffHeaderOffset +
- sizeof(UINT32) +
- sizeof(EFI_IMAGE_FILE_HEADER) +
- PeHdr->Pe32.FileHeader.SizeOfOptionalHeader
- );
- NumberOfSections = (UINTN) (PeHdr->Pe32.FileHeader.NumberOfSections);
- } else {
- Status = ImageContext->ImageRead (
- ImageContext->Handle,
- 0,
- &ImageContext->SizeOfHeaders,
- (VOID *) (UINTN) ImageContext->ImageAddress
- );
-
- TeHdr = (EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER *) (UINTN) (ImageContext->ImageAddress);
-
- FirstSection = (EFI_IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER *) (
- (UINTN)ImageContext->ImageAddress +
- sizeof(EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER)
- );
- NumberOfSections = (UINTN) (TeHdr->NumberOfSections);
-
- }
-
- if (RETURN_ERROR (Status)) {
- ImageContext->ImageError = IMAGE_ERROR_IMAGE_READ;
- return RETURN_LOAD_ERROR;
- }
-
- //
- // Load each section of the image
- //
- Section = FirstSection;
- for (Index = 0, MaxEnd = NULL; Index < NumberOfSections; Index++) {
-
- //
- // Compute sections address
- //
- Base = PeCoffLoaderImageAddress (ImageContext, Section->VirtualAddress);
- End = PeCoffLoaderImageAddress (
- ImageContext,
- Section->VirtualAddress + Section->Misc.VirtualSize - 1
- );
- if (ImageContext->IsTeImage) {
- Base = (CHAR8 *) ((UINTN) Base + sizeof (EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER) - (UINTN) TeHdr->StrippedSize);
- End = (CHAR8 *) ((UINTN) End + sizeof (EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER) - (UINTN) TeHdr->StrippedSize);
- }
-
- if (End > MaxEnd) {
- MaxEnd = End;
- }
- //
- // If the base start or end address resolved to 0, then fail.
- //
- if ((Base == NULL) || (End == NULL)) {
- ImageContext->ImageError = IMAGE_ERROR_SECTION_NOT_LOADED;
- return RETURN_LOAD_ERROR;
- }
-
- //
- // Read the section
- //
- Size = (UINTN) Section->Misc.VirtualSize;
- if ((Size == 0) || (Size > Section->SizeOfRawData)) {
- Size = (UINTN) Section->SizeOfRawData;
- }
-
- if (Section->SizeOfRawData) {
- if (!(ImageContext->IsTeImage)) {
- Status = ImageContext->ImageRead (
- ImageContext->Handle,
- Section->PointerToRawData,
- &Size,
- Base
- );
- } else {
- Status = ImageContext->ImageRead (
- ImageContext->Handle,
- Section->PointerToRawData + sizeof (EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER) - (UINTN) TeHdr->StrippedSize,
- &Size,
- Base
- );
- }
-
- if (RETURN_ERROR (Status)) {
- ImageContext->ImageError = IMAGE_ERROR_IMAGE_READ;
- return Status;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // If raw size is less then virt size, zero fill the remaining
- //
-
- if (Size < Section->Misc.VirtualSize) {
- ZeroMem (Base + Size, Section->Misc.VirtualSize - Size);
- }
-
- //
- // Next Section
- //
- Section += 1;
- }
-
- //
- // Get image's entry point
- //
- if (!(ImageContext->IsTeImage)) {
- ImageContext->EntryPoint = (PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (UINTN) PeCoffLoaderImageAddress (
- ImageContext,
- PeHdr->Pe32.OptionalHeader.AddressOfEntryPoint
- );
- } else {
- ImageContext->EntryPoint = (PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) (
- (UINTN)ImageContext->ImageAddress +
- (UINTN)TeHdr->AddressOfEntryPoint +
- (UINTN)sizeof(EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER) -
- (UINTN) TeHdr->StrippedSize
- );
- }
-
- //
- // Determine the size of the fixup data
- //
- // Per the PE/COFF spec, you can't assume that a given data directory
- // is present in the image. You have to check the NumberOfRvaAndSizes in
- // the optional header to verify a desired directory entry is there.
- //
- if (!(ImageContext->IsTeImage)) {
- if (PeHdr->Pe32.OptionalHeader.Magic == EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR32_MAGIC) {
- if (OptionHeader.Optional32->NumberOfRvaAndSizes > EFI_IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_BASERELOC) {
- DirectoryEntry = (EFI_IMAGE_DATA_DIRECTORY *)
- &OptionHeader.Optional32->DataDirectory[EFI_IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_BASERELOC];
- ImageContext->FixupDataSize = DirectoryEntry->Size / sizeof (UINT16) * sizeof (UINTN);
- } else {
- ImageContext->FixupDataSize = 0;
- }
- } else {
- if (OptionHeader.Optional64->NumberOfRvaAndSizes > EFI_IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_BASERELOC) {
- DirectoryEntry = (EFI_IMAGE_DATA_DIRECTORY *)
- &OptionHeader.Optional64->DataDirectory[EFI_IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_BASERELOC];
- ImageContext->FixupDataSize = DirectoryEntry->Size / sizeof (UINT16) * sizeof (UINTN);
- } else {
- ImageContext->FixupDataSize = 0;
- }
- }
- } else {
- DirectoryEntry = &TeHdr->DataDirectory[0];
- ImageContext->FixupDataSize = DirectoryEntry->Size / sizeof (UINT16) * sizeof (UINTN);
- }
- //
- // Consumer must allocate a buffer for the relocation fixup log.
- // Only used for runtime drivers.
- //
- ImageContext->FixupData = NULL;
-
- //
- // Load the Codeview info if present
- //
- if (ImageContext->DebugDirectoryEntryRva != 0) {
- if (!(ImageContext->IsTeImage)) {
- DebugEntry = PeCoffLoaderImageAddress (
- ImageContext,
- ImageContext->DebugDirectoryEntryRva
- );
- } else {
- DebugEntry = (EFI_IMAGE_DEBUG_DIRECTORY_ENTRY *)(UINTN)(
- ImageContext->ImageAddress +
- ImageContext->DebugDirectoryEntryRva +
- sizeof(EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER) -
- TeHdr->StrippedSize
- );
- }
-
- if (DebugEntry != NULL) {
- TempDebugEntryRva = DebugEntry->RVA;
- if (DebugEntry->RVA == 0 && DebugEntry->FileOffset != 0) {
- Section--;
- if ((UINTN) Section->SizeOfRawData < Section->Misc.VirtualSize) {
- TempDebugEntryRva = Section->VirtualAddress + Section->Misc.VirtualSize;
- } else {
- TempDebugEntryRva = Section->VirtualAddress + Section->SizeOfRawData;
- }
- }
-
- if (TempDebugEntryRva != 0) {
- if (!(ImageContext->IsTeImage)) {
- ImageContext->CodeView = PeCoffLoaderImageAddress (ImageContext, TempDebugEntryRva);
- } else {
- ImageContext->CodeView = (VOID *)(
- (UINTN)ImageContext->ImageAddress +
- (UINTN)TempDebugEntryRva +
- (UINTN)sizeof(EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER) -
- (UINTN) TeHdr->StrippedSize
- );
- }
-
- if (ImageContext->CodeView == NULL) {
- ImageContext->ImageError = IMAGE_ERROR_IMAGE_READ;
- return RETURN_LOAD_ERROR;
- }
-
- if (DebugEntry->RVA == 0) {
- Size = DebugEntry->SizeOfData;
- if (!(ImageContext->IsTeImage)) {
- Status = ImageContext->ImageRead (
- ImageContext->Handle,
- DebugEntry->FileOffset,
- &Size,
- ImageContext->CodeView
- );
- } else {
- Status = ImageContext->ImageRead (
- ImageContext->Handle,
- DebugEntry->FileOffset + sizeof (EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER) - TeHdr->StrippedSize,
- &Size,
- ImageContext->CodeView
- );
- //
- // Should we apply fix up to this field according to the size difference between PE and TE?
- // Because now we maintain TE header fields unfixed, this field will also remain as they are
- // in original PE image.
- //
- }
-
- if (RETURN_ERROR (Status)) {
- ImageContext->ImageError = IMAGE_ERROR_IMAGE_READ;
- return RETURN_LOAD_ERROR;
- }
-
- DebugEntry->RVA = TempDebugEntryRva;
- }
-
- switch (*(UINT32 *) ImageContext->CodeView) {
- case CODEVIEW_SIGNATURE_NB10:
- ImageContext->PdbPointer = (CHAR8 *) ImageContext->CodeView + sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_DEBUG_CODEVIEW_NB10_ENTRY);
- break;
-
- case CODEVIEW_SIGNATURE_RSDS:
- ImageContext->PdbPointer = (CHAR8 *) ImageContext->CodeView + sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_DEBUG_CODEVIEW_RSDS_ENTRY);
- break;
-
- case CODEVIEW_SIGNATURE_MTOC:
- ImageContext->PdbPointer = (CHAR8 *) ImageContext->CodeView + sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_DEBUG_CODEVIEW_MTOC_ENTRY);
-
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Returns a pointer to the PDB file name for a raw PE/COFF image that is not
- loaded into system memory with the PE/COFF Loader Library functions.
-
- Returns the PDB file name for the PE/COFF image specified by Pe32Data. If
- the PE/COFF image specified by Pe32Data is not a valid, then NULL is
- returned. If the PE/COFF image specified by Pe32Data does not contain a
- debug directory entry, then NULL is returned. If the debug directory entry
- in the PE/COFF image specified by Pe32Data does not contain a PDB file name,
- then NULL is returned.
- If Pe32Data is NULL, then return NULL.
-
- @param Pe32Data Pointer to the PE/COFF image that is loaded in system
- memory.
-
- @return The PDB file name for the PE/COFF image specified by Pe32Data or NULL
- if it cannot be retrieved.
-
-**/
-VOID *
-EFIAPI
-PeCoffLoaderGetPdbPointer (
- IN VOID *Pe32Data
- )
-{
- EFI_IMAGE_DOS_HEADER *DosHdr;
- EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_PTR_UNION Hdr;
- EFI_IMAGE_DATA_DIRECTORY *DirectoryEntry;
- EFI_IMAGE_DEBUG_DIRECTORY_ENTRY *DebugEntry;
- UINTN DirCount;
- VOID *CodeViewEntryPointer;
- INTN TEImageAdjust;
- UINT32 NumberOfRvaAndSizes;
- UINT16 Magic;
- EFI_IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER *SectionHeader;
- UINT32 Index, Index1;
-
- if (Pe32Data == NULL) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- TEImageAdjust = 0;
- DirectoryEntry = NULL;
- DebugEntry = NULL;
- NumberOfRvaAndSizes = 0;
- Index = 0;
- Index1 = 0;
- SectionHeader = NULL;
-
- DosHdr = (EFI_IMAGE_DOS_HEADER *)Pe32Data;
- if (EFI_IMAGE_DOS_SIGNATURE == DosHdr->e_magic) {
- //
- // DOS image header is present, so read the PE header after the DOS image header.
- //
- Hdr.Pe32 = (EFI_IMAGE_NT_HEADERS32 *)((UINTN) Pe32Data + (UINTN) ((DosHdr->e_lfanew) & 0x0ffff));
- } else {
- //
- // DOS image header is not present, so PE header is at the image base.
- //
- Hdr.Pe32 = (EFI_IMAGE_NT_HEADERS32 *)Pe32Data;
- }
-
- if (EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER_SIGNATURE == Hdr.Te->Signature) {
- if (Hdr.Te->DataDirectory[EFI_TE_IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_DEBUG].VirtualAddress != 0) {
- DirectoryEntry = &Hdr.Te->DataDirectory[EFI_TE_IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_DEBUG];
- TEImageAdjust = sizeof (EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER) - Hdr.Te->StrippedSize;
-
- //
- // Get the DebugEntry offset in the raw data image.
- //
- SectionHeader = (EFI_IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER *) (Hdr.Te + 1);
- Index = Hdr.Te->NumberOfSections;
- for (Index1 = 0; Index1 < Index; Index1 ++) {
- if ((DirectoryEntry->VirtualAddress >= SectionHeader[Index1].VirtualAddress) &&
- (DirectoryEntry->VirtualAddress < (SectionHeader[Index1].VirtualAddress + SectionHeader[Index1].Misc.VirtualSize))) {
- DebugEntry = (EFI_IMAGE_DEBUG_DIRECTORY_ENTRY *)((UINTN) Hdr.Te +
- DirectoryEntry->VirtualAddress -
- SectionHeader [Index1].VirtualAddress +
- SectionHeader [Index1].PointerToRawData +
- TEImageAdjust);
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- } else if (EFI_IMAGE_NT_SIGNATURE == Hdr.Pe32->Signature) {
- //
- // NOTE: We use Machine field to identify PE32/PE32+, instead of Magic.
- // It is due to backward-compatibility, for some system might
- // generate PE32+ image with PE32 Magic.
- //
- switch (Hdr.Pe32->FileHeader.Machine) {
- case EFI_IMAGE_MACHINE_IA32:
- case EFI_IMAGE_MACHINE_ARMT:
- //
- // Assume PE32 image with IA32 Machine field.
- //
- Magic = EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR32_MAGIC;
- break;
- case EFI_IMAGE_MACHINE_X64:
- case EFI_IMAGE_MACHINE_IPF:
- //
- // Assume PE32+ image with X64 or IPF Machine field
- //
- Magic = EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR64_MAGIC;
- break;
- default:
- //
- // For unknow Machine field, use Magic in optional Header
- //
- Magic = Hdr.Pe32->OptionalHeader.Magic;
- }
-
- SectionHeader = (EFI_IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER *) (
- (UINT8 *) Hdr.Pe32 +
- sizeof (UINT32) +
- sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_FILE_HEADER) +
- Hdr.Pe32->FileHeader.SizeOfOptionalHeader
- );
- Index = Hdr.Pe32->FileHeader.NumberOfSections;
-
- if (EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR32_MAGIC == Magic) {
- //
- // Use PE32 offset get Debug Directory Entry
- //
- NumberOfRvaAndSizes = Hdr.Pe32->OptionalHeader.NumberOfRvaAndSizes;
- DirectoryEntry = (EFI_IMAGE_DATA_DIRECTORY *)&(Hdr.Pe32->OptionalHeader.DataDirectory[EFI_IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_DEBUG]);
- } else if (Hdr.Pe32->OptionalHeader.Magic == EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR64_MAGIC) {
- //
- // Use PE32+ offset get Debug Directory Entry
- //
- NumberOfRvaAndSizes = Hdr.Pe32Plus->OptionalHeader.NumberOfRvaAndSizes;
- DirectoryEntry = (EFI_IMAGE_DATA_DIRECTORY *)&(Hdr.Pe32Plus->OptionalHeader.DataDirectory[EFI_IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_DEBUG]);
- }
-
- if (NumberOfRvaAndSizes <= EFI_IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_DEBUG || DirectoryEntry->VirtualAddress == 0) {
- DirectoryEntry = NULL;
- DebugEntry = NULL;
- } else {
- //
- // Get the DebugEntry offset in the raw data image.
- //
- for (Index1 = 0; Index1 < Index; Index1 ++) {
- if ((DirectoryEntry->VirtualAddress >= SectionHeader[Index1].VirtualAddress) &&
- (DirectoryEntry->VirtualAddress < (SectionHeader[Index1].VirtualAddress + SectionHeader[Index1].Misc.VirtualSize))) {
- DebugEntry = (EFI_IMAGE_DEBUG_DIRECTORY_ENTRY *) (
- (UINTN) Pe32Data +
- DirectoryEntry->VirtualAddress -
- SectionHeader[Index1].VirtualAddress +
- SectionHeader[Index1].PointerToRawData);
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- } else {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- if (NULL == DebugEntry || NULL == DirectoryEntry) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- //
- // Scan the directory to find the debug entry.
- //
- for (DirCount = 0; DirCount < DirectoryEntry->Size; DirCount += sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_DEBUG_DIRECTORY_ENTRY), DebugEntry++) {
- if (EFI_IMAGE_DEBUG_TYPE_CODEVIEW == DebugEntry->Type) {
- if (DebugEntry->SizeOfData > 0) {
- //
- // Get the DebugEntry offset in the raw data image.
- //
- CodeViewEntryPointer = NULL;
- for (Index1 = 0; Index1 < Index; Index1 ++) {
- if ((DebugEntry->RVA >= SectionHeader[Index1].VirtualAddress) &&
- (DebugEntry->RVA < (SectionHeader[Index1].VirtualAddress + SectionHeader[Index1].Misc.VirtualSize))) {
- CodeViewEntryPointer = (VOID *) (
- ((UINTN)Pe32Data) +
- (UINTN) DebugEntry->RVA -
- SectionHeader[Index1].VirtualAddress +
- SectionHeader[Index1].PointerToRawData +
- (UINTN)TEImageAdjust);
- break;
- }
- }
- if (Index1 >= Index) {
- //
- // Can't find CodeViewEntryPointer in raw PE/COFF image.
- //
- continue;
- }
- switch (* (UINT32 *) CodeViewEntryPointer) {
- case CODEVIEW_SIGNATURE_NB10:
- return (VOID *) ((CHAR8 *)CodeViewEntryPointer + sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_DEBUG_CODEVIEW_NB10_ENTRY));
- case CODEVIEW_SIGNATURE_RSDS:
- return (VOID *) ((CHAR8 *)CodeViewEntryPointer + sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_DEBUG_CODEVIEW_RSDS_ENTRY));
- case CODEVIEW_SIGNATURE_MTOC:
- return (VOID *) ((CHAR8 *)CodeViewEntryPointer + sizeof (EFI_IMAGE_DEBUG_CODEVIEW_MTOC_ENTRY));
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-
-RETURN_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeCoffLoaderGetEntryPoint (
- IN VOID *Pe32Data,
- OUT VOID **EntryPoint,
- OUT VOID **BaseOfImage
- )
-{
- EFI_IMAGE_DOS_HEADER *DosHdr;
- EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER_PTR_UNION Hdr;
-
- DosHdr = (EFI_IMAGE_DOS_HEADER *)Pe32Data;
- if (DosHdr->e_magic == EFI_IMAGE_DOS_SIGNATURE) {
- //
- // DOS image header is present, so read the PE header after the DOS image header.
- //
- Hdr.Pe32 = (EFI_IMAGE_NT_HEADERS32 *)((UINTN) Pe32Data + (UINTN) ((DosHdr->e_lfanew) & 0x0ffff));
- } else {
- //
- // DOS image header is not present, so PE header is at the image base.
- //
- Hdr.Pe32 = (EFI_IMAGE_NT_HEADERS32 *)Pe32Data;
- }
-
- //
- // Calculate the entry point relative to the start of the image.
- // AddressOfEntryPoint is common for PE32 & PE32+
- //
- if (Hdr.Te->Signature == EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER_SIGNATURE) {
- *BaseOfImage = (VOID *)(UINTN)(Hdr.Te->ImageBase + Hdr.Te->StrippedSize - sizeof (EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER));
- *EntryPoint = (VOID *)((UINTN)*BaseOfImage + (Hdr.Te->AddressOfEntryPoint & 0x0ffffffff) + sizeof(EFI_TE_IMAGE_HEADER) - Hdr.Te->StrippedSize);
- return RETURN_SUCCESS;
- } else if (Hdr.Pe32->Signature == EFI_IMAGE_NT_SIGNATURE) {
- *EntryPoint = (VOID *)(UINTN)Hdr.Pe32->OptionalHeader.AddressOfEntryPoint;
- if (Hdr.Pe32->OptionalHeader.Magic == EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR32_MAGIC) {
- *BaseOfImage = (VOID *)(UINTN)Hdr.Pe32->OptionalHeader.ImageBase;
- } else {
- *BaseOfImage = (VOID *)(UINTN)Hdr.Pe32Plus->OptionalHeader.ImageBase;
- }
- *EntryPoint = (VOID *)(UINTN)((UINTN)*EntryPoint + (UINTN)*BaseOfImage);
- return RETURN_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- return RETURN_UNSUPPORTED;
-}
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/BinderFuncs.c b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/BinderFuncs.c deleted file mode 100644 index 5ee55480bd..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/BinderFuncs.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,87 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
-Copyright (c) 1999 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-Module Name:
-
- BinderFuncs.c
-
-Abstract:
-
- Binder function implementations for ANSI C libraries.
-
-**/
-
-#include "BinderFuncs.h"
-#include "CommonLib.h"
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-//
-// Binder Function Implementations
-//
-
-VOID *
-CommonLibBinderAllocate (
- IN UINTN Size
- )
-{
- return (VOID *) malloc (Size);
-}
-
-VOID
-CommonLibBinderFree (
- IN VOID *Pointer
- )
-{
- free (Pointer);
-}
-
-VOID
-CommonLibBinderCopyMem (
- IN VOID *Destination,
- IN VOID *Source,
- IN UINTN Length
- )
-{
- memmove (Destination, Source, Length);
-}
-
-VOID
-CommonLibBinderSetMem (
- IN VOID *Destination,
- IN UINTN Length,
- IN UINT8 Value
- )
-{
- memset (Destination, Value, Length);
-}
-
-INTN
-CommonLibBinderCompareMem (
- IN VOID *MemOne,
- IN VOID *MemTwo,
- IN UINTN Length
- )
-{
- return memcmp (MemOne, MemTwo, Length);
-}
-
-BOOLEAN
-CommonLibBinderCompareGuid (
- IN EFI_GUID *Guid1,
- IN EFI_GUID *Guid2
- )
-{
- return CompareGuid (Guid1, Guid2) ? FALSE : TRUE;
-}
-
-
-
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/BinderFuncs.h b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/BinderFuncs.h deleted file mode 100644 index 48dc82eb70..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/BinderFuncs.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
-Copyright (c) 1999 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-Module Name:
-
- BinderFuncs.h
-
-Abstract:
-
- Prototypes for binder functions that allow common code to be
- written which then links to implementation of these functions
- which is appropriate for the specific environment that they
- are running under.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef BinderFuncs_h_INCLUDED
-#define BinderFuncs_h_INCLUDED
-
-#include "Common/UefiBaseTypes.h"
-
-//
-// Binder Function Prototypes
-//
-// These binding functions must be implemented externally as appropriate for
-// the environment that the code will be running under.
-//
-
-VOID *
-CommonLibBinderAllocate (
- IN UINTN Size
- );
-
-VOID
-CommonLibBinderFree (
- IN VOID *Pointer
- );
-
-VOID
-CommonLibBinderCopyMem (
- IN VOID *Destination,
- IN VOID *Source,
- IN UINTN Length
- );
-
-VOID
-CommonLibBinderSetMem (
- IN VOID *Destination,
- IN UINTN Length,
- IN UINT8 Value
- );
-
-INTN
-CommonLibBinderCompareMem (
- IN VOID *MemOne,
- IN VOID *MemTwo,
- IN UINTN Length
- );
-
-BOOLEAN
-CommonLibBinderCompareGuid (
- IN EFI_GUID *Guid1,
- IN EFI_GUID *Guid2
- );
-
-#endif // #ifndef CommonLibs_h_INCLUDED
-
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/CommonLib.c b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/CommonLib.c deleted file mode 100644 index cb72e2723f..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/CommonLib.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,584 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-Module Name:
-
- CommonLib.c
-
-Abstract:
-
- Common basic Library Functions
-
-**/
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include "CommonLib.h"
-#include "EfiUtilityMsgs.h"
-
-VOID
-PeiZeroMem (
- IN VOID *Buffer,
- IN UINTN Size
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Set Buffer to zero for Size bytes.
-
-Arguments:
-
- Buffer - Memory to set.
-
- Size - Number of bytes to set
-
-Returns:
-
- None
-
---*/
-{
- INT8 *Ptr;
-
- Ptr = Buffer;
- while (Size--) {
- *(Ptr++) = 0;
- }
-}
-
-VOID
-PeiCopyMem (
- IN VOID *Destination,
- IN VOID *Source,
- IN UINTN Length
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Copy Length bytes from Source to Destination.
-
-Arguments:
-
- Destination - Target of copy
-
- Source - Place to copy from
-
- Length - Number of bytes to copy
-
-Returns:
-
- None
-
---*/
-{
- CHAR8 *Destination8;
- CHAR8 *Source8;
-
- Destination8 = Destination;
- Source8 = Source;
- while (Length--) {
- *(Destination8++) = *(Source8++);
- }
-}
-
-VOID
-ZeroMem (
- IN VOID *Buffer,
- IN UINTN Size
- )
-{
- PeiZeroMem (Buffer, Size);
-}
-
-VOID
-CopyMem (
- IN VOID *Destination,
- IN VOID *Source,
- IN UINTN Length
- )
-{
- PeiCopyMem (Destination, Source, Length);
-}
-
-INTN
-CompareGuid (
- IN EFI_GUID *Guid1,
- IN EFI_GUID *Guid2
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Compares to GUIDs
-
-Arguments:
-
- Guid1 - guid to compare
- Guid2 - guid to compare
-
-Returns:
- = 0 if Guid1 == Guid2
- != 0 if Guid1 != Guid2
-
---*/
-{
- INT32 *g1;
- INT32 *g2;
- INT32 r;
-
- //
- // Compare 32 bits at a time
- //
- g1 = (INT32 *) Guid1;
- g2 = (INT32 *) Guid2;
-
- r = g1[0] - g2[0];
- r |= g1[1] - g2[1];
- r |= g1[2] - g2[2];
- r |= g1[3] - g2[3];
-
- return r;
-}
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-GetFileImage (
- IN CHAR8 *InputFileName,
- OUT CHAR8 **InputFileImage,
- OUT UINT32 *BytesRead
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This function opens a file and reads it into a memory buffer. The function
- will allocate the memory buffer and returns the size of the buffer.
-
-Arguments:
-
- InputFileName The name of the file to read.
- InputFileImage A pointer to the memory buffer.
- BytesRead The size of the memory buffer.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One of the input parameters was invalid.
- EFI_ABORTED An error occurred.
- EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No resource to complete operations.
-
---*/
-{
- FILE *InputFile;
- UINT32 FileSize;
-
- //
- // Verify input parameters.
- //
- if (InputFileName == NULL || strlen (InputFileName) == 0 || InputFileImage == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- //
- // Open the file and copy contents into a memory buffer.
- //
- //
- // Open the file
- //
- InputFile = fopen (InputFileName, "rb");
- if (InputFile == NULL) {
- Error (NULL, 0, 0001, "Error opening the input file", InputFileName);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Go to the end so that we can determine the file size
- //
- if (fseek (InputFile, 0, SEEK_END)) {
- Error (NULL, 0, 0004, "Error reading the input file", InputFileName);
- fclose (InputFile);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Get the file size
- //
- FileSize = ftell (InputFile);
- if (FileSize == -1) {
- Error (NULL, 0, 0003, "Error parsing the input file", InputFileName);
- fclose (InputFile);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Allocate a buffer
- //
- *InputFileImage = malloc (FileSize);
- if (*InputFileImage == NULL) {
- fclose (InputFile);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- //
- // Reset to the beginning of the file
- //
- if (fseek (InputFile, 0, SEEK_SET)) {
- Error (NULL, 0, 0004, "Error reading the input file", InputFileName);
- fclose (InputFile);
- free (*InputFileImage);
- *InputFileImage = NULL;
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Read all of the file contents.
- //
- *BytesRead = fread (*InputFileImage, sizeof (UINT8), FileSize, InputFile);
- if (*BytesRead != sizeof (UINT8) * FileSize) {
- Error (NULL, 0, 0004, "Error reading the input file", InputFileName);
- fclose (InputFile);
- free (*InputFileImage);
- *InputFileImage = NULL;
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Close the file
- //
- fclose (InputFile);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-EFI_STATUS
-PutFileImage (
- IN CHAR8 *OutputFileName,
- IN CHAR8 *OutputFileImage,
- IN UINT32 BytesToWrite
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This function opens a file and writes OutputFileImage into the file.
-
-Arguments:
-
- OutputFileName The name of the file to write.
- OutputFileImage A pointer to the memory buffer.
- BytesToWrite The size of the memory buffer.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One of the input parameters was invalid.
- EFI_ABORTED An error occurred.
- EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No resource to complete operations.
-
---*/
-{
- FILE *OutputFile;
- UINT32 BytesWrote;
-
- //
- // Verify input parameters.
- //
- if (OutputFileName == NULL || strlen (OutputFileName) == 0 || OutputFileImage == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- //
- // Open the file and copy contents into a memory buffer.
- //
- //
- // Open the file
- //
- OutputFile = fopen (OutputFileName, "wb");
- if (OutputFile == NULL) {
- Error (NULL, 0, 0001, "Error opening the output file", OutputFileName);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
-
- //
- // Write all of the file contents.
- //
- BytesWrote = fwrite (OutputFileImage, sizeof (UINT8), BytesToWrite, OutputFile);
- if (BytesWrote != sizeof (UINT8) * BytesToWrite) {
- Error (NULL, 0, 0002, "Error writing the output file", OutputFileName);
- fclose (OutputFile);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Close the file
- //
- fclose (OutputFile);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-UINT8
-CalculateChecksum8 (
- IN UINT8 *Buffer,
- IN UINTN Size
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This function calculates the value needed for a valid UINT8 checksum
-
-Arguments:
-
- Buffer Pointer to buffer containing byte data of component.
- Size Size of the buffer
-
-Returns:
-
- The 8 bit checksum value needed.
-
---*/
-{
- return (UINT8) (0x100 - CalculateSum8 (Buffer, Size));
-}
-
-UINT8
-CalculateSum8 (
- IN UINT8 *Buffer,
- IN UINTN Size
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description::
-
- This function calculates the UINT8 sum for the requested region.
-
-Arguments:
-
- Buffer Pointer to buffer containing byte data of component.
- Size Size of the buffer
-
-Returns:
-
- The 8 bit checksum value needed.
-
---*/
-{
- UINTN Index;
- UINT8 Sum;
-
- Sum = 0;
-
- //
- // Perform the byte sum for buffer
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < Size; Index++) {
- Sum = (UINT8) (Sum + Buffer[Index]);
- }
-
- return Sum;
-}
-
-UINT16
-CalculateChecksum16 (
- IN UINT16 *Buffer,
- IN UINTN Size
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description::
-
- This function calculates the value needed for a valid UINT16 checksum
-
-Arguments:
-
- Buffer Pointer to buffer containing byte data of component.
- Size Size of the buffer
-
-Returns:
-
- The 16 bit checksum value needed.
-
---*/
-{
- return (UINT16) (0x10000 - CalculateSum16 (Buffer, Size));
-}
-
-UINT16
-CalculateSum16 (
- IN UINT16 *Buffer,
- IN UINTN Size
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This function calculates the UINT16 sum for the requested region.
-
-Arguments:
-
- Buffer Pointer to buffer containing byte data of component.
- Size Size of the buffer
-
-Returns:
-
- The 16 bit checksum
-
---*/
-{
- UINTN Index;
- UINT16 Sum;
-
- Sum = 0;
-
- //
- // Perform the word sum for buffer
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < Size; Index++) {
- Sum = (UINT16) (Sum + Buffer[Index]);
- }
-
- return (UINT16) Sum;
-}
-
-EFI_STATUS
-PrintGuid (
- IN EFI_GUID *Guid
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This function prints a GUID to STDOUT.
-
-Arguments:
-
- Guid Pointer to a GUID to print.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS The GUID was printed.
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The input was NULL.
-
---*/
-{
- if (Guid == NULL) {
- Error (NULL, 0, 2000, "Invalid parameter", "PrintGuidToBuffer() called with a NULL value");
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- printf (
- "%08x-%04x-%04x-%02x%02x-%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x\n",
- (unsigned) Guid->Data1,
- Guid->Data2,
- Guid->Data3,
- Guid->Data4[0],
- Guid->Data4[1],
- Guid->Data4[2],
- Guid->Data4[3],
- Guid->Data4[4],
- Guid->Data4[5],
- Guid->Data4[6],
- Guid->Data4[7]
- );
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-EFI_STATUS
-PrintGuidToBuffer (
- IN EFI_GUID *Guid,
- IN OUT UINT8 *Buffer,
- IN UINT32 BufferLen,
- IN BOOLEAN Uppercase
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This function prints a GUID to a buffer
-
-Arguments:
-
- Guid - Pointer to a GUID to print.
- Buffer - Pointer to a user-provided buffer to print to
- BufferLen - Size of the Buffer
- Uppercase - If use upper case.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS The GUID was printed.
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER The input was NULL.
- EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL The input buffer was not big enough
-
---*/
-{
- if (Guid == NULL) {
- Error (NULL, 0, 2000, "Invalid parameter", "PrintGuidToBuffer() called with a NULL value");
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (BufferLen < PRINTED_GUID_BUFFER_SIZE) {
- Error (NULL, 0, 2000, "Invalid parameter", "PrintGuidToBuffer() called with invalid buffer size");
- return EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
- }
-
- if (Uppercase) {
- sprintf (
- (CHAR8 *)Buffer,
- "%08X-%04X-%04X-%02X%02X-%02X%02X%02X%02X%02X%02X",
- (unsigned) Guid->Data1,
- Guid->Data2,
- Guid->Data3,
- Guid->Data4[0],
- Guid->Data4[1],
- Guid->Data4[2],
- Guid->Data4[3],
- Guid->Data4[4],
- Guid->Data4[5],
- Guid->Data4[6],
- Guid->Data4[7]
- );
- } else {
- sprintf (
- (CHAR8 *)Buffer,
- "%08x-%04x-%04x-%02x%02x-%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x",
- (unsigned) Guid->Data1,
- Guid->Data2,
- Guid->Data3,
- Guid->Data4[0],
- Guid->Data4[1],
- Guid->Data4[2],
- Guid->Data4[3],
- Guid->Data4[4],
- Guid->Data4[5],
- Guid->Data4[6],
- Guid->Data4[7]
- );
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-
-size_t _filelength(int fd)
-{
- struct stat stat_buf;
- fstat(fd, &stat_buf);
- return stat_buf.st_size;
-}
-
-#ifndef __CYGWIN__
-char *strlwr(char *s)
-{
- char *p = s;
- for(;*s;s++) {
- *s = tolower(*s);
- }
- return p;
-}
-#endif
-#endif
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/CommonLib.h b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/CommonLib.h deleted file mode 100644 index f407e6d1e9..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/CommonLib.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,172 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-Module Name:
-
- CommonLib.h
-
-Abstract:
-
- Common library assistance routines.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _EFI_COMMON_LIB_H
-#define _EFI_COMMON_LIB_H
-
-#include <Common/UefiBaseTypes.h>
-#define PRINTED_GUID_BUFFER_SIZE 37 // including null-termination
-//
-// Function declarations
-//
-VOID
-PeiZeroMem (
- IN VOID *Buffer,
- IN UINTN Size
- )
-;
-
-VOID
-PeiCopyMem (
- IN VOID *Destination,
- IN VOID *Source,
- IN UINTN Length
- )
-;
-
-VOID
-ZeroMem (
- IN VOID *Buffer,
- IN UINTN Size
- )
-;
-
-VOID
-CopyMem (
- IN VOID *Destination,
- IN VOID *Source,
- IN UINTN Length
- )
-;
-
-INTN
-CompareGuid (
- IN EFI_GUID *Guid1,
- IN EFI_GUID *Guid2
- )
-;
-
-EFI_STATUS
-GetFileImage (
- IN CHAR8 *InputFileName,
- OUT CHAR8 **InputFileImage,
- OUT UINT32 *BytesRead
- )
-;
-
-EFI_STATUS
-PutFileImage (
- IN CHAR8 *OutputFileName,
- IN CHAR8 *OutputFileImage,
- IN UINT32 BytesToWrite
- )
-;
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This function opens a file and writes OutputFileImage into the file.
-
-Arguments:
-
- OutputFileName The name of the file to write.
- OutputFileImage A pointer to the memory buffer.
- BytesToWrite The size of the memory buffer.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One of the input parameters was invalid.
- EFI_ABORTED An error occurred.
- EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No resource to complete operations.
-
-**/
-
-UINT8
-CalculateChecksum8 (
- IN UINT8 *Buffer,
- IN UINTN Size
- )
-;
-
-UINT8
-CalculateSum8 (
- IN UINT8 *Buffer,
- IN UINTN Size
- )
-;
-
-UINT16
-CalculateChecksum16 (
- IN UINT16 *Buffer,
- IN UINTN Size
- )
-;
-
-UINT16
-CalculateSum16 (
- IN UINT16 *Buffer,
- IN UINTN Size
- )
-;
-
-EFI_STATUS
-PrintGuid (
- IN EFI_GUID *Guid
- )
-;
-
-#define PRINTED_GUID_BUFFER_SIZE 37 // including null-termination
-EFI_STATUS
-PrintGuidToBuffer (
- IN EFI_GUID *Guid,
- IN OUT UINT8 *Buffer,
- IN UINT32 BufferLen,
- IN BOOLEAN Uppercase
- )
-;
-
-#define ASSERT(x) assert(x)
-
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#define stricmp strcasecmp
-#define _stricmp strcasecmp
-#define strnicmp strncasecmp
-#define strcmpi strcasecmp
-size_t _filelength(int fd);
-#ifndef __CYGWIN__
-char *strlwr(char *s);
-#endif
-#endif
-
-//
-// On windows, mkdir only has one parameter.
-// On unix, it has two parameters
-//
-#if defined(__GNUC__)
-#define mkdir(dir, perm) mkdir(dir, perm)
-#else
-#define mkdir(dir, perm) mkdir(dir)
-#endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/Compress.h b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/Compress.h deleted file mode 100644 index 11245b1178..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/Compress.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,95 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-Module Name:
-
- Compress.h
-
-Abstract:
-
- Header file for compression routine.
- Providing both EFI and Tiano Compress algorithms.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _COMPRESS_H_
-#define _COMPRESS_H_
-
-#include <string.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#include "CommonLib.h"
-#include <Common/UefiBaseTypes.h>
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Tiano compression routine.
-
---*/
-EFI_STATUS
-TianoCompress (
- IN UINT8 *SrcBuffer,
- IN UINT32 SrcSize,
- IN UINT8 *DstBuffer,
- IN OUT UINT32 *DstSize
- )
-;
-
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Efi compression routine.
-
---*/
-EFI_STATUS
-EfiCompress (
- IN UINT8 *SrcBuffer,
- IN UINT32 SrcSize,
- IN UINT8 *DstBuffer,
- IN OUT UINT32 *DstSize
- )
-;
-
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- The compression routine.
-
-Arguments:
-
- SrcBuffer - The buffer storing the source data
- SrcSize - The size of source data
- DstBuffer - The buffer to store the compressed data
- DstSize - On input, the size of DstBuffer; On output,
- the size of the actual compressed data.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL - The DstBuffer is too small. In this case,
- DstSize contains the size needed.
- EFI_SUCCESS - Compression is successful.
- EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES - No resource to complete function.
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER - Parameter supplied is wrong.
-
---*/
-typedef
-EFI_STATUS
-(*COMPRESS_FUNCTION) (
- IN UINT8 *SrcBuffer,
- IN UINT32 SrcSize,
- IN UINT8 *DstBuffer,
- IN OUT UINT32 *DstSize
- );
-
-#endif
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/Crc32.c b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/Crc32.c deleted file mode 100644 index 8e5915dd0e..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/Crc32.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,326 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
-Copyright (c) 2004, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-Module Name:
-
- crc32.c
-
-Abstract:
-
- CalcuateCrc32 routine.
-
-**/
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include "Crc32.h"
-
-UINT32 mCrcTable[256] = {
- 0x00000000,
- 0x77073096,
- 0xEE0E612C,
- 0x990951BA,
- 0x076DC419,
- 0x706AF48F,
- 0xE963A535,
- 0x9E6495A3,
- 0x0EDB8832,
- 0x79DCB8A4,
- 0xE0D5E91E,
- 0x97D2D988,
- 0x09B64C2B,
- 0x7EB17CBD,
- 0xE7B82D07,
- 0x90BF1D91,
- 0x1DB71064,
- 0x6AB020F2,
- 0xF3B97148,
- 0x84BE41DE,
- 0x1ADAD47D,
- 0x6DDDE4EB,
- 0xF4D4B551,
- 0x83D385C7,
- 0x136C9856,
- 0x646BA8C0,
- 0xFD62F97A,
- 0x8A65C9EC,
- 0x14015C4F,
- 0x63066CD9,
- 0xFA0F3D63,
- 0x8D080DF5,
- 0x3B6E20C8,
- 0x4C69105E,
- 0xD56041E4,
- 0xA2677172,
- 0x3C03E4D1,
- 0x4B04D447,
- 0xD20D85FD,
- 0xA50AB56B,
- 0x35B5A8FA,
- 0x42B2986C,
- 0xDBBBC9D6,
- 0xACBCF940,
- 0x32D86CE3,
- 0x45DF5C75,
- 0xDCD60DCF,
- 0xABD13D59,
- 0x26D930AC,
- 0x51DE003A,
- 0xC8D75180,
- 0xBFD06116,
- 0x21B4F4B5,
- 0x56B3C423,
- 0xCFBA9599,
- 0xB8BDA50F,
- 0x2802B89E,
- 0x5F058808,
- 0xC60CD9B2,
- 0xB10BE924,
- 0x2F6F7C87,
- 0x58684C11,
- 0xC1611DAB,
- 0xB6662D3D,
- 0x76DC4190,
- 0x01DB7106,
- 0x98D220BC,
- 0xEFD5102A,
- 0x71B18589,
- 0x06B6B51F,
- 0x9FBFE4A5,
- 0xE8B8D433,
- 0x7807C9A2,
- 0x0F00F934,
- 0x9609A88E,
- 0xE10E9818,
- 0x7F6A0DBB,
- 0x086D3D2D,
- 0x91646C97,
- 0xE6635C01,
- 0x6B6B51F4,
- 0x1C6C6162,
- 0x856530D8,
- 0xF262004E,
- 0x6C0695ED,
- 0x1B01A57B,
- 0x8208F4C1,
- 0xF50FC457,
- 0x65B0D9C6,
- 0x12B7E950,
- 0x8BBEB8EA,
- 0xFCB9887C,
- 0x62DD1DDF,
- 0x15DA2D49,
- 0x8CD37CF3,
- 0xFBD44C65,
- 0x4DB26158,
- 0x3AB551CE,
- 0xA3BC0074,
- 0xD4BB30E2,
- 0x4ADFA541,
- 0x3DD895D7,
- 0xA4D1C46D,
- 0xD3D6F4FB,
- 0x4369E96A,
- 0x346ED9FC,
- 0xAD678846,
- 0xDA60B8D0,
- 0x44042D73,
- 0x33031DE5,
- 0xAA0A4C5F,
- 0xDD0D7CC9,
- 0x5005713C,
- 0x270241AA,
- 0xBE0B1010,
- 0xC90C2086,
- 0x5768B525,
- 0x206F85B3,
- 0xB966D409,
- 0xCE61E49F,
- 0x5EDEF90E,
- 0x29D9C998,
- 0xB0D09822,
- 0xC7D7A8B4,
- 0x59B33D17,
- 0x2EB40D81,
- 0xB7BD5C3B,
- 0xC0BA6CAD,
- 0xEDB88320,
- 0x9ABFB3B6,
- 0x03B6E20C,
- 0x74B1D29A,
- 0xEAD54739,
- 0x9DD277AF,
- 0x04DB2615,
- 0x73DC1683,
- 0xE3630B12,
- 0x94643B84,
- 0x0D6D6A3E,
- 0x7A6A5AA8,
- 0xE40ECF0B,
- 0x9309FF9D,
- 0x0A00AE27,
- 0x7D079EB1,
- 0xF00F9344,
- 0x8708A3D2,
- 0x1E01F268,
- 0x6906C2FE,
- 0xF762575D,
- 0x806567CB,
- 0x196C3671,
- 0x6E6B06E7,
- 0xFED41B76,
- 0x89D32BE0,
- 0x10DA7A5A,
- 0x67DD4ACC,
- 0xF9B9DF6F,
- 0x8EBEEFF9,
- 0x17B7BE43,
- 0x60B08ED5,
- 0xD6D6A3E8,
- 0xA1D1937E,
- 0x38D8C2C4,
- 0x4FDFF252,
- 0xD1BB67F1,
- 0xA6BC5767,
- 0x3FB506DD,
- 0x48B2364B,
- 0xD80D2BDA,
- 0xAF0A1B4C,
- 0x36034AF6,
- 0x41047A60,
- 0xDF60EFC3,
- 0xA867DF55,
- 0x316E8EEF,
- 0x4669BE79,
- 0xCB61B38C,
- 0xBC66831A,
- 0x256FD2A0,
- 0x5268E236,
- 0xCC0C7795,
- 0xBB0B4703,
- 0x220216B9,
- 0x5505262F,
- 0xC5BA3BBE,
- 0xB2BD0B28,
- 0x2BB45A92,
- 0x5CB36A04,
- 0xC2D7FFA7,
- 0xB5D0CF31,
- 0x2CD99E8B,
- 0x5BDEAE1D,
- 0x9B64C2B0,
- 0xEC63F226,
- 0x756AA39C,
- 0x026D930A,
- 0x9C0906A9,
- 0xEB0E363F,
- 0x72076785,
- 0x05005713,
- 0x95BF4A82,
- 0xE2B87A14,
- 0x7BB12BAE,
- 0x0CB61B38,
- 0x92D28E9B,
- 0xE5D5BE0D,
- 0x7CDCEFB7,
- 0x0BDBDF21,
- 0x86D3D2D4,
- 0xF1D4E242,
- 0x68DDB3F8,
- 0x1FDA836E,
- 0x81BE16CD,
- 0xF6B9265B,
- 0x6FB077E1,
- 0x18B74777,
- 0x88085AE6,
- 0xFF0F6A70,
- 0x66063BCA,
- 0x11010B5C,
- 0x8F659EFF,
- 0xF862AE69,
- 0x616BFFD3,
- 0x166CCF45,
- 0xA00AE278,
- 0xD70DD2EE,
- 0x4E048354,
- 0x3903B3C2,
- 0xA7672661,
- 0xD06016F7,
- 0x4969474D,
- 0x3E6E77DB,
- 0xAED16A4A,
- 0xD9D65ADC,
- 0x40DF0B66,
- 0x37D83BF0,
- 0xA9BCAE53,
- 0xDEBB9EC5,
- 0x47B2CF7F,
- 0x30B5FFE9,
- 0xBDBDF21C,
- 0xCABAC28A,
- 0x53B39330,
- 0x24B4A3A6,
- 0xBAD03605,
- 0xCDD70693,
- 0x54DE5729,
- 0x23D967BF,
- 0xB3667A2E,
- 0xC4614AB8,
- 0x5D681B02,
- 0x2A6F2B94,
- 0xB40BBE37,
- 0xC30C8EA1,
- 0x5A05DF1B,
- 0x2D02EF8D
-};
-
-EFI_STATUS
-CalculateCrc32 (
- IN UINT8 *Data,
- IN UINTN DataSize,
- IN OUT UINT32 *CrcOut
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- The CalculateCrc32 routine.
-
-Arguments:
-
- Data - The buffer contaning the data to be processed
- DataSize - The size of data to be processed
- CrcOut - A pointer to the caller allocated UINT32 that on
- contains the CRC32 checksum of Data
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS - Calculation is successful.
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER - Data / CrcOut = NULL, or DataSize = 0
-
---*/
-{
- UINT32 Crc;
- UINTN Index;
- UINT8 *Ptr;
-
- if ((DataSize == 0) || (Data == NULL) || (CrcOut == NULL)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- Crc = 0xffffffff;
- for (Index = 0, Ptr = Data; Index < DataSize; Index++, Ptr++) {
- Crc = (Crc >> 8) ^ mCrcTable[(UINT8) Crc ^ *Ptr];
- }
-
- *CrcOut = Crc ^ 0xffffffff;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/Crc32.h b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/Crc32.h deleted file mode 100644 index 760327f99c..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/Crc32.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-Module Name:
-
- Crc32.h
-
-Abstract:
-
- Header file for CalcuateCrc32 routine
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _CRC32_H
-#define _CRC32_H
-
-#include <Common/UefiBaseTypes.h>
-
-EFI_STATUS
-CalculateCrc32 (
- IN UINT8 *Data,
- IN UINTN DataSize,
- IN OUT UINT32 *CrcOut
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- The CalculateCrc32 routine.
-
-Arguments:
-
- Data - The buffer contaning the data to be processed
- DataSize - The size of data to be processed
- CrcOut - A pointer to the caller allocated UINT32 that on
- contains the CRC32 checksum of Data
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS - Calculation is successful.
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER - Data / CrcOut = NULL, or DataSize = 0
-
---*/
-;
-
-#endif
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/Decompress.c b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/Decompress.c deleted file mode 100644 index a12fc595a7..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/Decompress.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,982 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-Module Name:
-
- Decompress.c
-
-Abstract:
-
- Decompressor. Algorithm Ported from OPSD code (Decomp.asm)
- for Efi and Tiano compress algorithm.
-
---*/
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include "Decompress.h"
-
-//
-// Decompression algorithm begins here
-//
-#define BITBUFSIZ 32
-#define MAXMATCH 256
-#define THRESHOLD 3
-#define CODE_BIT 16
-#define BAD_TABLE - 1
-
-//
-// C: Char&Len Set; P: Position Set; T: exTra Set
-//
-#define NC (0xff + MAXMATCH + 2 - THRESHOLD)
-#define CBIT 9
-#define EFIPBIT 4
-#define MAXPBIT 5
-#define TBIT 5
-#define MAXNP ((1U << MAXPBIT) - 1)
-#define NT (CODE_BIT + 3)
-#if NT > MAXNP
-#define NPT NT
-#else
-#define NPT MAXNP
-#endif
-
-typedef struct {
- UINT8 *mSrcBase; // Starting address of compressed data
- UINT8 *mDstBase; // Starting address of decompressed data
- UINT32 mOutBuf;
- UINT32 mInBuf;
-
- UINT16 mBitCount;
- UINT32 mBitBuf;
- UINT32 mSubBitBuf;
- UINT16 mBlockSize;
- UINT32 mCompSize;
- UINT32 mOrigSize;
-
- UINT16 mBadTableFlag;
-
- UINT16 mLeft[2 * NC - 1];
- UINT16 mRight[2 * NC - 1];
- UINT8 mCLen[NC];
- UINT8 mPTLen[NPT];
- UINT16 mCTable[4096];
- UINT16 mPTTable[256];
-} SCRATCH_DATA;
-
-STATIC UINT16 mPbit = EFIPBIT;
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-FillBuf (
- IN SCRATCH_DATA *Sd,
- IN UINT16 NumOfBits
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Shift mBitBuf NumOfBits left. Read in NumOfBits of bits from source.
-
-Arguments:
-
- Sd - The global scratch data
- NumOfBit - The number of bits to shift and read.
-
-Returns: (VOID)
-
---*/
-{
- Sd->mBitBuf = (UINT32) (Sd->mBitBuf << NumOfBits);
-
- while (NumOfBits > Sd->mBitCount) {
-
- Sd->mBitBuf |= (UINT32) (Sd->mSubBitBuf << (NumOfBits = (UINT16) (NumOfBits - Sd->mBitCount)));
-
- if (Sd->mCompSize > 0) {
- //
- // Get 1 byte into SubBitBuf
- //
- Sd->mCompSize--;
- Sd->mSubBitBuf = 0;
- Sd->mSubBitBuf = Sd->mSrcBase[Sd->mInBuf++];
- Sd->mBitCount = 8;
-
- } else {
- //
- // No more bits from the source, just pad zero bit.
- //
- Sd->mSubBitBuf = 0;
- Sd->mBitCount = 8;
-
- }
- }
-
- Sd->mBitCount = (UINT16) (Sd->mBitCount - NumOfBits);
- Sd->mBitBuf |= Sd->mSubBitBuf >> Sd->mBitCount;
-}
-
-STATIC
-UINT32
-GetBits (
- IN SCRATCH_DATA *Sd,
- IN UINT16 NumOfBits
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Get NumOfBits of bits out from mBitBuf. Fill mBitBuf with subsequent
- NumOfBits of bits from source. Returns NumOfBits of bits that are
- popped out.
-
-Arguments:
-
- Sd - The global scratch data.
- NumOfBits - The number of bits to pop and read.
-
-Returns:
-
- The bits that are popped out.
-
---*/
-{
- UINT32 OutBits;
-
- OutBits = (UINT32) (Sd->mBitBuf >> (BITBUFSIZ - NumOfBits));
-
- FillBuf (Sd, NumOfBits);
-
- return OutBits;
-}
-
-STATIC
-UINT16
-MakeTable (
- IN SCRATCH_DATA *Sd,
- IN UINT16 NumOfChar,
- IN UINT8 *BitLen,
- IN UINT16 TableBits,
- OUT UINT16 *Table
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Creates Huffman Code mapping table according to code length array.
-
-Arguments:
-
- Sd - The global scratch data
- NumOfChar - Number of symbols in the symbol set
- BitLen - Code length array
- TableBits - The width of the mapping table
- Table - The table
-
-Returns:
-
- 0 - OK.
- BAD_TABLE - The table is corrupted.
-
---*/
-{
- UINT16 Count[17];
- UINT16 Weight[17];
- UINT16 Start[18];
- UINT16 *Pointer;
- UINT16 Index3;
- UINT16 Index;
- UINT16 Len;
- UINT16 Char;
- UINT16 JuBits;
- UINT16 Avail;
- UINT16 NextCode;
- UINT16 Mask;
-
- for (Index = 1; Index <= 16; Index++) {
- Count[Index] = 0;
- }
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < NumOfChar; Index++) {
- Count[BitLen[Index]]++;
- }
-
- Start[1] = 0;
-
- for (Index = 1; Index <= 16; Index++) {
- Start[Index + 1] = (UINT16) (Start[Index] + (Count[Index] << (16 - Index)));
- }
-
- if (Start[17] != 0) {
- /*(1U << 16)*/
- return (UINT16) BAD_TABLE;
- }
-
- JuBits = (UINT16) (16 - TableBits);
-
- for (Index = 1; Index <= TableBits; Index++) {
- Start[Index] >>= JuBits;
- Weight[Index] = (UINT16) (1U << (TableBits - Index));
- }
-
- while (Index <= 16) {
- Weight[Index] = (UINT16) (1U << (16 - Index));
- Index++;
- }
-
- Index = (UINT16) (Start[TableBits + 1] >> JuBits);
-
- if (Index != 0) {
- Index3 = (UINT16) (1U << TableBits);
- while (Index != Index3) {
- Table[Index++] = 0;
- }
- }
-
- Avail = NumOfChar;
- Mask = (UINT16) (1U << (15 - TableBits));
-
- for (Char = 0; Char < NumOfChar; Char++) {
-
- Len = BitLen[Char];
- if (Len == 0) {
- continue;
- }
-
- NextCode = (UINT16) (Start[Len] + Weight[Len]);
-
- if (Len <= TableBits) {
-
- for (Index = Start[Len]; Index < NextCode; Index++) {
- Table[Index] = Char;
- }
-
- } else {
-
- Index3 = Start[Len];
- Pointer = &Table[Index3 >> JuBits];
- Index = (UINT16) (Len - TableBits);
-
- while (Index != 0) {
- if (*Pointer == 0) {
- Sd->mRight[Avail] = Sd->mLeft[Avail] = 0;
- *Pointer = Avail++;
- }
-
- if (Index3 & Mask) {
- Pointer = &Sd->mRight[*Pointer];
- } else {
- Pointer = &Sd->mLeft[*Pointer];
- }
-
- Index3 <<= 1;
- Index--;
- }
-
- *Pointer = Char;
-
- }
-
- Start[Len] = NextCode;
- }
- //
- // Succeeds
- //
- return 0;
-}
-
-STATIC
-UINT32
-DecodeP (
- IN SCRATCH_DATA *Sd
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Decodes a position value.
-
-Arguments:
-
- Sd - the global scratch data
-
-Returns:
-
- The position value decoded.
-
---*/
-{
- UINT16 Val;
- UINT32 Mask;
- UINT32 Pos;
-
- Val = Sd->mPTTable[Sd->mBitBuf >> (BITBUFSIZ - 8)];
-
- if (Val >= MAXNP) {
- Mask = 1U << (BITBUFSIZ - 1 - 8);
-
- do {
-
- if (Sd->mBitBuf & Mask) {
- Val = Sd->mRight[Val];
- } else {
- Val = Sd->mLeft[Val];
- }
-
- Mask >>= 1;
- } while (Val >= MAXNP);
- }
- //
- // Advance what we have read
- //
- FillBuf (Sd, Sd->mPTLen[Val]);
-
- Pos = Val;
- if (Val > 1) {
- Pos = (UINT32) ((1U << (Val - 1)) + GetBits (Sd, (UINT16) (Val - 1)));
- }
-
- return Pos;
-}
-
-STATIC
-UINT16
-ReadPTLen (
- IN SCRATCH_DATA *Sd,
- IN UINT16 nn,
- IN UINT16 nbit,
- IN UINT16 Special
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Reads code lengths for the Extra Set or the Position Set
-
-Arguments:
-
- Sd - The global scratch data
- nn - Number of symbols
- nbit - Number of bits needed to represent nn
- Special - The special symbol that needs to be taken care of
-
-Returns:
-
- 0 - OK.
- BAD_TABLE - Table is corrupted.
-
---*/
-{
- UINT16 Number;
- UINT16 CharC;
- UINT16 Index;
- UINT32 Mask;
-
- Number = (UINT16) GetBits (Sd, nbit);
-
- if (Number == 0) {
- CharC = (UINT16) GetBits (Sd, nbit);
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < 256; Index++) {
- Sd->mPTTable[Index] = CharC;
- }
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < nn; Index++) {
- Sd->mPTLen[Index] = 0;
- }
-
- return 0;
- }
-
- Index = 0;
-
- while (Index < Number) {
-
- CharC = (UINT16) (Sd->mBitBuf >> (BITBUFSIZ - 3));
-
- if (CharC == 7) {
- Mask = 1U << (BITBUFSIZ - 1 - 3);
- while (Mask & Sd->mBitBuf) {
- Mask >>= 1;
- CharC += 1;
- }
- }
-
- FillBuf (Sd, (UINT16) ((CharC < 7) ? 3 : CharC - 3));
-
- Sd->mPTLen[Index++] = (UINT8) CharC;
-
- if (Index == Special) {
- CharC = (UINT16) GetBits (Sd, 2);
- CharC--;
- while ((INT16) (CharC) >= 0) {
- Sd->mPTLen[Index++] = 0;
- CharC--;
- }
- }
- }
-
- while (Index < nn) {
- Sd->mPTLen[Index++] = 0;
- }
-
- return MakeTable (Sd, nn, Sd->mPTLen, 8, Sd->mPTTable);
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-ReadCLen (
- SCRATCH_DATA *Sd
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Reads code lengths for Char&Len Set.
-
-Arguments:
-
- Sd - the global scratch data
-
-Returns: (VOID)
-
---*/
-{
- UINT16 Number;
- UINT16 CharC;
- UINT16 Index;
- UINT32 Mask;
-
- Number = (UINT16) GetBits (Sd, CBIT);
-
- if (Number == 0) {
- CharC = (UINT16) GetBits (Sd, CBIT);
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < NC; Index++) {
- Sd->mCLen[Index] = 0;
- }
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < 4096; Index++) {
- Sd->mCTable[Index] = CharC;
- }
-
- return ;
- }
-
- Index = 0;
- while (Index < Number) {
-
- CharC = Sd->mPTTable[Sd->mBitBuf >> (BITBUFSIZ - 8)];
- if (CharC >= NT) {
- Mask = 1U << (BITBUFSIZ - 1 - 8);
-
- do {
-
- if (Mask & Sd->mBitBuf) {
- CharC = Sd->mRight[CharC];
- } else {
- CharC = Sd->mLeft[CharC];
- }
-
- Mask >>= 1;
-
- } while (CharC >= NT);
- }
- //
- // Advance what we have read
- //
- FillBuf (Sd, Sd->mPTLen[CharC]);
-
- if (CharC <= 2) {
-
- if (CharC == 0) {
- CharC = 1;
- } else if (CharC == 1) {
- CharC = (UINT16) (GetBits (Sd, 4) + 3);
- } else if (CharC == 2) {
- CharC = (UINT16) (GetBits (Sd, CBIT) + 20);
- }
-
- CharC--;
- while ((INT16) (CharC) >= 0) {
- Sd->mCLen[Index++] = 0;
- CharC--;
- }
-
- } else {
-
- Sd->mCLen[Index++] = (UINT8) (CharC - 2);
-
- }
- }
-
- while (Index < NC) {
- Sd->mCLen[Index++] = 0;
- }
-
- MakeTable (Sd, NC, Sd->mCLen, 12, Sd->mCTable);
-
- return ;
-}
-
-STATIC
-UINT16
-DecodeC (
- SCRATCH_DATA *Sd
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Decode a character/length value.
-
-Arguments:
-
- Sd - The global scratch data.
-
-Returns:
-
- The value decoded.
-
---*/
-{
- UINT16 Index2;
- UINT32 Mask;
-
- if (Sd->mBlockSize == 0) {
- //
- // Starting a new block
- //
- Sd->mBlockSize = (UINT16) GetBits (Sd, 16);
- Sd->mBadTableFlag = ReadPTLen (Sd, NT, TBIT, 3);
- if (Sd->mBadTableFlag != 0) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- ReadCLen (Sd);
-
- Sd->mBadTableFlag = ReadPTLen (Sd, MAXNP, mPbit, (UINT16) (-1));
- if (Sd->mBadTableFlag != 0) {
- return 0;
- }
- }
-
- Sd->mBlockSize--;
- Index2 = Sd->mCTable[Sd->mBitBuf >> (BITBUFSIZ - 12)];
-
- if (Index2 >= NC) {
- Mask = 1U << (BITBUFSIZ - 1 - 12);
-
- do {
- if (Sd->mBitBuf & Mask) {
- Index2 = Sd->mRight[Index2];
- } else {
- Index2 = Sd->mLeft[Index2];
- }
-
- Mask >>= 1;
- } while (Index2 >= NC);
- }
- //
- // Advance what we have read
- //
- FillBuf (Sd, Sd->mCLen[Index2]);
-
- return Index2;
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-Decode (
- SCRATCH_DATA *Sd
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Decode the source data and put the resulting data into the destination buffer.
-
-Arguments:
-
- Sd - The global scratch data
-
-Returns: (VOID)
-
- --*/
-{
- UINT16 BytesRemain;
- UINT32 DataIdx;
- UINT16 CharC;
-
- BytesRemain = (UINT16) (-1);
-
- DataIdx = 0;
-
- for (;;) {
- CharC = DecodeC (Sd);
- if (Sd->mBadTableFlag != 0) {
- return ;
- }
-
- if (CharC < 256) {
- //
- // Process an Original character
- //
- Sd->mDstBase[Sd->mOutBuf++] = (UINT8) CharC;
- if (Sd->mOutBuf >= Sd->mOrigSize) {
- return ;
- }
-
- } else {
- //
- // Process a Pointer
- //
- CharC = (UINT16) (CharC - (UINT8_MAX + 1 - THRESHOLD));
-
- BytesRemain = CharC;
-
- DataIdx = Sd->mOutBuf - DecodeP (Sd) - 1;
-
- BytesRemain--;
- while ((INT16) (BytesRemain) >= 0) {
- Sd->mDstBase[Sd->mOutBuf++] = Sd->mDstBase[DataIdx++];
- if (Sd->mOutBuf >= Sd->mOrigSize) {
- return ;
- }
-
- BytesRemain--;
- }
- }
- }
-
- return ;
-}
-
-EFI_STATUS
-GetInfo (
- IN VOID *Source,
- IN UINT32 SrcSize,
- OUT UINT32 *DstSize,
- OUT UINT32 *ScratchSize
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- The implementation of EFI_DECOMPRESS_PROTOCOL.GetInfo().
-
-Arguments:
-
- Source - The source buffer containing the compressed data.
- SrcSize - The size of source buffer
- DstSize - The size of destination buffer.
- ScratchSize - The size of scratch buffer.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS - The size of destination buffer and the size of scratch buffer are successull retrieved.
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER - The source data is corrupted
-
---*/
-{
- UINT8 *Src;
-
- *ScratchSize = sizeof (SCRATCH_DATA);
-
- Src = Source;
- if (SrcSize < 8) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- *DstSize = Src[4] + (Src[5] << 8) + (Src[6] << 16) + (Src[7] << 24);
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-EFI_STATUS
-Decompress (
- IN VOID *Source,
- IN UINT32 SrcSize,
- IN OUT VOID *Destination,
- IN UINT32 DstSize,
- IN OUT VOID *Scratch,
- IN UINT32 ScratchSize
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- The implementation Efi and Tiano Decompress().
-
-Arguments:
-
- Source - The source buffer containing the compressed data.
- SrcSize - The size of source buffer
- Destination - The destination buffer to store the decompressed data
- DstSize - The size of destination buffer.
- Scratch - The buffer used internally by the decompress routine. This buffer is needed to store intermediate data.
- ScratchSize - The size of scratch buffer.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS - Decompression is successfull
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER - The source data is corrupted
-
---*/
-{
- UINT32 Index;
- UINT32 CompSize;
- UINT32 OrigSize;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- SCRATCH_DATA *Sd;
- UINT8 *Src;
- UINT8 *Dst;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- Src = Source;
- Dst = Destination;
-
- if (ScratchSize < sizeof (SCRATCH_DATA)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- Sd = (SCRATCH_DATA *) Scratch;
-
- if (SrcSize < 8) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- CompSize = Src[0] + (Src[1] << 8) + (Src[2] << 16) + (Src[3] << 24);
- OrigSize = Src[4] + (Src[5] << 8) + (Src[6] << 16) + (Src[7] << 24);
-
- if (SrcSize < CompSize + 8) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (DstSize != OrigSize) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- Src = Src + 8;
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < sizeof (SCRATCH_DATA); Index++) {
- ((UINT8 *) Sd)[Index] = 0;
- }
-
- Sd->mSrcBase = Src;
- Sd->mDstBase = Dst;
- Sd->mCompSize = CompSize;
- Sd->mOrigSize = OrigSize;
-
- //
- // Fill the first BITBUFSIZ bits
- //
- FillBuf (Sd, BITBUFSIZ);
-
- //
- // Decompress it
- //
- Decode (Sd);
-
- if (Sd->mBadTableFlag != 0) {
- //
- // Something wrong with the source
- //
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-EFI_STATUS
-EfiGetInfo (
- IN VOID *Source,
- IN UINT32 SrcSize,
- OUT UINT32 *DstSize,
- OUT UINT32 *ScratchSize
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- The implementation Efi Decompress GetInfo().
-
-Arguments:
-
- Source - The source buffer containing the compressed data.
- SrcSize - The size of source buffer
- DstSize - The size of destination buffer.
- ScratchSize - The size of scratch buffer.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS - The size of destination buffer and the size of scratch buffer are successull retrieved.
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER - The source data is corrupted
-
---*/
-{
- return GetInfo (Source, SrcSize, DstSize, ScratchSize);
-}
-
-EFI_STATUS
-TianoGetInfo (
- IN VOID *Source,
- IN UINT32 SrcSize,
- OUT UINT32 *DstSize,
- OUT UINT32 *ScratchSize
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- The implementation Tiano Decompress GetInfo().
-
-Arguments:
-
- Source - The source buffer containing the compressed data.
- SrcSize - The size of source buffer
- DstSize - The size of destination buffer.
- ScratchSize - The size of scratch buffer.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS - The size of destination buffer and the size of scratch buffer are successull retrieved.
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER - The source data is corrupted
-
---*/
-{
- return GetInfo (Source, SrcSize, DstSize, ScratchSize);
-}
-
-EFI_STATUS
-EfiDecompress (
- IN VOID *Source,
- IN UINT32 SrcSize,
- IN OUT VOID *Destination,
- IN UINT32 DstSize,
- IN OUT VOID *Scratch,
- IN UINT32 ScratchSize
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- The implementation of Efi Decompress().
-
-Arguments:
-
- Source - The source buffer containing the compressed data.
- SrcSize - The size of source buffer
- Destination - The destination buffer to store the decompressed data
- DstSize - The size of destination buffer.
- Scratch - The buffer used internally by the decompress routine. This buffer is needed to store intermediate data.
- ScratchSize - The size of scratch buffer.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS - Decompression is successfull
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER - The source data is corrupted
-
---*/
-{
- mPbit = EFIPBIT;
- return Decompress (Source, SrcSize, Destination, DstSize, Scratch, ScratchSize);
-}
-
-EFI_STATUS
-TianoDecompress (
- IN VOID *Source,
- IN UINT32 SrcSize,
- IN OUT VOID *Destination,
- IN UINT32 DstSize,
- IN OUT VOID *Scratch,
- IN UINT32 ScratchSize
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- The implementation of Tiano Decompress().
-
-Arguments:
-
- Source - The source buffer containing the compressed data.
- SrcSize - The size of source buffer
- Destination - The destination buffer to store the decompressed data
- DstSize - The size of destination buffer.
- Scratch - The buffer used internally by the decompress routine. This buffer is needed to store intermediate data.
- ScratchSize - The size of scratch buffer.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS - Decompression is successfull
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER - The source data is corrupted
-
---*/
-{
- mPbit = MAXPBIT;
- return Decompress (Source, SrcSize, Destination, DstSize, Scratch, ScratchSize);
-}
-
-EFI_STATUS
-Extract (
- IN VOID *Source,
- IN UINT32 SrcSize,
- OUT VOID **Destination,
- OUT UINT32 *DstSize,
- IN UINTN Algorithm
- )
-{
- VOID *Scratch;
- UINT32 ScratchSize;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- switch (Algorithm) {
- case 0:
- *Destination = (VOID *)malloc(SrcSize);
- if (*Destination != NULL) {
- memcpy(*Destination, Source, SrcSize);
- } else {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- break;
- case 1:
- Status = EfiGetInfo(Source, SrcSize, DstSize, &ScratchSize);
- if (Status == EFI_SUCCESS) {
- Scratch = (VOID *)malloc(ScratchSize);
- *Destination = (VOID *)malloc(*DstSize);
- if (Scratch != NULL && *Destination != NULL) {
- Status = EfiDecompress(Source, SrcSize, *Destination, *DstSize, Scratch, ScratchSize);
- } else {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- }
- break;
- case 2:
- Status = TianoGetInfo(Source, SrcSize, DstSize, &ScratchSize);
- if (Status == EFI_SUCCESS) {
- Scratch = (VOID *)malloc(ScratchSize);
- *Destination = (VOID *)malloc(*DstSize);
- if (Scratch != NULL && *Destination != NULL) {
- Status = TianoDecompress(Source, SrcSize, *Destination, *DstSize, Scratch, ScratchSize);
- } else {
- Status = EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- }
- break;
- default:
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/Decompress.h b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/Decompress.h deleted file mode 100644 index b5c978855c..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/Decompress.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,172 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-Module Name:
-
- Decompress.h
-
-Abstract:
-
- Header file for compression routine
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _EFI_DECOMPRESS_H
-#define _EFI_DECOMPRESS_H
-
-#include <Common/UefiBaseTypes.h>
-
-EFI_STATUS
-EfiGetInfo (
- IN VOID *Source,
- IN UINT32 SrcSize,
- OUT UINT32 *DstSize,
- OUT UINT32 *ScratchSize
- );
-/**
-
-Routine Description:
-
- The implementation Efi Decompress GetInfo().
-
-Arguments:
-
- Source - The source buffer containing the compressed data.
- SrcSize - The size of source buffer
- DstSize - The size of destination buffer.
- ScratchSize - The size of scratch buffer.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS - The size of destination buffer and the size of scratch buffer are successull retrieved.
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER - The source data is corrupted
-
-**/
-
-EFI_STATUS
-EfiDecompress (
- IN VOID *Source,
- IN UINT32 SrcSize,
- IN OUT VOID *Destination,
- IN UINT32 DstSize,
- IN OUT VOID *Scratch,
- IN UINT32 ScratchSize
- );
-/**
-
-Routine Description:
-
- The implementation of Efi Decompress().
-
-Arguments:
-
- Source - The source buffer containing the compressed data.
- SrcSize - The size of source buffer
- Destination - The destination buffer to store the decompressed data
- DstSize - The size of destination buffer.
- Scratch - The buffer used internally by the decompress routine. This buffer is needed to store intermediate data.
- ScratchSize - The size of scratch buffer.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS - Decompression is successfull
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER - The source data is corrupted
-
-**/
-
-EFI_STATUS
-TianoGetInfo (
- IN VOID *Source,
- IN UINT32 SrcSize,
- OUT UINT32 *DstSize,
- OUT UINT32 *ScratchSize
- );
-/**
-
-Routine Description:
-
- The implementation Tiano Decompress GetInfo().
-
-Arguments:
-
- Source - The source buffer containing the compressed data.
- SrcSize - The size of source buffer
- DstSize - The size of destination buffer.
- ScratchSize - The size of scratch buffer.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS - The size of destination buffer and the size of scratch buffer are successull retrieved.
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER - The source data is corrupted
-
-**/
-
-EFI_STATUS
-TianoDecompress (
- IN VOID *Source,
- IN UINT32 SrcSize,
- IN OUT VOID *Destination,
- IN UINT32 DstSize,
- IN OUT VOID *Scratch,
- IN UINT32 ScratchSize
- );
-/**
-
-Routine Description:
-
- The implementation of Tiano Decompress().
-
-Arguments:
-
- Source - The source buffer containing the compressed data.
- SrcSize - The size of source buffer
- Destination - The destination buffer to store the decompressed data
- DstSize - The size of destination buffer.
- Scratch - The buffer used internally by the decompress routine. This buffer is needed to store intermediate data.
- ScratchSize - The size of scratch buffer.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS - Decompression is successfull
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER - The source data is corrupted
-
-**/
-
-typedef
-EFI_STATUS
-(*GETINFO_FUNCTION) (
- IN VOID *Source,
- IN UINT32 SrcSize,
- OUT UINT32 *DstSize,
- OUT UINT32 *ScratchSize
- );
-
-typedef
-EFI_STATUS
-(*DECOMPRESS_FUNCTION) (
- IN VOID *Source,
- IN UINT32 SrcSize,
- IN OUT VOID *Destination,
- IN UINT32 DstSize,
- IN OUT VOID *Scratch,
- IN UINT32 ScratchSize
- );
-
-EFI_STATUS
-Extract (
- IN VOID *Source,
- IN UINT32 SrcSize,
- OUT VOID **Destination,
- OUT UINT32 *DstSize,
- IN UINTN Algorithm
- );
-
-#endif
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/EfiCompress.c b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/EfiCompress.c deleted file mode 100644 index ed491ae36d..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/EfiCompress.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1598 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-Module Name:
-
- EfiCompress.c
-
-Abstract:
-
- Compression routine. The compression algorithm is a mixture of
- LZ77 and Huffman coding. LZ77 transforms the source data into a
- sequence of Original Characters and Pointers to repeated strings.
- This sequence is further divided into Blocks and Huffman codings
- are applied to each Block.
-
-**/
-
-#include "Compress.h"
-
-
-//
-// Macro Definitions
-//
-
-#undef UINT8_MAX
-typedef INT16 NODE;
-#define UINT8_MAX 0xff
-#define UINT8_BIT 8
-#define THRESHOLD 3
-#define INIT_CRC 0
-#define WNDBIT 13
-#define WNDSIZ (1U << WNDBIT)
-#define MAXMATCH 256
-#define PERC_FLAG 0x8000U
-#define CODE_BIT 16
-#define NIL 0
-#define MAX_HASH_VAL (3 * WNDSIZ + (WNDSIZ / 512 + 1) * UINT8_MAX)
-#define HASH(p, c) ((p) + ((c) << (WNDBIT - 9)) + WNDSIZ * 2)
-#define CRCPOLY 0xA001
-#define UPDATE_CRC(c) mCrc = mCrcTable[(mCrc ^ (c)) & 0xFF] ^ (mCrc >> UINT8_BIT)
-
-//
-// C: the Char&Len Set; P: the Position Set; T: the exTra Set
-//
-
-#define NC (UINT8_MAX + MAXMATCH + 2 - THRESHOLD)
-#define CBIT 9
-#define NP (WNDBIT + 1)
-#define PBIT 4
-#define NT (CODE_BIT + 3)
-#define TBIT 5
-#if NT > NP
- #define NPT NT
-#else
- #define NPT NP
-#endif
-
-//
-// Function Prototypes
-//
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-PutDword(
- IN UINT32 Data
- );
-
-STATIC
-EFI_STATUS
-AllocateMemory (
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-FreeMemory (
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-InitSlide (
- );
-
-STATIC
-NODE
-Child (
- IN NODE q,
- IN UINT8 c
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-MakeChild (
- IN NODE q,
- IN UINT8 c,
- IN NODE r
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-Split (
- IN NODE Old
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-InsertNode (
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-DeleteNode (
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-GetNextMatch (
- );
-
-STATIC
-EFI_STATUS
-Encode (
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-CountTFreq (
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-WritePTLen (
- IN INT32 n,
- IN INT32 nbit,
- IN INT32 Special
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-WriteCLen (
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-EncodeC (
- IN INT32 c
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-EncodeP (
- IN UINT32 p
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-SendBlock (
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-Output (
- IN UINT32 c,
- IN UINT32 p
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-HufEncodeStart (
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-HufEncodeEnd (
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-MakeCrcTable (
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-PutBits (
- IN INT32 n,
- IN UINT32 x
- );
-
-STATIC
-INT32
-FreadCrc (
- OUT UINT8 *p,
- IN INT32 n
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-InitPutBits (
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-CountLen (
- IN INT32 i
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-MakeLen (
- IN INT32 Root
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-DownHeap (
- IN INT32 i
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-MakeCode (
- IN INT32 n,
- IN UINT8 Len[],
- OUT UINT16 Code[]
- );
-
-STATIC
-INT32
-MakeTree (
- IN INT32 NParm,
- IN UINT16 FreqParm[],
- OUT UINT8 LenParm[],
- OUT UINT16 CodeParm[]
- );
-
-
-//
-// Global Variables
-//
-
-STATIC UINT8 *mSrc, *mDst, *mSrcUpperLimit, *mDstUpperLimit;
-
-STATIC UINT8 *mLevel, *mText, *mChildCount, *mBuf, mCLen[NC], mPTLen[NPT], *mLen;
-STATIC INT16 mHeap[NC + 1];
-STATIC INT32 mRemainder, mMatchLen, mBitCount, mHeapSize, mN;
-STATIC UINT32 mBufSiz = 0, mOutputPos, mOutputMask, mSubBitBuf, mCrc;
-STATIC UINT32 mCompSize, mOrigSize;
-
-STATIC UINT16 *mFreq, *mSortPtr, mLenCnt[17], mLeft[2 * NC - 1], mRight[2 * NC - 1],
- mCrcTable[UINT8_MAX + 1], mCFreq[2 * NC - 1],mCCode[NC],
- mPFreq[2 * NP - 1], mPTCode[NPT], mTFreq[2 * NT - 1];
-
-STATIC NODE mPos, mMatchPos, mAvail, *mPosition, *mParent, *mPrev, *mNext = NULL;
-
-
-//
-// functions
-//
-
-EFI_STATUS
-EfiCompress (
- IN UINT8 *SrcBuffer,
- IN UINT32 SrcSize,
- IN UINT8 *DstBuffer,
- IN OUT UINT32 *DstSize
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- The main compression routine.
-
-Arguments:
-
- SrcBuffer - The buffer storing the source data
- SrcSize - The size of source data
- DstBuffer - The buffer to store the compressed data
- DstSize - On input, the size of DstBuffer; On output,
- the size of the actual compressed data.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL - The DstBuffer is too small. In this case,
- DstSize contains the size needed.
- EFI_SUCCESS - Compression is successful.
-
---*/
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
-
- //
- // Initializations
- //
- mBufSiz = 0;
- mBuf = NULL;
- mText = NULL;
- mLevel = NULL;
- mChildCount = NULL;
- mPosition = NULL;
- mParent = NULL;
- mPrev = NULL;
- mNext = NULL;
-
-
- mSrc = SrcBuffer;
- mSrcUpperLimit = mSrc + SrcSize;
- mDst = DstBuffer;
- mDstUpperLimit = mDst + *DstSize;
-
- PutDword(0L);
- PutDword(0L);
-
- MakeCrcTable ();
-
- mOrigSize = mCompSize = 0;
- mCrc = INIT_CRC;
-
- //
- // Compress it
- //
-
- Status = Encode();
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- //
- // Null terminate the compressed data
- //
- if (mDst < mDstUpperLimit) {
- *mDst++ = 0;
- }
-
- //
- // Fill in compressed size and original size
- //
- mDst = DstBuffer;
- PutDword(mCompSize+1);
- PutDword(mOrigSize);
-
- //
- // Return
- //
-
- if (mCompSize + 1 + 8 > *DstSize) {
- *DstSize = mCompSize + 1 + 8;
- return EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
- } else {
- *DstSize = mCompSize + 1 + 8;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-PutDword(
- IN UINT32 Data
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Put a dword to output stream
-
-Arguments:
-
- Data - the dword to put
-
-Returns: (VOID)
-
---*/
-{
- if (mDst < mDstUpperLimit) {
- *mDst++ = (UINT8)(((UINT8)(Data )) & 0xff);
- }
-
- if (mDst < mDstUpperLimit) {
- *mDst++ = (UINT8)(((UINT8)(Data >> 0x08)) & 0xff);
- }
-
- if (mDst < mDstUpperLimit) {
- *mDst++ = (UINT8)(((UINT8)(Data >> 0x10)) & 0xff);
- }
-
- if (mDst < mDstUpperLimit) {
- *mDst++ = (UINT8)(((UINT8)(Data >> 0x18)) & 0xff);
- }
-}
-
-STATIC
-EFI_STATUS
-AllocateMemory ()
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Allocate memory spaces for data structures used in compression process
-
-Argements: (VOID)
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS - Memory is allocated successfully
- EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES - Allocation fails
-
---*/
-{
- UINT32 i;
-
- mText = malloc (WNDSIZ * 2 + MAXMATCH);
- for (i = 0 ; i < WNDSIZ * 2 + MAXMATCH; i ++) {
- mText[i] = 0;
- }
-
- mLevel = malloc ((WNDSIZ + UINT8_MAX + 1) * sizeof(*mLevel));
- mChildCount = malloc ((WNDSIZ + UINT8_MAX + 1) * sizeof(*mChildCount));
- mPosition = malloc ((WNDSIZ + UINT8_MAX + 1) * sizeof(*mPosition));
- mParent = malloc (WNDSIZ * 2 * sizeof(*mParent));
- mPrev = malloc (WNDSIZ * 2 * sizeof(*mPrev));
- mNext = malloc ((MAX_HASH_VAL + 1) * sizeof(*mNext));
-
- mBufSiz = 16 * 1024U;
- while ((mBuf = malloc(mBufSiz)) == NULL) {
- mBufSiz = (mBufSiz / 10U) * 9U;
- if (mBufSiz < 4 * 1024U) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- }
- mBuf[0] = 0;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-VOID
-FreeMemory ()
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Called when compression is completed to free memory previously allocated.
-
-Arguments: (VOID)
-
-Returns: (VOID)
-
---*/
-{
- if (mText) {
- free (mText);
- }
-
- if (mLevel) {
- free (mLevel);
- }
-
- if (mChildCount) {
- free (mChildCount);
- }
-
- if (mPosition) {
- free (mPosition);
- }
-
- if (mParent) {
- free (mParent);
- }
-
- if (mPrev) {
- free (mPrev);
- }
-
- if (mNext) {
- free (mNext);
- }
-
- if (mBuf) {
- free (mBuf);
- }
-
- return;
-}
-
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-InitSlide ()
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Initialize String Info Log data structures
-
-Arguments: (VOID)
-
-Returns: (VOID)
-
---*/
-{
- NODE i;
-
- for (i = WNDSIZ; i <= WNDSIZ + UINT8_MAX; i++) {
- mLevel[i] = 1;
- mPosition[i] = NIL; /* sentinel */
- }
- for (i = WNDSIZ; i < WNDSIZ * 2; i++) {
- mParent[i] = NIL;
- }
- mAvail = 1;
- for (i = 1; i < WNDSIZ - 1; i++) {
- mNext[i] = (NODE)(i + 1);
- }
-
- mNext[WNDSIZ - 1] = NIL;
- for (i = WNDSIZ * 2; i <= MAX_HASH_VAL; i++) {
- mNext[i] = NIL;
- }
-}
-
-
-STATIC
-NODE
-Child (
- IN NODE q,
- IN UINT8 c
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Find child node given the parent node and the edge character
-
-Arguments:
-
- q - the parent node
- c - the edge character
-
-Returns:
-
- The child node (NIL if not found)
-
---*/
-{
- NODE r;
-
- r = mNext[HASH(q, c)];
- mParent[NIL] = q; /* sentinel */
- while (mParent[r] != q) {
- r = mNext[r];
- }
-
- return r;
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-MakeChild (
- IN NODE q,
- IN UINT8 c,
- IN NODE r
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Create a new child for a given parent node.
-
-Arguments:
-
- q - the parent node
- c - the edge character
- r - the child node
-
-Returns: (VOID)
-
---*/
-{
- NODE h, t;
-
- h = (NODE)HASH(q, c);
- t = mNext[h];
- mNext[h] = r;
- mNext[r] = t;
- mPrev[t] = r;
- mPrev[r] = h;
- mParent[r] = q;
- mChildCount[q]++;
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-Split (
- NODE Old
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Split a node.
-
-Arguments:
-
- Old - the node to split
-
-Returns: (VOID)
-
---*/
-{
- NODE New, t;
-
- New = mAvail;
- mAvail = mNext[New];
- mChildCount[New] = 0;
- t = mPrev[Old];
- mPrev[New] = t;
- mNext[t] = New;
- t = mNext[Old];
- mNext[New] = t;
- mPrev[t] = New;
- mParent[New] = mParent[Old];
- mLevel[New] = (UINT8)mMatchLen;
- mPosition[New] = mPos;
- MakeChild(New, mText[mMatchPos + mMatchLen], Old);
- MakeChild(New, mText[mPos + mMatchLen], mPos);
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-InsertNode ()
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Insert string info for current position into the String Info Log
-
-Arguments: (VOID)
-
-Returns: (VOID)
-
---*/
-{
- NODE q, r, j, t;
- UINT8 c, *t1, *t2;
-
- if (mMatchLen >= 4) {
-
- //
- // We have just got a long match, the target tree
- // can be located by MatchPos + 1. Travese the tree
- // from bottom up to get to a proper starting point.
- // The usage of PERC_FLAG ensures proper node deletion
- // in DeleteNode() later.
- //
-
- mMatchLen--;
- r = (INT16)((mMatchPos + 1) | WNDSIZ);
- while ((q = mParent[r]) == NIL) {
- r = mNext[r];
- }
- while (mLevel[q] >= mMatchLen) {
- r = q; q = mParent[q];
- }
- t = q;
- while (mPosition[t] < 0) {
- mPosition[t] = mPos;
- t = mParent[t];
- }
- if (t < WNDSIZ) {
- mPosition[t] = (NODE)(mPos | PERC_FLAG);
- }
- } else {
-
- //
- // Locate the target tree
- //
-
- q = (INT16)(mText[mPos] + WNDSIZ);
- c = mText[mPos + 1];
- if ((r = Child(q, c)) == NIL) {
- MakeChild(q, c, mPos);
- mMatchLen = 1;
- return;
- }
- mMatchLen = 2;
- }
-
- //
- // Traverse down the tree to find a match.
- // Update Position value along the route.
- // Node split or creation is involved.
- //
-
- for ( ; ; ) {
- if (r >= WNDSIZ) {
- j = MAXMATCH;
- mMatchPos = r;
- } else {
- j = mLevel[r];
- mMatchPos = (NODE)(mPosition[r] & ~PERC_FLAG);
- }
- if (mMatchPos >= mPos) {
- mMatchPos -= WNDSIZ;
- }
- t1 = &mText[mPos + mMatchLen];
- t2 = &mText[mMatchPos + mMatchLen];
- while (mMatchLen < j) {
- if (*t1 != *t2) {
- Split(r);
- return;
- }
- mMatchLen++;
- t1++;
- t2++;
- }
- if (mMatchLen >= MAXMATCH) {
- break;
- }
- mPosition[r] = mPos;
- q = r;
- if ((r = Child(q, *t1)) == NIL) {
- MakeChild(q, *t1, mPos);
- return;
- }
- mMatchLen++;
- }
- t = mPrev[r];
- mPrev[mPos] = t;
- mNext[t] = mPos;
- t = mNext[r];
- mNext[mPos] = t;
- mPrev[t] = mPos;
- mParent[mPos] = q;
- mParent[r] = NIL;
-
- //
- // Special usage of 'next'
- //
- mNext[r] = mPos;
-
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-DeleteNode ()
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Delete outdated string info. (The Usage of PERC_FLAG
- ensures a clean deletion)
-
-Arguments: (VOID)
-
-Returns: (VOID)
-
---*/
-{
- NODE q, r, s, t, u;
-
- if (mParent[mPos] == NIL) {
- return;
- }
-
- r = mPrev[mPos];
- s = mNext[mPos];
- mNext[r] = s;
- mPrev[s] = r;
- r = mParent[mPos];
- mParent[mPos] = NIL;
- if (r >= WNDSIZ || --mChildCount[r] > 1) {
- return;
- }
- t = (NODE)(mPosition[r] & ~PERC_FLAG);
- if (t >= mPos) {
- t -= WNDSIZ;
- }
- s = t;
- q = mParent[r];
- while ((u = mPosition[q]) & PERC_FLAG) {
- u &= ~PERC_FLAG;
- if (u >= mPos) {
- u -= WNDSIZ;
- }
- if (u > s) {
- s = u;
- }
- mPosition[q] = (INT16)(s | WNDSIZ);
- q = mParent[q];
- }
- if (q < WNDSIZ) {
- if (u >= mPos) {
- u -= WNDSIZ;
- }
- if (u > s) {
- s = u;
- }
- mPosition[q] = (INT16)(s | WNDSIZ | PERC_FLAG);
- }
- s = Child(r, mText[t + mLevel[r]]);
- t = mPrev[s];
- u = mNext[s];
- mNext[t] = u;
- mPrev[u] = t;
- t = mPrev[r];
- mNext[t] = s;
- mPrev[s] = t;
- t = mNext[r];
- mPrev[t] = s;
- mNext[s] = t;
- mParent[s] = mParent[r];
- mParent[r] = NIL;
- mNext[r] = mAvail;
- mAvail = r;
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-GetNextMatch ()
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Advance the current position (read in new data if needed).
- Delete outdated string info. Find a match string for current position.
-
-Arguments: (VOID)
-
-Returns: (VOID)
-
---*/
-{
- INT32 n;
-
- mRemainder--;
- if (++mPos == WNDSIZ * 2) {
- memmove(&mText[0], &mText[WNDSIZ], WNDSIZ + MAXMATCH);
- n = FreadCrc(&mText[WNDSIZ + MAXMATCH], WNDSIZ);
- mRemainder += n;
- mPos = WNDSIZ;
- }
- DeleteNode();
- InsertNode();
-}
-
-STATIC
-EFI_STATUS
-Encode ()
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- The main controlling routine for compression process.
-
-Arguments: (VOID)
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS - The compression is successful
- EFI_OUT_0F_RESOURCES - Not enough memory for compression process
-
---*/
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- INT32 LastMatchLen;
- NODE LastMatchPos;
-
- Status = AllocateMemory();
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- FreeMemory();
- return Status;
- }
-
- InitSlide();
-
- HufEncodeStart();
-
- mRemainder = FreadCrc(&mText[WNDSIZ], WNDSIZ + MAXMATCH);
-
- mMatchLen = 0;
- mPos = WNDSIZ;
- InsertNode();
- if (mMatchLen > mRemainder) {
- mMatchLen = mRemainder;
- }
- while (mRemainder > 0) {
- LastMatchLen = mMatchLen;
- LastMatchPos = mMatchPos;
- GetNextMatch();
- if (mMatchLen > mRemainder) {
- mMatchLen = mRemainder;
- }
-
- if (mMatchLen > LastMatchLen || LastMatchLen < THRESHOLD) {
-
- //
- // Not enough benefits are gained by outputting a pointer,
- // so just output the original character
- //
-
- Output(mText[mPos - 1], 0);
- } else {
-
- //
- // Outputting a pointer is beneficial enough, do it.
- //
-
- Output(LastMatchLen + (UINT8_MAX + 1 - THRESHOLD),
- (mPos - LastMatchPos - 2) & (WNDSIZ - 1));
- while (--LastMatchLen > 0) {
- GetNextMatch();
- }
- if (mMatchLen > mRemainder) {
- mMatchLen = mRemainder;
- }
- }
- }
-
- HufEncodeEnd();
- FreeMemory();
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-CountTFreq ()
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Count the frequencies for the Extra Set
-
-Arguments: (VOID)
-
-Returns: (VOID)
-
---*/
-{
- INT32 i, k, n, Count;
-
- for (i = 0; i < NT; i++) {
- mTFreq[i] = 0;
- }
- n = NC;
- while (n > 0 && mCLen[n - 1] == 0) {
- n--;
- }
- i = 0;
- while (i < n) {
- k = mCLen[i++];
- if (k == 0) {
- Count = 1;
- while (i < n && mCLen[i] == 0) {
- i++;
- Count++;
- }
- if (Count <= 2) {
- mTFreq[0] = (UINT16)(mTFreq[0] + Count);
- } else if (Count <= 18) {
- mTFreq[1]++;
- } else if (Count == 19) {
- mTFreq[0]++;
- mTFreq[1]++;
- } else {
- mTFreq[2]++;
- }
- } else {
- mTFreq[k + 2]++;
- }
- }
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-WritePTLen (
- IN INT32 n,
- IN INT32 nbit,
- IN INT32 Special
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Outputs the code length array for the Extra Set or the Position Set.
-
-Arguments:
-
- n - the number of symbols
- nbit - the number of bits needed to represent 'n'
- Special - the special symbol that needs to be take care of
-
-Returns: (VOID)
-
---*/
-{
- INT32 i, k;
-
- while (n > 0 && mPTLen[n - 1] == 0) {
- n--;
- }
- PutBits(nbit, n);
- i = 0;
- while (i < n) {
- k = mPTLen[i++];
- if (k <= 6) {
- PutBits(3, k);
- } else {
- PutBits(k - 3, (1U << (k - 3)) - 2);
- }
- if (i == Special) {
- while (i < 6 && mPTLen[i] == 0) {
- i++;
- }
- PutBits(2, (i - 3) & 3);
- }
- }
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-WriteCLen ()
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Outputs the code length array for Char&Length Set
-
-Arguments: (VOID)
-
-Returns: (VOID)
-
---*/
-{
- INT32 i, k, n, Count;
-
- n = NC;
- while (n > 0 && mCLen[n - 1] == 0) {
- n--;
- }
- PutBits(CBIT, n);
- i = 0;
- while (i < n) {
- k = mCLen[i++];
- if (k == 0) {
- Count = 1;
- while (i < n && mCLen[i] == 0) {
- i++;
- Count++;
- }
- if (Count <= 2) {
- for (k = 0; k < Count; k++) {
- PutBits(mPTLen[0], mPTCode[0]);
- }
- } else if (Count <= 18) {
- PutBits(mPTLen[1], mPTCode[1]);
- PutBits(4, Count - 3);
- } else if (Count == 19) {
- PutBits(mPTLen[0], mPTCode[0]);
- PutBits(mPTLen[1], mPTCode[1]);
- PutBits(4, 15);
- } else {
- PutBits(mPTLen[2], mPTCode[2]);
- PutBits(CBIT, Count - 20);
- }
- } else {
- PutBits(mPTLen[k + 2], mPTCode[k + 2]);
- }
- }
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-EncodeC (
- IN INT32 c
- )
-{
- PutBits(mCLen[c], mCCode[c]);
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-EncodeP (
- IN UINT32 p
- )
-{
- UINT32 c, q;
-
- c = 0;
- q = p;
- while (q) {
- q >>= 1;
- c++;
- }
- PutBits(mPTLen[c], mPTCode[c]);
- if (c > 1) {
- PutBits(c - 1, p & (0xFFFFU >> (17 - c)));
- }
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-SendBlock ()
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Huffman code the block and output it.
-
-Argument: (VOID)
-
-Returns: (VOID)
-
---*/
-{
- UINT32 i, k, Flags, Root, Pos, Size;
- Flags = 0;
-
- Root = MakeTree(NC, mCFreq, mCLen, mCCode);
- Size = mCFreq[Root];
- PutBits(16, Size);
- if (Root >= NC) {
- CountTFreq();
- Root = MakeTree(NT, mTFreq, mPTLen, mPTCode);
- if (Root >= NT) {
- WritePTLen(NT, TBIT, 3);
- } else {
- PutBits(TBIT, 0);
- PutBits(TBIT, Root);
- }
- WriteCLen();
- } else {
- PutBits(TBIT, 0);
- PutBits(TBIT, 0);
- PutBits(CBIT, 0);
- PutBits(CBIT, Root);
- }
- Root = MakeTree(NP, mPFreq, mPTLen, mPTCode);
- if (Root >= NP) {
- WritePTLen(NP, PBIT, -1);
- } else {
- PutBits(PBIT, 0);
- PutBits(PBIT, Root);
- }
- Pos = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < Size; i++) {
- if (i % UINT8_BIT == 0) {
- Flags = mBuf[Pos++];
- } else {
- Flags <<= 1;
- }
- if (Flags & (1U << (UINT8_BIT - 1))) {
- EncodeC(mBuf[Pos++] + (1U << UINT8_BIT));
- k = mBuf[Pos++] << UINT8_BIT;
- k += mBuf[Pos++];
- EncodeP(k);
- } else {
- EncodeC(mBuf[Pos++]);
- }
- }
- for (i = 0; i < NC; i++) {
- mCFreq[i] = 0;
- }
- for (i = 0; i < NP; i++) {
- mPFreq[i] = 0;
- }
-}
-
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-Output (
- IN UINT32 c,
- IN UINT32 p
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Outputs an Original Character or a Pointer
-
-Arguments:
-
- c - The original character or the 'String Length' element of a Pointer
- p - The 'Position' field of a Pointer
-
-Returns: (VOID)
-
---*/
-{
- STATIC UINT32 CPos;
-
- if ((mOutputMask >>= 1) == 0) {
- mOutputMask = 1U << (UINT8_BIT - 1);
- if (mOutputPos >= mBufSiz - 3 * UINT8_BIT) {
- SendBlock();
- mOutputPos = 0;
- }
- CPos = mOutputPos++;
- mBuf[CPos] = 0;
- }
- mBuf[mOutputPos++] = (UINT8) c;
- mCFreq[c]++;
- if (c >= (1U << UINT8_BIT)) {
- mBuf[CPos] |= mOutputMask;
- mBuf[mOutputPos++] = (UINT8)(p >> UINT8_BIT);
- mBuf[mOutputPos++] = (UINT8) p;
- c = 0;
- while (p) {
- p >>= 1;
- c++;
- }
- mPFreq[c]++;
- }
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-HufEncodeStart ()
-{
- INT32 i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < NC; i++) {
- mCFreq[i] = 0;
- }
- for (i = 0; i < NP; i++) {
- mPFreq[i] = 0;
- }
- mOutputPos = mOutputMask = 0;
- InitPutBits();
- return;
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-HufEncodeEnd ()
-{
- SendBlock();
-
- //
- // Flush remaining bits
- //
- PutBits(UINT8_BIT - 1, 0);
-
- return;
-}
-
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-MakeCrcTable ()
-{
- UINT32 i, j, r;
-
- for (i = 0; i <= UINT8_MAX; i++) {
- r = i;
- for (j = 0; j < UINT8_BIT; j++) {
- if (r & 1) {
- r = (r >> 1) ^ CRCPOLY;
- } else {
- r >>= 1;
- }
- }
- mCrcTable[i] = (UINT16)r;
- }
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-PutBits (
- IN INT32 n,
- IN UINT32 x
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Outputs rightmost n bits of x
-
-Argments:
-
- n - the rightmost n bits of the data is used
- x - the data
-
-Returns: (VOID)
-
---*/
-{
- UINT8 Temp;
-
- if (n < mBitCount) {
- mSubBitBuf |= x << (mBitCount -= n);
- } else {
-
- Temp = (UINT8)(mSubBitBuf | (x >> (n -= mBitCount)));
- if (mDst < mDstUpperLimit) {
- *mDst++ = Temp;
- }
- mCompSize++;
-
- if (n < UINT8_BIT) {
- mSubBitBuf = x << (mBitCount = UINT8_BIT - n);
- } else {
-
- Temp = (UINT8)(x >> (n - UINT8_BIT));
- if (mDst < mDstUpperLimit) {
- *mDst++ = Temp;
- }
- mCompSize++;
-
- mSubBitBuf = x << (mBitCount = 2 * UINT8_BIT - n);
- }
- }
-}
-
-STATIC
-INT32
-FreadCrc (
- OUT UINT8 *p,
- IN INT32 n
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Read in source data
-
-Arguments:
-
- p - the buffer to hold the data
- n - number of bytes to read
-
-Returns:
-
- number of bytes actually read
-
---*/
-{
- INT32 i;
-
- for (i = 0; mSrc < mSrcUpperLimit && i < n; i++) {
- *p++ = *mSrc++;
- }
- n = i;
-
- p -= n;
- mOrigSize += n;
- while (--i >= 0) {
- UPDATE_CRC(*p++);
- }
- return n;
-}
-
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-InitPutBits ()
-{
- mBitCount = UINT8_BIT;
- mSubBitBuf = 0;
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-CountLen (
- IN INT32 i
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Count the number of each code length for a Huffman tree.
-
-Arguments:
-
- i - the top node
-
-Returns: (VOID)
-
---*/
-{
- STATIC INT32 Depth = 0;
-
- if (i < mN) {
- mLenCnt[(Depth < 16) ? Depth : 16]++;
- } else {
- Depth++;
- CountLen(mLeft [i]);
- CountLen(mRight[i]);
- Depth--;
- }
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-MakeLen (
- IN INT32 Root
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Create code length array for a Huffman tree
-
-Arguments:
-
- Root - the root of the tree
-
---*/
-{
- INT32 i, k;
- UINT32 Cum;
-
- for (i = 0; i <= 16; i++) {
- mLenCnt[i] = 0;
- }
- CountLen(Root);
-
- //
- // Adjust the length count array so that
- // no code will be generated longer than its designated length
- //
-
- Cum = 0;
- for (i = 16; i > 0; i--) {
- Cum += mLenCnt[i] << (16 - i);
- }
- while (Cum != (1U << 16)) {
- mLenCnt[16]--;
- for (i = 15; i > 0; i--) {
- if (mLenCnt[i] != 0) {
- mLenCnt[i]--;
- mLenCnt[i+1] += 2;
- break;
- }
- }
- Cum--;
- }
- for (i = 16; i > 0; i--) {
- k = mLenCnt[i];
- while (--k >= 0) {
- mLen[*mSortPtr++] = (UINT8)i;
- }
- }
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-DownHeap (
- IN INT32 i
- )
-{
- INT32 j, k;
-
- //
- // priority queue: send i-th entry down heap
- //
-
- k = mHeap[i];
- while ((j = 2 * i) <= mHeapSize) {
- if (j < mHeapSize && mFreq[mHeap[j]] > mFreq[mHeap[j + 1]]) {
- j++;
- }
- if (mFreq[k] <= mFreq[mHeap[j]]) {
- break;
- }
- mHeap[i] = mHeap[j];
- i = j;
- }
- mHeap[i] = (INT16)k;
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-MakeCode (
- IN INT32 n,
- IN UINT8 Len[],
- OUT UINT16 Code[]
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Assign code to each symbol based on the code length array
-
-Arguments:
-
- n - number of symbols
- Len - the code length array
- Code - stores codes for each symbol
-
-Returns: (VOID)
-
---*/
-{
- INT32 i;
- UINT16 Start[18];
-
- Start[1] = 0;
- for (i = 1; i <= 16; i++) {
- Start[i + 1] = (UINT16)((Start[i] + mLenCnt[i]) << 1);
- }
- for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
- Code[i] = Start[Len[i]]++;
- }
-}
-
-STATIC
-INT32
-MakeTree (
- IN INT32 NParm,
- IN UINT16 FreqParm[],
- OUT UINT8 LenParm[],
- OUT UINT16 CodeParm[]
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Generates Huffman codes given a frequency distribution of symbols
-
-Arguments:
-
- NParm - number of symbols
- FreqParm - frequency of each symbol
- LenParm - code length for each symbol
- CodeParm - code for each symbol
-
-Returns:
-
- Root of the Huffman tree.
-
---*/
-{
- INT32 i, j, k, Avail;
-
- //
- // make tree, calculate len[], return root
- //
-
- mN = NParm;
- mFreq = FreqParm;
- mLen = LenParm;
- Avail = mN;
- mHeapSize = 0;
- mHeap[1] = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < mN; i++) {
- mLen[i] = 0;
- if (mFreq[i]) {
- mHeap[++mHeapSize] = (INT16)i;
- }
- }
- if (mHeapSize < 2) {
- CodeParm[mHeap[1]] = 0;
- return mHeap[1];
- }
- for (i = mHeapSize / 2; i >= 1; i--) {
-
- //
- // make priority queue
- //
- DownHeap(i);
- }
- mSortPtr = CodeParm;
- do {
- i = mHeap[1];
- if (i < mN) {
- *mSortPtr++ = (UINT16)i;
- }
- mHeap[1] = mHeap[mHeapSize--];
- DownHeap(1);
- j = mHeap[1];
- if (j < mN) {
- *mSortPtr++ = (UINT16)j;
- }
- k = Avail++;
- mFreq[k] = (UINT16)(mFreq[i] + mFreq[j]);
- mHeap[1] = (INT16)k;
- DownHeap(1);
- mLeft[k] = (UINT16)i;
- mRight[k] = (UINT16)j;
- } while (mHeapSize > 1);
-
- mSortPtr = CodeParm;
- MakeLen(k);
- MakeCode(NParm, LenParm, CodeParm);
-
- //
- // return root
- //
- return k;
-}
-
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/EfiUtilityMsgs.c b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/EfiUtilityMsgs.c deleted file mode 100644 index dc9b0ffaa2..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/EfiUtilityMsgs.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,914 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-Module Name:
-
- EfiUtilityMsgs.c
-
-Abstract:
-
- EFI tools utility functions to display warning, error, and informational
- messages.
-
---*/
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <time.h>
-
-#include "EfiUtilityMsgs.h"
-
-//
-// Declare module globals for keeping track of the the utility's
-// name and other settings.
-//
-STATIC STATUS mStatus = STATUS_SUCCESS;
-STATIC CHAR8 mUtilityName[50] = { 0 };
-STATIC UINT64 mPrintLogLevel = INFO_LOG_LEVEL;
-STATIC CHAR8 *mSourceFileName = NULL;
-STATIC UINT32 mSourceFileLineNum = 0;
-STATIC UINT32 mErrorCount = 0;
-STATIC UINT32 mWarningCount = 0;
-STATIC UINT32 mMaxErrors = 0;
-STATIC UINT32 mMaxWarnings = 0;
-STATIC UINT32 mMaxWarningsPlusErrors = 0;
-STATIC INT8 mPrintLimitsSet = 0;
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-PrintLimitExceeded (
- VOID
- );
-
-VOID
-Error (
- CHAR8 *FileName,
- UINT32 LineNumber,
- UINT32 MessageCode,
- CHAR8 *Text,
- CHAR8 *MsgFmt,
- ...
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
- Prints an error message.
-
-Arguments:
- All arguments are optional, though the printed message may be useless if
- at least something valid is not specified.
-
- FileName - name of the file or application. If not specified, then the
- utilty name (as set by the utility calling SetUtilityName()
- earlier) is used. Otherwise "Unknown utility" is used.
-
- LineNumber - the line number of error, typically used by parsers. If the
- utility is not a parser, then 0 should be specified. Otherwise
- the FileName and LineNumber info can be used to cause
- MS Visual Studio to jump to the error.
-
- MessageCode - an application-specific error code that can be referenced in
- other documentation.
-
- Text - the text in question, typically used by parsers.
-
- MsgFmt - the format string for the error message. Can contain formatting
- controls for use with the varargs.
-
-Returns:
- None.
-
-Notes:
- We print the following (similar to the Warn() and Debug()
- W
- Typical error/warning message format:
-
- bin\VfrCompile.cpp(330) : error C2660: 'AddVfrDataStructField' : function does not take 2 parameters
-
- BUGBUG -- these three utility functions are almost identical, and
- should be modified to share code.
-
- Visual Studio does not find error messages with:
-
- " error :"
- " error 1:"
- " error c1:"
- " error 1000:"
- " error c100:"
-
- It does find:
- " error c1000:"
---*/
-{
- va_list List;
- //
- // If limits have been set, then check that we have not exceeded them
- //
- if (mPrintLimitsSet) {
- //
- // See if we've exceeded our total count
- //
- if (mMaxWarningsPlusErrors != 0) {
- if (mErrorCount + mWarningCount > mMaxWarningsPlusErrors) {
- PrintLimitExceeded ();
- return ;
- }
- }
- //
- // See if we've exceeded our error count
- //
- if (mMaxErrors != 0) {
- if (mErrorCount > mMaxErrors) {
- PrintLimitExceeded ();
- return ;
- }
- }
- }
-
- mErrorCount++;
- va_start (List, MsgFmt);
- PrintMessage ("ERROR", FileName, LineNumber, MessageCode, Text, MsgFmt, List);
- va_end (List);
-}
-
-VOID
-ParserError (
- UINT32 MessageCode,
- CHAR8 *Text,
- CHAR8 *MsgFmt,
- ...
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
- Print a parser error, using the source file name and line number
- set by a previous call to SetParserPosition().
-
-Arguments:
- MessageCode - application-specific error code
- Text - text to print in the error message
- MsgFmt - format string to print at the end of the error message
-
-Returns:
- NA
-
---*/
-{
- va_list List;
- //
- // If limits have been set, then check them
- //
- if (mPrintLimitsSet) {
- //
- // See if we've exceeded our total count
- //
- if (mMaxWarningsPlusErrors != 0) {
- if (mErrorCount + mWarningCount > mMaxWarningsPlusErrors) {
- PrintLimitExceeded ();
- return ;
- }
- }
- //
- // See if we've exceeded our error count
- //
- if (mMaxErrors != 0) {
- if (mErrorCount > mMaxErrors) {
- PrintLimitExceeded ();
- return ;
- }
- }
- }
-
- mErrorCount++;
- va_start (List, MsgFmt);
- PrintMessage ("ERROR", mSourceFileName, mSourceFileLineNum, MessageCode, Text, MsgFmt, List);
- va_end (List);
-}
-
-VOID
-ParserWarning (
- UINT32 ErrorCode,
- CHAR8 *OffendingText,
- CHAR8 *MsgFmt,
- ...
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
- Print a parser warning, using the source file name and line number
- set by a previous call to SetParserPosition().
-
-Arguments:
- ErrorCode - application-specific error code
- OffendingText - text to print in the warning message
- MsgFmt - format string to print at the end of the warning message
-
-Returns:
- NA
-
---*/
-{
- va_list List;
- //
- // If limits have been set, then check them
- //
- if (mPrintLimitsSet) {
- //
- // See if we've exceeded our total count
- //
- if (mMaxWarningsPlusErrors != 0) {
- if (mErrorCount + mWarningCount > mMaxWarningsPlusErrors) {
- PrintLimitExceeded ();
- return ;
- }
- }
- //
- // See if we've exceeded our warning count
- //
- if (mMaxWarnings != 0) {
- if (mWarningCount > mMaxWarnings) {
- PrintLimitExceeded ();
- return ;
- }
- }
- }
-
- mWarningCount++;
- va_start (List, MsgFmt);
- PrintMessage ("WARNING", mSourceFileName, mSourceFileLineNum, ErrorCode, OffendingText, MsgFmt, List);
- va_end (List);
- //
- // Don't set warning status accordingly
- //
- // if (mStatus < STATUS_WARNING) {
- // mStatus = STATUS_WARNING;
- // }
-}
-
-VOID
-Warning (
- CHAR8 *FileName,
- UINT32 LineNumber,
- UINT32 MessageCode,
- CHAR8 *Text,
- CHAR8 *MsgFmt,
- ...
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
- Print a warning message.
-
-Arguments:
- FileName - name of the file where the warning was detected, or the name
- of the application that detected the warning
-
- LineNumber - the line number where the warning was detected (parsers).
- 0 should be specified if the utility is not a parser.
-
- MessageCode - an application-specific warning code that can be referenced in
- other documentation.
-
- Text - the text in question (parsers)
-
- MsgFmt - the format string for the warning message. Can contain formatting
- controls for use with varargs.
-
-Returns:
- None.
-
---*/
-{
- va_list List;
-
- //
- // Current Print Level not output warning information.
- //
- if (WARNING_LOG_LEVEL < mPrintLogLevel) {
- return;
- }
- //
- // If limits have been set, then check them
- //
- if (mPrintLimitsSet) {
- //
- // See if we've exceeded our total count
- //
- if (mMaxWarningsPlusErrors != 0) {
- if (mErrorCount + mWarningCount > mMaxWarningsPlusErrors) {
- PrintLimitExceeded ();
- return ;
- }
- }
- //
- // See if we've exceeded our warning count
- //
- if (mMaxWarnings != 0) {
- if (mWarningCount > mMaxWarnings) {
- PrintLimitExceeded ();
- return ;
- }
- }
- }
-
- mWarningCount++;
- va_start (List, MsgFmt);
- PrintMessage ("WARNING", FileName, LineNumber, MessageCode, Text, MsgFmt, List);
- va_end (List);
-}
-
-VOID
-DebugMsg (
- CHAR8 *FileName,
- UINT32 LineNumber,
- UINT64 MsgLevel,
- CHAR8 *Text,
- CHAR8 *MsgFmt,
- ...
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
- Print a Debug message.
-
-Arguments:
- FileName - typically the name of the utility printing the debug message, but
- can be the name of a file being parsed.
-
- LineNumber - the line number in FileName (parsers)
-
- MsgLevel - Debug message print level (0~9)
-
- Text - the text in question (parsers)
-
- MsgFmt - the format string for the debug message. Can contain formatting
- controls for use with varargs.
-
-Returns:
- None.
-
---*/
-{
- va_list List;
- //
- // If the debug level is less than current print level, then do nothing.
- //
- if (MsgLevel < mPrintLogLevel) {
- return ;
- }
-
- va_start (List, MsgFmt);
- PrintMessage ("DEBUG", FileName, LineNumber, 0, Text, MsgFmt, List);
- va_end (List);
-}
-
-VOID
-PrintMessage (
- CHAR8 *Type,
- CHAR8 *FileName,
- UINT32 LineNumber,
- UINT32 MessageCode,
- CHAR8 *Text,
- CHAR8 *MsgFmt,
- va_list List
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
- Worker routine for all the utility printing services. Prints the message in
- a format that Visual Studio will find when scanning build outputs for
- errors or warnings.
-
-Arguments:
- Type - "warning" or "error" string to insert into the message to be
- printed. The first character of this string (converted to uppercase)
- is used to preceed the MessageCode value in the output string.
-
- FileName - name of the file where the warning was detected, or the name
- of the application that detected the warning
-
- LineNumber - the line number where the warning was detected (parsers).
- 0 should be specified if the utility is not a parser.
-
- MessageCode - an application-specific warning code that can be referenced in
- other documentation.
-
- Text - part of the message to print
-
- MsgFmt - the format string for the message. Can contain formatting
- controls for use with varargs.
- List - the variable list.
-
-Returns:
- None.
-
-Notes:
- If FileName == NULL then this utility will use the string passed into SetUtilityName().
-
- LineNumber is only used if the caller is a parser, in which case FileName refers to the
- file being parsed.
-
- Text and MsgFmt are both optional, though it would be of little use calling this function with
- them both NULL.
-
- Output will typically be of the form:
- <FileName>(<LineNumber>) : <Type> <Type[0]><MessageCode>: <Text> : <MsgFmt>
-
- Parser (LineNumber != 0)
- VfrCompile.cpp(330) : error E2660: AddVfrDataStructField : function does not take 2 parameters
- Generic utility (LineNumber == 0)
- UtilityName : error E1234 : Text string : MsgFmt string and args
-
---*/
-{
- CHAR8 Line[MAX_LINE_LEN];
- CHAR8 Line2[MAX_LINE_LEN];
- CHAR8 *Cptr;
- struct tm *NewTime;
- time_t CurrentTime;
-
- //
- // init local variable
- //
- Line[0] = '\0';
- Line2[0] = '\0';
-
- //
- // If given a filename, then add it (and the line number) to the string.
- // If there's no filename, then use the program name if provided.
- //
- if (FileName != NULL) {
- Cptr = FileName;
- } else {
- Cptr = NULL;
- }
-
- if (strcmp (Type, "DEBUG") == 0) {
- //
- // Debug Message requires current time.
- //
- time (&CurrentTime);
- NewTime = localtime (&CurrentTime);
- fprintf (stdout, "%04d-%02d-%02d %02d:%02d:%02d",
- NewTime->tm_year + 1900,
- NewTime->tm_mon + 1,
- NewTime->tm_mday,
- NewTime->tm_hour,
- NewTime->tm_min,
- NewTime->tm_sec
- );
- if (Cptr != NULL) {
- sprintf (Line, ": %s", Cptr);
- if (LineNumber != 0) {
- sprintf (Line2, "(%u)", (unsigned) LineNumber);
- strcat (Line, Line2);
- }
- }
- } else {
- //
- // Error and Warning Information.
- //
- if (Cptr != NULL) {
- if (mUtilityName[0] != '\0') {
- fprintf (stdout, "%s...\n", mUtilityName);
- }
- sprintf (Line, "%s", Cptr);
- if (LineNumber != 0) {
- sprintf (Line2, "(%u)", (unsigned) LineNumber);
- strcat (Line, Line2);
- }
- } else {
- if (mUtilityName[0] != '\0') {
- sprintf (Line, "%s", mUtilityName);
- }
- }
-
- if (strcmp (Type, "ERROR") == 0) {
- //
- // Set status accordingly for ERROR information.
- //
- if (mStatus < STATUS_ERROR) {
- mStatus = STATUS_ERROR;
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Have to print an error code or Visual Studio won't find the
- // message for you. It has to be decimal digits too.
- //
- if (MessageCode != 0) {
- sprintf (Line2, ": %s %04u", Type, (unsigned) MessageCode);
- } else {
- sprintf (Line2, ": %s", Type);
- }
- strcat (Line, Line2);
- fprintf (stdout, "%s", Line);
- //
- // If offending text was provided, then print it
- //
- if (Text != NULL) {
- fprintf (stdout, ": %s", Text);
- }
- fprintf (stdout, "\n");
-
- //
- // Print formatted message if provided
- //
- if (MsgFmt != NULL) {
- vsprintf (Line2, MsgFmt, List);
- fprintf (stdout, " %s\n", Line2);
- }
-
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-PrintSimpleMessage (
- CHAR8 *MsgFmt,
- va_list List
- )
-/*++
-Routine Description:
- Print message into stdout.
-
-Arguments:
- MsgFmt - the format string for the message. Can contain formatting
- controls for use with varargs.
- List - the variable list.
-
-Returns:
- None.
---*/
-{
- CHAR8 Line[MAX_LINE_LEN];
- //
- // Print formatted message if provided
- //
- if (MsgFmt != NULL) {
- vsprintf (Line, MsgFmt, List);
- fprintf (stdout, "%s\n", Line);
- }
-}
-
-VOID
-ParserSetPosition (
- CHAR8 *SourceFileName,
- UINT32 LineNum
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
- Set the position in a file being parsed. This can be used to
- print error messages deeper down in a parser.
-
-Arguments:
- SourceFileName - name of the source file being parsed
- LineNum - line number of the source file being parsed
-
-Returns:
- NA
-
---*/
-{
- mSourceFileName = SourceFileName;
- mSourceFileLineNum = LineNum;
-}
-
-VOID
-SetUtilityName (
- CHAR8 *UtilityName
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
- All printed error/warning/debug messages follow the same format, and
- typically will print a filename or utility name followed by the error
- text. However if a filename is not passed to the print routines, then
- they'll print the utility name if you call this function early in your
- app to set the utility name.
-
-Arguments:
- UtilityName - name of the utility, which will be printed with all
- error/warning/debug messags.
-
-Returns:
- NA
-
---*/
-{
- //
- // Save the name of the utility in our local variable. Make sure its
- // length does not exceed our buffer.
- //
- if (UtilityName != NULL) {
- if (strlen (UtilityName) >= sizeof (mUtilityName)) {
- Error (UtilityName, 0, 0, "application error", "utility name length exceeds internal buffer size");
- strncpy (mUtilityName, UtilityName, sizeof (mUtilityName) - 1);
- mUtilityName[sizeof (mUtilityName) - 1] = 0;
- return ;
- } else {
- strcpy (mUtilityName, UtilityName);
- }
- } else {
- Error (NULL, 0, 0, "application error", "SetUtilityName() called with NULL utility name");
- }
-}
-
-STATUS
-GetUtilityStatus (
- VOID
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
- When you call Error() or Warning(), this module keeps track of it and
- sets a local mStatus to STATUS_ERROR or STATUS_WARNING. When the utility
- exits, it can call this function to get the status and use it as a return
- value.
-
-Arguments:
- None.
-
-Returns:
- Worst-case status reported, as defined by which print function was called.
-
---*/
-{
- return mStatus;
-}
-
-VOID
-SetPrintLevel (
- UINT64 LogLevel
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
- Set the printing message Level. This is used by the PrintMsg() function
- to determine when/if a message should be printed.
-
-Arguments:
- LogLevel - 0~50 to specify the different level message.
-
-Returns:
- NA
-
---*/
-{
- mPrintLogLevel = LogLevel;
-}
-
-VOID
-VerboseMsg (
- CHAR8 *MsgFmt,
- ...
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
- Print a verbose level message.
-
-Arguments:
- MsgFmt - the format string for the message. Can contain formatting
- controls for use with varargs.
- List - the variable list.
-
-Returns:
- NA
-
---*/
-{
- va_list List;
- //
- // If the debug level is less than current print level, then do nothing.
- //
- if (VERBOSE_LOG_LEVEL < mPrintLogLevel) {
- return ;
- }
-
- va_start (List, MsgFmt);
- PrintSimpleMessage (MsgFmt, List);
- va_end (List);
-}
-
-VOID
-NormalMsg (
- CHAR8 *MsgFmt,
- ...
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
- Print a default level message.
-
-Arguments:
- MsgFmt - the format string for the message. Can contain formatting
- controls for use with varargs.
- List - the variable list.
-
-Returns:
- NA
-
---*/
-{
- va_list List;
- //
- // If the debug level is less than current print level, then do nothing.
- //
- if (INFO_LOG_LEVEL < mPrintLogLevel) {
- return ;
- }
-
- va_start (List, MsgFmt);
- PrintSimpleMessage (MsgFmt, List);
- va_end (List);
-}
-
-VOID
-KeyMsg (
- CHAR8 *MsgFmt,
- ...
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
- Print a key level message.
-
-Arguments:
- MsgFmt - the format string for the message. Can contain formatting
- controls for use with varargs.
- List - the variable list.
-
-Returns:
- NA
-
---*/
-{
- va_list List;
- //
- // If the debug level is less than current print level, then do nothing.
- //
- if (KEY_LOG_LEVEL < mPrintLogLevel) {
- return ;
- }
-
- va_start (List, MsgFmt);
- PrintSimpleMessage (MsgFmt, List);
- va_end (List);
-}
-
-VOID
-SetPrintLimits (
- UINT32 MaxErrors,
- UINT32 MaxWarnings,
- UINT32 MaxWarningsPlusErrors
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
- Set the limits of how many errors, warnings, and errors+warnings
- we will print.
-
-Arguments:
- MaxErrors - maximum number of error messages to print
- MaxWarnings - maximum number of warning messages to print
- MaxWarningsPlusErrors
- - maximum number of errors+warnings to print
-
-Returns:
- NA
-
---*/
-{
- mMaxErrors = MaxErrors;
- mMaxWarnings = MaxWarnings;
- mMaxWarningsPlusErrors = MaxWarningsPlusErrors;
- mPrintLimitsSet = 1;
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-PrintLimitExceeded (
- VOID
- )
-{
- STATIC INT8 mPrintLimitExceeded = 0;
- //
- // If we've already printed the message, do nothing. Otherwise
- // temporarily increase our print limits so we can pass one
- // more message through.
- //
- if (mPrintLimitExceeded == 0) {
- mPrintLimitExceeded++;
- mMaxErrors++;
- mMaxWarnings++;
- mMaxWarningsPlusErrors++;
- Error (NULL, 0, 0, "error/warning print limit exceeded", NULL);
- mMaxErrors--;
- mMaxWarnings--;
- mMaxWarningsPlusErrors--;
- }
-}
-
-#if 0
-VOID
-TestUtilityMessages (
- VOID
- )
-{
- CHAR8 *ArgStr = "ArgString";
- int ArgInt;
-
- ArgInt = 0x12345678;
- //
- // Test without setting utility name
- //
- fprintf (stdout, "* Testing without setting utility name\n");
- fprintf (stdout, "** Test debug message not printed\n");
- DebugMsg (NULL, 0, 0x00000001, NULL, NULL);
- fprintf (stdout, "** Test warning with two strings and two args\n");
- Warning (NULL, 0, 1234, "Text1", "Text2 %s 0x%X", ArgStr, ArgInt);
- fprintf (stdout, "** Test error with two strings and two args\n");
- Warning (NULL, 0, 1234, "Text1", "Text2 %s 0x%X", ArgStr, ArgInt);
- fprintf (stdout, "** Test parser warning with nothing\n");
- ParserWarning (0, NULL, NULL);
- fprintf (stdout, "** Test parser error with nothing\n");
- ParserError (0, NULL, NULL);
- //
- // Test with utility name set now
- //
- fprintf (stdout, "** Testingin with utility name set\n");
- SetUtilityName ("MyUtilityName");
- //
- // Test debug prints
- //
- SetDebugMsgMask (2);
- fprintf (stdout, "** Test debug message with one string\n");
- DebugMsg (NULL, 0, 0x00000002, "Text1", NULL);
- fprintf (stdout, "** Test debug message with one string\n");
- DebugMsg (NULL, 0, 0x00000002, NULL, "Text2");
- fprintf (stdout, "** Test debug message with two strings\n");
- DebugMsg (NULL, 0, 0x00000002, "Text1", "Text2");
- fprintf (stdout, "** Test debug message with two strings and two args\n");
- DebugMsg (NULL, 0, 0x00000002, "Text1", "Text2 %s 0x%X", ArgStr, ArgInt);
- //
- // Test warning prints
- //
- fprintf (stdout, "** Test warning with no strings\n");
- Warning (NULL, 0, 1234, NULL, NULL);
- fprintf (stdout, "** Test warning with one string\n");
- Warning (NULL, 0, 1234, "Text1", NULL);
- fprintf (stdout, "** Test warning with one string\n");
- Warning (NULL, 0, 1234, NULL, "Text2");
- fprintf (stdout, "** Test warning with two strings and two args\n");
- Warning (NULL, 0, 1234, "Text1", "Text2 %s 0x%X", ArgStr, ArgInt);
- //
- // Test error prints
- //
- fprintf (stdout, "** Test error with no strings\n");
- Error (NULL, 0, 1234, NULL, NULL);
- fprintf (stdout, "** Test error with one string\n");
- Error (NULL, 0, 1234, "Text1", NULL);
- fprintf (stdout, "** Test error with one string\n");
- Error (NULL, 0, 1234, NULL, "Text2");
- fprintf (stdout, "** Test error with two strings and two args\n");
- Error (NULL, 0, 1234, "Text1", "Text2 %s 0x%X", ArgStr, ArgInt);
- //
- // Test parser prints
- //
- fprintf (stdout, "** Test parser errors\n");
- ParserSetPosition (__FILE__, __LINE__ + 1);
- ParserError (1234, NULL, NULL);
- ParserSetPosition (__FILE__, __LINE__ + 1);
- ParserError (1234, "Text1", NULL);
- ParserSetPosition (__FILE__, __LINE__ + 1);
- ParserError (1234, NULL, "Text2");
- ParserSetPosition (__FILE__, __LINE__ + 1);
- ParserError (1234, "Text1", "Text2");
- ParserSetPosition (__FILE__, __LINE__ + 1);
- ParserError (1234, "Text1", "Text2 %s 0x%X", ArgStr, ArgInt);
-
- fprintf (stdout, "** Test parser warnings\n");
- ParserSetPosition (__FILE__, __LINE__ + 1);
- ParserWarning (4321, NULL, NULL);
- ParserSetPosition (__FILE__, __LINE__ + 1);
- ParserWarning (4321, "Text1", NULL);
- ParserSetPosition (__FILE__, __LINE__ + 1);
- ParserWarning (4321, NULL, "Text2");
- ParserSetPosition (__FILE__, __LINE__ + 1);
- ParserWarning (4321, "Text1", "Text2");
- ParserSetPosition (__FILE__, __LINE__ + 1);
- ParserWarning (4321, "Text1", "Text2 %s 0x%X", ArgStr, ArgInt);
-}
-#endif
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/EfiUtilityMsgs.h b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/EfiUtilityMsgs.h deleted file mode 100644 index 35cb1802fe..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/EfiUtilityMsgs.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,177 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-Module Name:
-
- EfiUtilityMsgs.h
-
-Abstract:
-
- Defines and prototypes for common EFI utility error and debug messages.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _EFI_UTILITY_MSGS_H_
-#define _EFI_UTILITY_MSGS_H_
-
-#include <Common/UefiBaseTypes.h>
-
-//
-// Log message print Level
-//
-#define VERBOSE_LOG_LEVEL 15
-#define WARNING_LOG_LEVEL 15
-#define INFO_LOG_LEVEL 20
-#define KEY_LOG_LEVEL 40
-#define ERROR_LOG_LEVLE 50
-
-//
-// Status codes returned by EFI utility programs and functions
-//
-#define STATUS_SUCCESS 0
-#define STATUS_WARNING 1
-#define STATUS_ERROR 2
-#define VOID void
-
-typedef int STATUS;
-
-#define MAX_LINE_LEN 0x200
-#define MAXIMUM_INPUT_FILE_NUM 10
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-//
-// When we call Error() or Warning(), the module keeps track of the worst
-// case reported. GetUtilityStatus() will get the worst-case results, which
-// can be used as the return value from the app.
-//
-STATUS
-GetUtilityStatus (
- VOID
- );
-
-//
-// If someone prints an error message and didn't specify a source file name,
-// then we print the utility name instead. However they must tell us the
-// utility name early on via this function.
-//
-VOID
-SetUtilityName (
- CHAR8 *ProgramName
- )
-;
-
-VOID
-PrintMessage (
- CHAR8 *Type,
- CHAR8 *FileName,
- UINT32 LineNumber,
- UINT32 MessageCode,
- CHAR8 *Text,
- CHAR8 *MsgFmt,
- va_list List
- );
-
-VOID
-Error (
- CHAR8 *FileName,
- UINT32 LineNumber,
- UINT32 ErrorCode,
- CHAR8 *OffendingText,
- CHAR8 *MsgFmt,
- ...
- )
-;
-
-VOID
-Warning (
- CHAR8 *FileName,
- UINT32 LineNumber,
- UINT32 WarningCode,
- CHAR8 *OffendingText,
- CHAR8 *MsgFmt,
- ...
- )
-;
-
-VOID
-DebugMsg (
- CHAR8 *FileName,
- UINT32 LineNumber,
- UINT64 MsgLevel,
- CHAR8 *OffendingText,
- CHAR8 *MsgFmt,
- ...
- )
-;
-
-VOID
-VerboseMsg (
- CHAR8 *MsgFmt,
- ...
- );
-
-VOID
-NormalMsg (
- CHAR8 *MsgFmt,
- ...
- );
-
-VOID
-KeyMsg (
- CHAR8 *MsgFmt,
- ...
- );
-
-VOID
-SetPrintLevel (
- UINT64 LogLevel
- );
-
-VOID
-ParserSetPosition (
- CHAR8 *SourceFileName,
- UINT32 LineNum
- )
-;
-
-VOID
-ParserError (
- UINT32 ErrorCode,
- CHAR8 *OffendingText,
- CHAR8 *MsgFmt,
- ...
- )
-;
-
-VOID
-ParserWarning (
- UINT32 ErrorCode,
- CHAR8 *OffendingText,
- CHAR8 *MsgFmt,
- ...
- )
-;
-
-VOID
-SetPrintLimits (
- UINT32 NumErrors,
- UINT32 NumWarnings,
- UINT32 NumWarningsPlusErrors
- )
-;
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif // #ifndef _EFI_UTILITY_MSGS_H_
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/FirmwareVolumeBuffer.c b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/FirmwareVolumeBuffer.c deleted file mode 100644 index c8586b4078..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/FirmwareVolumeBuffer.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1667 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
-Copyright (c) 1999 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-Module Name:
-
- FirmwareVolumeBuffer.c
-
-Abstract:
-
- EFI Firmware Volume routines which work on a Fv image in buffers.
-
-**/
-
-#include "FirmwareVolumeBufferLib.h"
-#include "BinderFuncs.h"
-
-//
-// Local macros
-//
-#define EFI_TEST_FFS_ATTRIBUTES_BIT(FvbAttributes, TestAttributes, Bit) \
- ( \
- (BOOLEAN) ( \
- (FvbAttributes & EFI_FVB2_ERASE_POLARITY) ? (((~TestAttributes) & Bit) == Bit) : ((TestAttributes & Bit) == Bit) \
- ) \
- )
-
-
-//
-// Local prototypes
-//
-
-STATIC
-UINT16
-FvBufCalculateChecksum16 (
- IN UINT16 *Buffer,
- IN UINTN Size
- );
-
-STATIC
-UINT8
-FvBufCalculateChecksum8 (
- IN UINT8 *Buffer,
- IN UINTN Size
- );
-
-//
-// Procedures start
-//
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufRemoveFileNew (
- IN OUT VOID *Fv,
- IN EFI_GUID *Name
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Clears out all files from the Fv buffer in memory
-
-Arguments:
-
- SourceFv - Address of the Fv in memory, this firmware volume volume will
- be modified, if SourceFfsFile exists
- SourceFfsFile - Input FFS file to replace
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS
- EFI_NOT_FOUND
-
---*/
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER* FileToRm;
- UINTN FileToRmLength;
-
- Status = FvBufFindFileByName(
- Fv,
- Name,
- (VOID **)&FileToRm
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- FileToRmLength = FvBufExpand3ByteSize (FileToRm->Size);
-
- CommonLibBinderSetMem (
- FileToRm,
- FileToRmLength,
- (((EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER*)Fv)->Attributes & EFI_FVB2_ERASE_POLARITY)
- ? 0xFF : 0
- );
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufRemoveFile (
- IN OUT VOID *Fv,
- IN EFI_GUID *Name
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Clears out all files from the Fv buffer in memory
-
-Arguments:
-
- SourceFv - Address of the Fv in memory, this firmware volume volume will
- be modified, if SourceFfsFile exists
- SourceFfsFile - Input FFS file to replace
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS
- EFI_NOT_FOUND
-
---*/
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *NextFile;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *TempFv;
- UINTN FileKey;
- UINTN FvLength;
-
- Status = FvBufFindFileByName(
- Fv,
- Name,
- NULL
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- Status = FvBufGetSize (Fv, &FvLength);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- TempFv = NULL;
- Status = FvBufDuplicate (Fv, (VOID **)&TempFv);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- Status = FvBufClearAllFiles (TempFv);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- // TempFv has been allocated. It must now be freed
- // before returning.
-
- FileKey = 0;
- while (TRUE) {
-
- Status = FvBufFindNextFile (Fv, &FileKey, (VOID **)&NextFile);
- if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND) {
- break;
- } else if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- CommonLibBinderFree (TempFv);
- return Status;
- }
-
- if (CommonLibBinderCompareGuid (Name, &NextFile->Name)) {
- continue;
- }
- else {
- Status = FvBufAddFile (TempFv, NextFile);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- CommonLibBinderFree (TempFv);
- return Status;
- }
- }
- }
-
- CommonLibBinderCopyMem (Fv, TempFv, FvLength);
- CommonLibBinderFree (TempFv);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufChecksumFile (
- IN OUT VOID *FfsFile
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Clears out all files from the Fv buffer in memory
-
-Arguments:
-
- SourceFfsFile - Input FFS file to update the checksum for
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS
- EFI_NOT_FOUND
-
---*/
-{
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER* File = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER*)FfsFile;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_STATE StateBackup;
- UINT32 FileSize;
-
- FileSize = FvBufExpand3ByteSize (File->Size);
-
- //
- // Fill in checksums and state, they must be 0 for checksumming.
- //
- File->IntegrityCheck.Checksum.Header = 0;
- File->IntegrityCheck.Checksum.File = 0;
- StateBackup = File->State;
- File->State = 0;
-
- File->IntegrityCheck.Checksum.Header =
- FvBufCalculateChecksum8 (
- (UINT8 *) File,
- sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER)
- );
-
- if (File->Attributes & FFS_ATTRIB_CHECKSUM) {
- File->IntegrityCheck.Checksum.File = FvBufCalculateChecksum8 (
- (VOID*)(File + 1),
- FileSize - sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER)
- );
- } else {
- File->IntegrityCheck.Checksum.File = FFS_FIXED_CHECKSUM;
- }
-
- File->State = StateBackup;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufChecksumHeader (
- IN OUT VOID *Fv
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Clears out all files from the Fv buffer in memory
-
-Arguments:
-
- SourceFv - Address of the Fv in memory, this firmware volume volume will
- be modified, if SourceFfsFile exists
- SourceFfsFile - Input FFS file to replace
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS
- EFI_NOT_FOUND
-
---*/
-{
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER* FvHeader = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER*)Fv;
-
- FvHeader->Checksum = 0;
- FvHeader->Checksum =
- FvBufCalculateChecksum16 (
- (UINT16*) FvHeader,
- FvHeader->HeaderLength / sizeof (UINT16)
- );
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufDuplicate (
- IN VOID *SourceFv,
- IN OUT VOID **DestinationFv
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Clears out all files from the Fv buffer in memory
-
-Arguments:
-
- SourceFv - Address of the Fv in memory
- DestinationFv - Output for destination Fv
- DestinationFv == NULL - invalid parameter
- *DestinationFv == NULL - memory will be allocated
- *DestinationFv != NULL - this address will be the destination
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS
-
---*/
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN size;
-
- if (DestinationFv == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- Status = FvBufGetSize (SourceFv, &size);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- if (*DestinationFv == NULL) {
- *DestinationFv = CommonLibBinderAllocate (size);
- }
-
- CommonLibBinderCopyMem (*DestinationFv, SourceFv, size);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufExtend (
- IN VOID **Fv,
- IN UINTN Size
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Extends a firmware volume by the given number of bytes.
-
- BUGBUG: Does not handle the case where the firmware volume has a
- VTF (Volume Top File). The VTF will not be moved to the
- end of the extended FV.
-
-Arguments:
-
- Fv - Source and destination firmware volume.
- Note: The original firmware volume buffer is freed!
-
- Size - The minimum size that the firmware volume is to be extended by.
- The FV may be extended more than this size.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS
-
---*/
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN OldSize;
- UINTN NewSize;
- UINTN BlockCount;
- VOID* NewFv;
-
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER* hdr;
- EFI_FV_BLOCK_MAP_ENTRY* blk;
-
- Status = FvBufGetSize (*Fv, &OldSize);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Locate the block map in the fv header
- //
- hdr = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER*)*Fv;
- blk = hdr->BlockMap;
-
- //
- // Calculate the number of blocks needed to achieve the requested
- // size extension
- //
- BlockCount = ((Size + (blk->Length - 1)) / blk->Length);
-
- //
- // Calculate the new size from the number of blocks that will be added
- //
- NewSize = OldSize + (BlockCount * blk->Length);
-
- NewFv = CommonLibBinderAllocate (NewSize);
- if (NewFv == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- //
- // Copy the old data
- //
- CommonLibBinderCopyMem (NewFv, *Fv, OldSize);
-
- //
- // Free the old fv buffer
- //
- CommonLibBinderFree (*Fv);
-
- //
- // Locate the block map in the new fv header
- //
- hdr = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER*)NewFv;
- hdr->FvLength = NewSize;
- blk = hdr->BlockMap;
-
- //
- // Update the block map for the new fv
- //
- blk->NumBlocks += (UINT32)BlockCount;
-
- //
- // Update the FV header checksum
- //
- FvBufChecksumHeader (NewFv);
-
- //
- // Clear out the new area of the FV
- //
- CommonLibBinderSetMem (
- (UINT8*)NewFv + OldSize,
- (NewSize - OldSize),
- (hdr->Attributes & EFI_FVB2_ERASE_POLARITY) ? 0xFF : 0
- );
-
- //
- // Set output with new fv that was created
- //
- *Fv = NewFv;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-
-}
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufClearAllFiles (
- IN OUT VOID *Fv
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Clears out all files from the Fv buffer in memory
-
-Arguments:
-
- Fv - Address of the Fv in memory
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS
-
---*/
-
-{
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *hdr = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER*)Fv;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN size = 0;
-
- Status = FvBufGetSize (Fv, &size);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- CommonLibBinderSetMem(
- (UINT8*)hdr + hdr->HeaderLength,
- size - hdr->HeaderLength,
- (hdr->Attributes & EFI_FVB2_ERASE_POLARITY) ? 0xFF : 0
- );
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufGetSize (
- IN VOID *Fv,
- OUT UINTN *Size
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Clears out all files from the Fv buffer in memory
-
-Arguments:
-
- Fv - Address of the Fv in memory
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS
-
---*/
-
-{
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *hdr = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER*)Fv;
- EFI_FV_BLOCK_MAP_ENTRY *blk = hdr->BlockMap;
-
- *Size = 0;
-
- while (blk->Length != 0 || blk->NumBlocks != 0) {
- *Size = *Size + (blk->Length * blk->NumBlocks);
- if (*Size >= 0x40000000) {
- // If size is greater than 1GB, then assume it is corrupted
- return EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED;
- }
- blk++;
- }
-
- if (*Size == 0) {
- // If size is 0, then assume the volume is corrupted
- return EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED;
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufAddFile (
- IN OUT VOID *Fv,
- IN VOID *File
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Adds a new FFS file
-
-Arguments:
-
- Fv - Address of the Fv in memory
- File - FFS file to add to Fv
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS
-
---*/
-{
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *hdr = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER*)Fv;
-
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *fhdr = NULL;
- EFI_FVB_ATTRIBUTES FvbAttributes;
- UINTN offset;
- UINTN fsize;
- UINTN newSize;
- UINTN clearLoop;
-
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN fvSize;
-
- Status = FvBufGetSize (Fv, &fvSize);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- FvbAttributes = hdr->Attributes;
- newSize = FvBufExpand3ByteSize (((EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER*)File)->Size);
-
- for(
- offset = (UINTN)ALIGN_POINTER (hdr->HeaderLength, 8);
- offset + newSize <= fvSize;
- offset = (UINTN)ALIGN_POINTER (offset, 8)
- ) {
-
- fhdr = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER*) ((UINT8*)hdr + offset);
-
- if (EFI_TEST_FFS_ATTRIBUTES_BIT(
- FvbAttributes,
- fhdr->State,
- EFI_FILE_HEADER_VALID
- )
- ) {
- // BUGBUG: Need to make sure that the new file does not already
- // exist.
-
- fsize = FvBufExpand3ByteSize (fhdr->Size);
- if (fsize == 0 || (offset + fsize > fvSize)) {
- return EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED;
- }
-
- offset = offset + fsize;
- continue;
- }
-
- clearLoop = 0;
- while ((clearLoop < newSize) &&
- (((UINT8*)fhdr)[clearLoop] ==
- (UINT8)((hdr->Attributes & EFI_FVB2_ERASE_POLARITY) ? 0xFF : 0)
- )
- ) {
- clearLoop++;
- }
-
- //
- // We found a place in the FV which is empty and big enough for
- // the new file
- //
- if (clearLoop >= newSize) {
- break;
- }
-
- offset = offset + 1; // Make some forward progress
- }
-
- if (offset + newSize > fvSize) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- CommonLibBinderCopyMem (fhdr, File, newSize);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufAddFileWithExtend (
- IN OUT VOID **Fv,
- IN VOID *File
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Adds a new FFS file. Extends the firmware volume if needed.
-
-Arguments:
-
- Fv - Source and destination firmware volume.
- Note: If the FV is extended, then the original firmware volume
- buffer is freed!
-
- Size - The minimum size that the firmware volume is to be extended by.
- The FV may be extended more than this size.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS
-
---*/
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER* NewFile;
-
- NewFile = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER*)File;
-
- //
- // Try to add to the capsule volume
- //
- Status = FvBufAddFile (*Fv, NewFile);
- if (Status == EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES) {
- //
- // Try to extend the capsule volume by the size of the file
- //
- Status = FvBufExtend (Fv, FvBufExpand3ByteSize (NewFile->Size));
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Now, try to add the file again
- //
- Status = FvBufAddFile (*Fv, NewFile);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufAddVtfFile (
- IN OUT VOID *Fv,
- IN VOID *File
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Adds a new FFS VFT (Volume Top File) file. In other words, adds the
- file to the end of the firmware volume.
-
-Arguments:
-
- Fv - Address of the Fv in memory
- File - FFS file to add to Fv
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS
-
---*/
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *hdr = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER*)Fv;
-
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER* NewFile;
- UINTN NewFileSize;
-
- UINT8 erasedUint8;
- UINTN clearLoop;
-
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *LastFile;
- UINTN LastFileSize;
-
- UINTN fvSize;
- UINTN Key;
-
- Status = FvBufGetSize (Fv, &fvSize);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- erasedUint8 = (UINT8)((hdr->Attributes & EFI_FVB2_ERASE_POLARITY) ? 0xFF : 0);
- NewFileSize = FvBufExpand3ByteSize (((EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER*)File)->Size);
-
- if (NewFileSize != (UINTN)ALIGN_POINTER (NewFileSize, 8)) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Find the last file in the FV
- //
- Key = 0;
- LastFile = NULL;
- LastFileSize = 0;
- do {
- Status = FvBufFindNextFile (Fv, &Key, (VOID **)&LastFile);
- LastFileSize = FvBufExpand3ByteSize (((EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER*)File)->Size);
- } while (!EFI_ERROR (Status));
-
- //
- // If no files were found, then we start at the beginning of the FV
- //
- if (LastFile == NULL) {
- LastFile = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER*)((UINT8*)hdr + hdr->HeaderLength);
- }
-
- //
- // We want to put the new file (VTF) at the end of the FV
- //
- NewFile = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER*)((UINT8*)hdr + (fvSize - NewFileSize));
-
- //
- // Check to see if there is enough room for the VTF after the last file
- // found in the FV
- //
- if ((UINT8*)NewFile < ((UINT8*)LastFile + LastFileSize)) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- //
- // Loop to determine if the end of the FV is empty
- //
- clearLoop = 0;
- while ((clearLoop < NewFileSize) &&
- (((UINT8*)NewFile)[clearLoop] == erasedUint8)
- ) {
- clearLoop++;
- }
-
- //
- // Check to see if there was not enough room for the file
- //
- if (clearLoop < NewFileSize) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- CommonLibBinderCopyMem (NewFile, File, NewFileSize);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-VOID
-FvBufCompact3ByteSize (
- OUT VOID* SizeDest,
- IN UINT32 Size
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Expands the 3 byte size commonly used in Firmware Volume data structures
-
-Arguments:
-
- Size - Address of the 3 byte array representing the size
-
-Returns:
-
- UINT32
-
---*/
-{
- ((UINT8*)SizeDest)[0] = (UINT8)Size;
- ((UINT8*)SizeDest)[1] = (UINT8)(Size >> 8);
- ((UINT8*)SizeDest)[2] = (UINT8)(Size >> 16);
-}
-
-UINT32
-FvBufExpand3ByteSize (
- IN VOID* Size
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Expands the 3 byte size commonly used in Firmware Volume data structures
-
-Arguments:
-
- Size - Address of the 3 byte array representing the size
-
-Returns:
-
- UINT32
-
---*/
-{
- return (((UINT8*)Size)[2] << 16) +
- (((UINT8*)Size)[1] << 8) +
- ((UINT8*)Size)[0];
-}
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufFindNextFile (
- IN VOID *Fv,
- IN OUT UINTN *Key,
- OUT VOID **File
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Iterates through the files contained within the firmware volume
-
-Arguments:
-
- Fv - Address of the Fv in memory
- Key - Should be 0 to get the first file. After that, it should be
- passed back in without modifying it's contents to retrieve
- subsequent files.
- File - Output file pointer
- File == NULL - invalid parameter
- otherwise - *File will be update to the location of the file
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS
- EFI_NOT_FOUND
- EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED
-
---*/
-{
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *hdr = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER*)Fv;
-
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *fhdr = NULL;
- EFI_FVB_ATTRIBUTES FvbAttributes;
- UINTN fsize;
-
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN fvSize;
-
- if (Fv == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- Status = FvBufGetSize (Fv, &fvSize);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- if (*Key == 0) {
- *Key = hdr->HeaderLength;
- }
-
- FvbAttributes = hdr->Attributes;
-
- for(
- *Key = (UINTN)ALIGN_POINTER (*Key, 8);
- (*Key + sizeof (*fhdr)) < fvSize;
- *Key = (UINTN)ALIGN_POINTER (*Key, 8)
- ) {
-
- fhdr = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER*) ((UINT8*)hdr + *Key);
- fsize = FvBufExpand3ByteSize (fhdr->Size);
-
- if (!EFI_TEST_FFS_ATTRIBUTES_BIT(
- FvbAttributes,
- fhdr->State,
- EFI_FILE_HEADER_VALID
- ) ||
- EFI_TEST_FFS_ATTRIBUTES_BIT(
- FvbAttributes,
- fhdr->State,
- EFI_FILE_HEADER_INVALID
- )
- ) {
- *Key = *Key + 1; // Make some forward progress
- continue;
- } else if(
- EFI_TEST_FFS_ATTRIBUTES_BIT(
- FvbAttributes,
- fhdr->State,
- EFI_FILE_MARKED_FOR_UPDATE
- ) ||
- EFI_TEST_FFS_ATTRIBUTES_BIT(
- FvbAttributes,
- fhdr->State,
- EFI_FILE_DELETED
- )
- ) {
- *Key = *Key + fsize;
- continue;
- } else if (EFI_TEST_FFS_ATTRIBUTES_BIT(
- FvbAttributes,
- fhdr->State,
- EFI_FILE_DATA_VALID
- )
- ) {
- *File = (UINT8*)hdr + *Key;
- *Key = *Key + fsize;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- *Key = *Key + 1; // Make some forward progress
- }
-
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-}
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufFindFileByName (
- IN VOID *Fv,
- IN EFI_GUID *Name,
- OUT VOID **File
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Searches the Fv for a file by its name
-
-Arguments:
-
- Fv - Address of the Fv in memory
- Name - Guid filename to search for in the firmware volume
- File - Output file pointer
- File == NULL - Only determine if the file exists, based on return
- value from the function call.
- otherwise - *File will be update to the location of the file
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS
- EFI_NOT_FOUND
- EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED
-
---*/
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN Key;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *NextFile;
-
- Key = 0;
- while (TRUE) {
- Status = FvBufFindNextFile (Fv, &Key, (VOID **)&NextFile);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- if (CommonLibBinderCompareGuid (Name, &NextFile->Name)) {
- if (File != NULL) {
- *File = NextFile;
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
-
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-}
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufFindFileByType (
- IN VOID *Fv,
- IN EFI_FV_FILETYPE Type,
- OUT VOID **File
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Searches the Fv for a file by its type
-
-Arguments:
-
- Fv - Address of the Fv in memory
- Type - FFS FILE type to search for
- File - Output file pointer
- (File == NULL) -> Only determine if the file exists, based on return
- value from the function call.
- otherwise -> *File will be update to the location of the file
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS
- EFI_NOT_FOUND
- EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED
-
---*/
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN Key;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *NextFile;
-
- Key = 0;
- while (TRUE) {
- Status = FvBufFindNextFile (Fv, &Key, (VOID **)&NextFile);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- if (Type == NextFile->Type) {
- if (File != NULL) {
- *File = NextFile;
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
-
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-}
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufGetFileRawData (
- IN VOID* FfsFile,
- OUT VOID** RawData,
- OUT UINTN* RawDataSize
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Searches the requested file for raw data.
-
- This routine either returns all the payload of a EFI_FV_FILETYPE_RAW file,
- or finds the EFI_SECTION_RAW section within the file and returns its data.
-
-Arguments:
-
- FfsFile - Address of the FFS file in memory
- RawData - Pointer to the raw data within the file
- (This is NOT allocated. It is within the file.)
- RawDataSize - Size of the raw data within the file
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_STATUS
-
---*/
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER* File;
- EFI_RAW_SECTION* Section;
-
- File = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER*)FfsFile;
-
- //
- // Is the file type == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_RAW?
- //
- if (File->Type == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_RAW) {
- //
- // Raw filetypes don't have sections, so we just return the raw data
- //
- *RawData = (VOID*)(File + 1);
- *RawDataSize = FvBufExpand3ByteSize (File->Size) - sizeof (*File);
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- //
- // Within the file, we now need to find the EFI_SECTION_RAW section.
- //
- Status = FvBufFindSectionByType (File, EFI_SECTION_RAW, (VOID **)&Section);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- *RawData = (VOID*)(Section + 1);
- *RawDataSize =
- FvBufExpand3ByteSize (Section->Size) - sizeof (*Section);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-
-}
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufPackageFreeformRawFile (
- IN EFI_GUID* Filename,
- IN VOID* RawData,
- IN UINTN RawDataSize,
- OUT VOID** FfsFile
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Packages up a FFS file containing the input raw data.
-
- The file created will have a type of EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FREEFORM, and will
- contain one EFI_FV_FILETYPE_RAW section.
-
-Arguments:
-
- RawData - Pointer to the raw data to be packed
- RawDataSize - Size of the raw data to be packed
- FfsFile - Address of the packaged FFS file.
- Note: The called must deallocate this memory!
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_STATUS
-
---*/
-{
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER* NewFile;
- UINT32 NewFileSize;
- EFI_RAW_SECTION* NewSection;
- UINT32 NewSectionSize;
-
- //
- // The section size is the DataSize + the size of the section header
- //
- NewSectionSize = (UINT32)sizeof (EFI_RAW_SECTION) + (UINT32)RawDataSize;
-
- //
- // The file size is the size of the file header + the section size
- //
- NewFileSize = sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER) + NewSectionSize;
-
- //
- // Try to allocate a buffer to build the new FFS file in
- //
- NewFile = CommonLibBinderAllocate (NewFileSize);
- if (NewFile == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- CommonLibBinderSetMem (NewFile, NewFileSize, 0);
-
- //
- // The NewSection follow right after the FFS file header
- //
- NewSection = (EFI_RAW_SECTION*)(NewFile + 1);
- FvBufCompact3ByteSize (NewSection->Size, NewSectionSize);
- NewSection->Type = EFI_SECTION_RAW;
-
- //
- // Copy the actual file data into the buffer
- //
- CommonLibBinderCopyMem (NewSection + 1, RawData, RawDataSize);
-
- //
- // Initialize the FFS file header
- //
- CommonLibBinderCopyMem (&NewFile->Name, Filename, sizeof (EFI_GUID));
- FvBufCompact3ByteSize (NewFile->Size, NewFileSize);
- NewFile->Type = EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FREEFORM;
- NewFile->Attributes = 0;
- NewFile->IntegrityCheck.Checksum.Header =
- FvBufCalculateChecksum8 ((UINT8*)NewFile, sizeof (*NewFile));
- NewFile->IntegrityCheck.Checksum.File = FFS_FIXED_CHECKSUM;
- NewFile->State = (UINT8)~( EFI_FILE_HEADER_CONSTRUCTION |
- EFI_FILE_HEADER_VALID |
- EFI_FILE_DATA_VALID
- );
-
- *FfsFile = NewFile;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufFindNextSection (
- IN VOID *SectionsStart,
- IN UINTN TotalSectionsSize,
- IN OUT UINTN *Key,
- OUT VOID **Section
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Iterates through the sections contained within a given array of sections
-
-Arguments:
-
- SectionsStart - Address of the start of the FFS sections array
- TotalSectionsSize - Total size of all the sections
- Key - Should be 0 to get the first section. After that, it should be
- passed back in without modifying it's contents to retrieve
- subsequent files.
- Section - Output section pointer
- (Section == NULL) -> invalid parameter
- otherwise -> *Section will be update to the location of the file
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS
- EFI_NOT_FOUND
- EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED
-
---*/
-{
- EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *sectionHdr;
- UINTN sectionSize;
-
- *Key = (UINTN)ALIGN_POINTER (*Key, 4); // Sections are DWORD aligned
-
- if ((*Key + sizeof (*sectionHdr)) > TotalSectionsSize) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- sectionHdr = (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER*)((UINT8*)SectionsStart + *Key);
- sectionSize = FvBufExpand3ByteSize (sectionHdr->Size);
-
- if (sectionSize < sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER)) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- if ((*Key + sectionSize) > TotalSectionsSize) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- *Section = (UINT8*)sectionHdr;
- *Key = *Key + sectionSize;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-
-}
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufCountSections (
- IN VOID* FfsFile,
- IN UINTN* Count
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Searches the FFS file and counts the number of sections found.
- The sections are NOT recursed.
-
-Arguments:
-
- FfsFile - Address of the FFS file in memory
- Count - The location to store the section count in
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS
- EFI_NOT_FOUND
- EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED
-
---*/
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN Key;
- VOID* SectionStart;
- UINTN TotalSectionsSize;
- EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER* NextSection;
-
- SectionStart = (VOID*)((UINTN)FfsFile + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER));
- TotalSectionsSize =
- FvBufExpand3ByteSize (((EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER*)FfsFile)->Size) -
- sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
- Key = 0;
- *Count = 0;
- while (TRUE) {
- Status = FvBufFindNextSection (
- SectionStart,
- TotalSectionsSize,
- &Key,
- (VOID **)&NextSection
- );
- if (Status == EFI_NOT_FOUND) {
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- } else if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Increment the section counter
- //
- *Count += 1;
-
- }
-
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-}
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufFindSectionByType (
- IN VOID *FfsFile,
- IN UINT8 Type,
- OUT VOID **Section
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Searches the FFS file for a section by its type
-
-Arguments:
-
- FfsFile - Address of the FFS file in memory
- Type - FFS FILE section type to search for
- Section - Output section pointer
- (Section == NULL) -> Only determine if the section exists, based on return
- value from the function call.
- otherwise -> *Section will be update to the location of the file
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS
- EFI_NOT_FOUND
- EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED
-
---*/
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN Key;
- VOID* SectionStart;
- UINTN TotalSectionsSize;
- EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER* NextSection;
-
- SectionStart = (VOID*)((UINTN)FfsFile + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER));
- TotalSectionsSize =
- FvBufExpand3ByteSize (((EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER*)FfsFile)->Size) -
- sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
- Key = 0;
- while (TRUE) {
- Status = FvBufFindNextSection (
- SectionStart,
- TotalSectionsSize,
- &Key,
- (VOID **)&NextSection
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- if (Type == NextSection->Type) {
- if (Section != NULL) {
- *Section = NextSection;
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
-
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-}
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufShrinkWrap (
- IN VOID *Fv
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Shrinks a firmware volume (in place) to provide a minimal FV.
-
- BUGBUG: Does not handle the case where the firmware volume has a
- VTF (Volume Top File). The VTF will not be moved to the
- end of the extended FV.
-
-Arguments:
-
- Fv - Firmware volume.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS
-
---*/
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN OldSize;
- UINT32 BlockCount;
- UINT32 NewBlockSize = 128;
- UINTN Key;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER* FileIt;
- VOID* EndOfLastFile;
-
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER* FvHdr;
-
- Status = FvBufGetSize (Fv, &OldSize);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- Status = FvBufUnifyBlockSizes (Fv, NewBlockSize);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- //
- // Locate the block map in the fv header
- //
- FvHdr = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER*)Fv;
-
- //
- // Find the end of the last file
- //
- Key = 0;
- EndOfLastFile = (UINT8*)FvHdr + FvHdr->FvLength;
- while (!EFI_ERROR (FvBufFindNextFile (Fv, &Key, (VOID **)&FileIt))) {
- EndOfLastFile =
- (VOID*)((UINT8*)FileIt + FvBufExpand3ByteSize (FileIt->Size));
- }
-
- //
- // Set the BlockCount to have the minimal number of blocks for the Fv.
- //
- BlockCount = (UINT32)((UINTN)EndOfLastFile - (UINTN)Fv);
- BlockCount = BlockCount + NewBlockSize - 1;
- BlockCount = BlockCount / NewBlockSize;
-
- //
- // Adjust the block count to shrink the Fv in place.
- //
- FvHdr->BlockMap[0].NumBlocks = BlockCount;
- FvHdr->FvLength = BlockCount * NewBlockSize;
-
- //
- // Update the FV header checksum
- //
- FvBufChecksumHeader (Fv);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-
-}
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufUnifyBlockSizes (
- IN OUT VOID *Fv,
- IN UINTN BlockSize
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Searches the FFS file for a section by its type
-
-Arguments:
-
- Fv - Address of the Fv in memory
- BlockSize - The size of the blocks to convert the Fv to. If the total size
- of the Fv is not evenly divisible by this size, then
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER will be returned.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS
- EFI_NOT_FOUND
- EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED
-
---*/
-{
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *hdr = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER*)Fv;
- EFI_FV_BLOCK_MAP_ENTRY *blk = hdr->BlockMap;
- UINT32 Size;
-
- Size = 0;
-
- //
- // Scan through the block map list, performing error checking, and adding
- // up the total Fv size.
- //
- while( blk->Length != 0 ||
- blk->NumBlocks != 0
- ) {
- Size = Size + (blk->Length * blk->NumBlocks);
- blk++;
- if ((UINT8*)blk > ((UINT8*)hdr + hdr->HeaderLength)) {
- return EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Make sure that the Fv size is a multiple of the new block size.
- //
- if ((Size % BlockSize) != 0) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Zero out the entire block map.
- //
- CommonLibBinderSetMem (
- &hdr->BlockMap,
- (UINTN)blk - (UINTN)&hdr->BlockMap,
- 0
- );
-
- //
- // Write out the single block map entry.
- //
- hdr->BlockMap[0].Length = (UINT32)BlockSize;
- hdr->BlockMap[0].NumBlocks = Size / (UINT32)BlockSize;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-STATIC
-UINT16
-FvBufCalculateSum16 (
- IN UINT16 *Buffer,
- IN UINTN Size
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This function calculates the UINT16 sum for the requested region.
-
-Arguments:
-
- Buffer Pointer to buffer containing byte data of component.
- Size Size of the buffer
-
-Returns:
-
- The 16 bit checksum
-
---*/
-{
- UINTN Index;
- UINT16 Sum;
-
- Sum = 0;
-
- //
- // Perform the word sum for buffer
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < Size; Index++) {
- Sum = (UINT16) (Sum + Buffer[Index]);
- }
-
- return (UINT16) Sum;
-}
-
-
-STATIC
-UINT16
-FvBufCalculateChecksum16 (
- IN UINT16 *Buffer,
- IN UINTN Size
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description::
-
- This function calculates the value needed for a valid UINT16 checksum
-
-Arguments:
-
- Buffer Pointer to buffer containing byte data of component.
- Size Size of the buffer
-
-Returns:
-
- The 16 bit checksum value needed.
-
---*/
-{
- return (UINT16)(0x10000 - FvBufCalculateSum16 (Buffer, Size));
-}
-
-
-STATIC
-UINT8
-FvBufCalculateSum8 (
- IN UINT8 *Buffer,
- IN UINTN Size
- )
-/*++
-
-Description:
-
- This function calculates the UINT8 sum for the requested region.
-
-Input:
-
- Buffer Pointer to buffer containing byte data of component.
- Size Size of the buffer
-
-Return:
-
- The 8 bit checksum value needed.
-
---*/
-{
- UINTN Index;
- UINT8 Sum;
-
- Sum = 0;
-
- //
- // Perform the byte sum for buffer
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < Size; Index++) {
- Sum = (UINT8) (Sum + Buffer[Index]);
- }
-
- return Sum;
-}
-
-
-STATIC
-UINT8
-FvBufCalculateChecksum8 (
- IN UINT8 *Buffer,
- IN UINTN Size
- )
-/*++
-
-Description:
-
- This function calculates the value needed for a valid UINT8 checksum
-
-Input:
-
- Buffer Pointer to buffer containing byte data of component.
- Size Size of the buffer
-
-Return:
-
- The 8 bit checksum value needed.
-
---*/
-{
- return (UINT8)(0x100 - FvBufCalculateSum8 (Buffer, Size));
-}
-
-
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/FirmwareVolumeBufferLib.h b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/FirmwareVolumeBufferLib.h deleted file mode 100644 index 12c64f6172..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/FirmwareVolumeBufferLib.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,166 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
-Copyright (c) 1999 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-Module Name:
-
- FirmwareVolumeBufferLib.h
-
-Abstract:
-
- EFI Firmware Volume routines which work on a Fv image in buffers.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef FirmwareVolumeBuffer_h_INCLUDED
-#define FirmwareVolumeBuffer_h_INCLUDED
-
-#include "Common/UefiBaseTypes.h"
-#include "Common/PiFirmwareFile.h"
-#include "Common/PiFirmwareVolume.h"
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufAddFile (
- IN OUT VOID *Fv,
- IN VOID *File
- );
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufAddFileWithExtend (
- IN OUT VOID **Fv,
- IN VOID *File
- );
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufAddVtfFile (
- IN OUT VOID *Fv,
- IN VOID *File
- );
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufChecksumFile (
- IN OUT VOID *FfsFile
- );
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufChecksumHeader (
- IN OUT VOID *Fv
- );
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufClearAllFiles (
- IN OUT VOID *Fv
- );
-
-VOID
-FvBufCompact3ByteSize (
- OUT VOID* SizeDest,
- IN UINT32 Size
- );
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufCountSections (
- IN VOID* FfsFile,
- IN UINTN* Count
- );
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufDuplicate (
- IN VOID *SourceFv,
- IN OUT VOID **DestinationFv
- );
-
-UINT32
-FvBufExpand3ByteSize (
- IN VOID* Size
- );
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufExtend (
- IN VOID **Fv,
- IN UINTN Size
- );
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufFindFileByName (
- IN VOID *Fv,
- IN EFI_GUID *Name,
- OUT VOID **File
- );
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufFindFileByType (
- IN VOID *Fv,
- IN EFI_FV_FILETYPE Type,
- OUT VOID **File
- );
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufFindNextFile (
- IN VOID *Fv,
- IN OUT UINTN *Key,
- OUT VOID **File
- );
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufFindNextSection (
- IN VOID *SectionsStart,
- IN UINTN TotalSectionsSize,
- IN OUT UINTN *Key,
- OUT VOID **Section
- );
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufFindSectionByType (
- IN VOID *FfsFile,
- IN UINT8 Type,
- OUT VOID **Section
- );
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufGetFileRawData (
- IN VOID* FfsFile,
- OUT VOID** RawData,
- OUT UINTN* RawDataSize
- );
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufGetSize (
- IN VOID *Fv,
- OUT UINTN *Size
- );
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufPackageFreeformRawFile (
- IN EFI_GUID* Filename,
- IN VOID* RawData,
- IN UINTN RawDataSize,
- OUT VOID** FfsFile
- );
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufRemoveFile (
- IN OUT VOID *Fv,
- IN EFI_GUID *Name
- );
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufUnifyBlockSizes (
- IN OUT VOID *Fv,
- IN UINTN BlockSize
- );
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FvBufShrinkWrap (
- IN VOID *Fv
- );
-
-#endif // #ifndef FirmwareVolumeBuffer_h_INCLUDED
-
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/FvLib.c b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/FvLib.c deleted file mode 100644 index 1b289d83cd..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/FvLib.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,851 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-Module Name:
-
- FvLib.c
-
-Abstract:
-
- These functions assist in parsing and manipulating a Firmware Volume.
-
-**/
-
-//
-// Include files
-//
-#include "FvLib.h"
-#include "CommonLib.h"
-#include "EfiUtilityMsgs.h"
-
-//
-// Module global variables
-//
-EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *mFvHeader = NULL;
-UINT32 mFvLength = 0;
-
-//
-// External function implementations
-//
-EFI_STATUS
-InitializeFvLib (
- IN VOID *Fv,
- IN UINT32 FvLength
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This initializes the FV lib with a pointer to the FV and length. It does not
- verify the FV in any way.
-
-Arguments:
-
- Fv Buffer containing the FV.
- FvLength Length of the FV
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS Function Completed successfully.
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER A required parameter was NULL.
-
---*/
-{
- //
- // Verify input arguments
- //
- if (Fv == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- mFvHeader = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *) Fv;
- mFvLength = FvLength;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-EFI_STATUS
-GetFvHeader (
- OUT EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER **FvHeader,
- OUT UINT32 *FvLength
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This function returns a pointer to the current FV and the size.
-
-Arguments:
-
- FvHeader Pointer to the FV buffer.
- FvLength Length of the FV
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS Function Completed successfully.
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER A required parameter was NULL.
- EFI_ABORTED The library needs to be initialized.
-
---*/
-{
- //
- // Verify library has been initialized.
- //
- if (mFvHeader == NULL || mFvLength == 0) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Verify input arguments
- //
- if (FvHeader == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- *FvHeader = mFvHeader;
- *FvLength = mFvLength;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-EFI_STATUS
-GetNextFile (
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *CurrentFile,
- OUT EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER **NextFile
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This function returns the next file. If the current file is NULL, it returns
- the first file in the FV. If the function returns EFI_SUCCESS and the file
- pointer is NULL, then there are no more files in the FV.
-
-Arguments:
-
- CurrentFile Pointer to the current file, must be within the current FV.
- NextFile Pointer to the next file in the FV.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS Function completed successfully.
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER A required parameter was NULL or is out of range.
- EFI_ABORTED The library needs to be initialized.
-
---*/
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- //
- // Verify library has been initialized.
- //
- if (mFvHeader == NULL || mFvLength == 0) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Verify input arguments
- //
- if (NextFile == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- //
- // Verify FV header
- //
- Status = VerifyFv (mFvHeader);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Get first file
- //
- if (CurrentFile == NULL) {
- CurrentFile = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) ((UINTN) mFvHeader + mFvHeader->HeaderLength);
-
- //
- // Verify file is valid
- //
- Status = VerifyFfsFile (CurrentFile);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // no files in this FV
- //
- *NextFile = NULL;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- } else {
- //
- // Verify file is in this FV.
- //
- if ((UINTN) CurrentFile + GetLength (CurrentFile->Size) > (UINTN) mFvHeader + mFvLength) {
- *NextFile = NULL;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- *NextFile = CurrentFile;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
- //
- // Verify current file is in range
- //
- if (((UINTN) CurrentFile < (UINTN) mFvHeader + mFvHeader->HeaderLength) ||
- ((UINTN) CurrentFile + GetLength (CurrentFile->Size) > (UINTN) mFvHeader + mFvLength)
- ) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- //
- // Get next file, compensate for 8 byte alignment if necessary.
- //
- *NextFile = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *) ((((UINTN) CurrentFile - (UINTN) mFvHeader + GetLength (CurrentFile->Size) + 0x07) & (-1 << 3)) + (UINT8 *) mFvHeader);
-
- //
- // Verify file is in this FV.
- //
- if (((UINTN) *NextFile + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER) >= (UINTN) mFvHeader + mFvLength) ||
- ((UINTN) *NextFile + GetLength ((*NextFile)->Size) > (UINTN) mFvHeader + mFvLength)
- ) {
- *NextFile = NULL;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- //
- // Verify file is valid
- //
- Status = VerifyFfsFile (*NextFile);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // no more files in this FV
- //
- *NextFile = NULL;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-EFI_STATUS
-GetFileByName (
- IN EFI_GUID *FileName,
- OUT EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER **File
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Find a file by name. The function will return NULL if the file is not found.
-
-Arguments:
-
- FileName The GUID file name of the file to search for.
- File Return pointer. In the case of an error, contents are undefined.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- EFI_ABORTED An error was encountered.
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One of the parameters was NULL.
-
---*/
-{
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *CurrentFile;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- CHAR8 FileGuidString[80];
-
- //
- // Verify library has been initialized.
- //
- if (mFvHeader == NULL || mFvLength == 0) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Verify input parameters
- //
- if (FileName == NULL || File == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- //
- // File Guid String Name
- //
- PrintGuidToBuffer (FileName, (UINT8 *)FileGuidString, sizeof (FileGuidString), TRUE);
- //
- // Verify FV header
- //
- Status = VerifyFv (mFvHeader);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Get the first file
- //
- Status = GetNextFile (NULL, &CurrentFile);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Error (NULL, 0, 0003, "error parsing FV image", "FFS file with Guid %s can't be found", FileGuidString);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Loop as long as we have a valid file
- //
- while (CurrentFile) {
- if (!CompareGuid (&CurrentFile->Name, FileName)) {
- *File = CurrentFile;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- Status = GetNextFile (CurrentFile, &CurrentFile);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Error (NULL, 0, 0003, "error parsing FV image", "FFS file with Guid %s can't be found", FileGuidString);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- }
- //
- // File not found in this FV.
- //
- *File = NULL;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-EFI_STATUS
-GetFileByType (
- IN EFI_FV_FILETYPE FileType,
- IN UINTN Instance,
- OUT EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER **File
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Find a file by type and instance. An instance of 1 is the first instance.
- The function will return NULL if a matching file cannot be found.
- File type EFI_FV_FILETYPE_ALL means any file type is valid.
-
-Arguments:
-
- FileType Type of file to search for.
- Instance Instace of the file type to return.
- File Return pointer. In the case of an error, contents are undefined.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- EFI_ABORTED An error was encountered.
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One of the parameters was NULL.
-
---*/
-{
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *CurrentFile;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN FileCount;
-
- //
- // Verify library has been initialized.
- //
- if (mFvHeader == NULL || mFvLength == 0) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Verify input parameters
- //
- if (File == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- //
- // Verify FV header
- //
- Status = VerifyFv (mFvHeader);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Initialize the number of matching files found.
- //
- FileCount = 0;
-
- //
- // Get the first file
- //
- Status = GetNextFile (NULL, &CurrentFile);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Error (NULL, 0, 0003, "error parsing FV image", "FFS file with FileType 0x%x can't be found", FileType);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Loop as long as we have a valid file
- //
- while (CurrentFile) {
- if (FileType == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_ALL || CurrentFile->Type == FileType) {
- FileCount++;
- }
-
- if (FileCount == Instance) {
- *File = CurrentFile;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- Status = GetNextFile (CurrentFile, &CurrentFile);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Error (NULL, 0, 0003, "error parsing FV image", "FFS file with FileType 0x%x can't be found", FileType);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- }
-
- *File = NULL;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-EFI_STATUS
-SearchSectionByType (
- IN EFI_FILE_SECTION_POINTER FirstSection,
- IN UINT8 *SearchEnd,
- IN EFI_SECTION_TYPE SectionType,
- IN OUT UINTN *StartIndex,
- IN UINTN Instance,
- OUT EFI_FILE_SECTION_POINTER *Section
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Helper function to search a sequence of sections from the section pointed
- by FirstSection to SearchEnd for the Instance-th section of type SectionType.
- The current counter is saved in StartIndex and when the section is found, it's
- saved in Section. GUID-defined sections, if special processing is not required,
- are searched recursively in a depth-first manner.
-
-Arguments:
-
- FirstSection The first section to start searching from.
- SearchEnd The end address to stop search.
- SectionType The type of section to search.
- StartIndex The current counter is saved.
- Instance The requested n-th section number.
- Section The found section returned.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- EFI_NOT_FOUND The section is not found.
---*/
-{
- EFI_FILE_SECTION_POINTER CurrentSection;
- EFI_FILE_SECTION_POINTER InnerSection;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN SectionSize;
-
- CurrentSection = FirstSection;
-
- while ((UINTN) CurrentSection.CommonHeader < (UINTN) SearchEnd) {
- if (CurrentSection.CommonHeader->Type == SectionType) {
- (*StartIndex)++;
- }
-
- if (*StartIndex == Instance) {
- *Section = CurrentSection;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- //
- // If the requesting section is not GUID-defined and
- // we find a GUID-defined section that doesn't need
- // special processing, go ahead to search the requesting
- // section inside the GUID-defined section.
- //
- if (SectionType != EFI_SECTION_GUID_DEFINED &&
- CurrentSection.CommonHeader->Type == EFI_SECTION_GUID_DEFINED &&
- !(CurrentSection.GuidDefinedSection->Attributes & EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_PROCESSING_REQUIRED)) {
- InnerSection.CommonHeader = (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *)
- ((UINTN) CurrentSection.CommonHeader + CurrentSection.GuidDefinedSection->DataOffset);
- SectionSize = CurrentSection.CommonHeader->Size[0] +
- (CurrentSection.CommonHeader->Size[1] << 8) +
- (CurrentSection.CommonHeader->Size[2] << 16);
- Status = SearchSectionByType (
- InnerSection,
- (UINT8 *) ((UINTN) CurrentSection.CommonHeader + SectionSize),
- SectionType,
- StartIndex,
- Instance,
- Section
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
- //
- // Find next section (including compensating for alignment issues.
- //
- CurrentSection.CommonHeader = (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *) ((((UINTN) CurrentSection.CommonHeader) + GetLength (CurrentSection.CommonHeader->Size) + 0x03) & (-1 << 2));
- }
-
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-}
-
-EFI_STATUS
-GetSectionByType (
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *File,
- IN EFI_SECTION_TYPE SectionType,
- IN UINTN Instance,
- OUT EFI_FILE_SECTION_POINTER *Section
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Find a section in a file by type and instance. An instance of 1 is the first
- instance. The function will return NULL if a matching section cannot be found.
- GUID-defined sections, if special processing is not needed, are handled in a
- depth-first manner.
-
-Arguments:
-
- File The file to search.
- SectionType Type of file to search for.
- Instance Instace of the section to return.
- Section Return pointer. In the case of an error, contents are undefined.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- EFI_ABORTED An error was encountered.
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One of the parameters was NULL.
- EFI_NOT_FOUND No found.
---*/
-{
- EFI_FILE_SECTION_POINTER CurrentSection;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN SectionCount;
-
- //
- // Verify input parameters
- //
- if (File == NULL || Instance == 0) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- //
- // Verify FFS header
- //
- Status = VerifyFfsFile (File);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Error (NULL, 0, 0006, "invalid FFS file", NULL);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Initialize the number of matching sections found.
- //
- SectionCount = 0;
-
- //
- // Get the first section
- //
- CurrentSection.CommonHeader = (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *) ((UINTN) File + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER));
-
- //
- // Depth-first manner to find section file.
- //
- Status = SearchSectionByType (
- CurrentSection,
- (UINT8 *) ((UINTN) File + GetLength (File->Size)),
- SectionType,
- &SectionCount,
- Instance,
- Section
- );
-
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- } else {
- //
- // Section not found
- //
- (*Section).Code16Section = NULL;
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-}
-//
-// will not parse compressed sections
-//
-EFI_STATUS
-VerifyFv (
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *FvHeader
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Verify the current pointer points to a valid FV header.
-
-Arguments:
-
- FvHeader Pointer to an alleged FV file.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS The FV header is valid.
- EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED The FV header is not valid.
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER A required parameter was NULL.
- EFI_ABORTED Operation aborted.
-
---*/
-{
- UINT16 Checksum;
-
- //
- // Verify input parameters
- //
- if (FvHeader == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (FvHeader->Signature != EFI_FVH_SIGNATURE) {
- Error (NULL, 0, 0006, "invalid FV header signature", NULL);
- return EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED;
- }
- //
- // Verify header checksum
- //
- Checksum = CalculateSum16 ((UINT16 *) FvHeader, FvHeader->HeaderLength / sizeof (UINT16));
-
- if (Checksum != 0) {
- Error (NULL, 0, 0006, "invalid FV header checksum", NULL);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-EFI_STATUS
-VerifyFfsFile (
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Verify the current pointer points to a FFS file header.
-
-Arguments:
-
- FfsHeader Pointer to an alleged FFS file.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS The Ffs header is valid.
- EFI_NOT_FOUND This "file" is the beginning of free space.
- EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED The Ffs header is not valid.
- EFI_ABORTED The erase polarity is not known.
-
---*/
-{
- BOOLEAN ErasePolarity;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER BlankHeader;
- UINT8 Checksum;
- UINT32 FileLength;
- UINT8 SavedChecksum;
- UINT8 SavedState;
- UINT8 FileGuidString[80];
- //
- // Verify library has been initialized.
- //
- if (mFvHeader == NULL || mFvLength == 0) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Verify FV header
- //
- Status = VerifyFv (mFvHeader);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Get the erase polarity.
- //
- Status = GetErasePolarity (&ErasePolarity);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Check if we have free space
- //
- if (ErasePolarity) {
- memset (&BlankHeader, -1, sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER));
- } else {
- memset (&BlankHeader, 0, sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER));
- }
-
- if (memcmp (&BlankHeader, FfsHeader, sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER)) == 0) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- //
- // Convert the GUID to a string so we can at least report which file
- // if we find an error.
- //
- PrintGuidToBuffer (&FfsHeader->Name, FileGuidString, sizeof (FileGuidString), TRUE);
- //
- // Verify file header checksum
- //
- SavedState = FfsHeader->State;
- FfsHeader->State = 0;
- SavedChecksum = FfsHeader->IntegrityCheck.Checksum.File;
- FfsHeader->IntegrityCheck.Checksum.File = 0;
- Checksum = CalculateSum8 ((UINT8 *) FfsHeader, sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER));
- FfsHeader->State = SavedState;
- FfsHeader->IntegrityCheck.Checksum.File = SavedChecksum;
- if (Checksum != 0) {
- Error (NULL, 0, 0006, "invalid FFS file header checksum", "Ffs file with Guid %s", FileGuidString);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Verify file checksum
- //
- if (FfsHeader->Attributes & FFS_ATTRIB_CHECKSUM) {
- //
- // Verify file data checksum
- //
- FileLength = GetLength (FfsHeader->Size);
- Checksum = CalculateSum8 ((UINT8 *) (FfsHeader + 1), FileLength - sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER));
- Checksum = Checksum + FfsHeader->IntegrityCheck.Checksum.File;
- if (Checksum != 0) {
- Error (NULL, 0, 0006, "invalid FFS file checksum", "Ffs file with Guid %s", FileGuidString);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- } else {
- //
- // File does not have a checksum
- // Verify contents are 0xAA as spec'd
- //
- if (FfsHeader->IntegrityCheck.Checksum.File != FFS_FIXED_CHECKSUM) {
- Error (NULL, 0, 0006, "invalid fixed FFS file header checksum", "Ffs file with Guid %s", FileGuidString);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-UINT32
-GetLength (
- UINT8 *ThreeByteLength
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Converts a three byte length value into a UINT32.
-
-Arguments:
-
- ThreeByteLength Pointer to the first of the 3 byte length.
-
-Returns:
-
- UINT32 Size of the section
-
---*/
-{
- UINT32 Length;
-
- if (ThreeByteLength == NULL) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- Length = *((UINT32 *) ThreeByteLength);
- Length = Length & 0x00FFFFFF;
-
- return Length;
-}
-
-EFI_STATUS
-GetErasePolarity (
- OUT BOOLEAN *ErasePolarity
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This function returns with the FV erase polarity. If the erase polarity
- for a bit is 1, the function return TRUE.
-
-Arguments:
-
- ErasePolarity A pointer to the erase polarity.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One of the input parameters was invalid.
- EFI_ABORTED Operation aborted.
-
---*/
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- //
- // Verify library has been initialized.
- //
- if (mFvHeader == NULL || mFvLength == 0) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Verify FV header
- //
- Status = VerifyFv (mFvHeader);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Verify input parameters.
- //
- if (ErasePolarity == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (mFvHeader->Attributes & EFI_FVB2_ERASE_POLARITY) {
- *ErasePolarity = TRUE;
- } else {
- *ErasePolarity = FALSE;
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-UINT8
-GetFileState (
- IN BOOLEAN ErasePolarity,
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This function returns a the highest state bit in the FFS that is set.
- It in no way validate the FFS file.
-
-Arguments:
-
- ErasePolarity The erase polarity for the file state bits.
- FfsHeader Pointer to a FFS file.
-
-Returns:
-
- UINT8 The hightest set state of the file.
-
---*/
-{
- UINT8 FileState;
- UINT8 HighestBit;
-
- FileState = FfsHeader->State;
-
- if (ErasePolarity) {
- FileState = (UINT8)~FileState;
- }
-
- HighestBit = 0x80;
- while (HighestBit != 0 && (HighestBit & FileState) == 0) {
- HighestBit >>= 1;
- }
-
- return HighestBit;
-}
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/FvLib.h b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/FvLib.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7815baae3f..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/FvLib.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,178 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-Module Name:
-
- FvLib.h
-
-Abstract:
-
- These functions assist in parsing and manipulating a Firmware Volume.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _EFI_FV_LIB_H
-#define _EFI_FV_LIB_H
-
-//
-// Include files
-//
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include <Common/UefiBaseTypes.h>
-#include <Common/PiFirmwareFile.h>
-#include <Common/PiFirmwareVolume.h>
-
-EFI_STATUS
-InitializeFvLib (
- IN VOID *Fv,
- IN UINT32 FvLength
- )
-;
-
-EFI_STATUS
-GetFvHeader (
- OUT EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER **FvHeader,
- OUT UINT32 *FvLength
- )
-;
-
-EFI_STATUS
-GetNextFile (
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *CurrentFile,
- OUT EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER **NextFile
- )
-;
-
-EFI_STATUS
-GetFileByName (
- IN EFI_GUID *FileName,
- OUT EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER **File
- )
-;
-
-EFI_STATUS
-GetFileByType (
- IN EFI_FV_FILETYPE FileType,
- IN UINTN Instance,
- OUT EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER **File
- )
-;
-
-EFI_STATUS
-GetSectionByType (
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *File,
- IN EFI_SECTION_TYPE SectionType,
- IN UINTN Instance,
- OUT EFI_FILE_SECTION_POINTER *Section
- )
-;
-//
-// will not parse compressed sections
-//
-EFI_STATUS
-VerifyFv (
- IN EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *FvHeader
- )
-;
-
-EFI_STATUS
-VerifyFfsFile (
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader
- )
-;
-
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Verify the current pointer points to a FFS file header.
-
-Arguments:
-
- FfsHeader Pointer to an alleged FFS file.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS The Ffs header is valid.
- EFI_NOT_FOUND This "file" is the beginning of free space.
- EFI_VOLUME_CORRUPTED The Ffs header is not valid.
-
---*/
-UINT32
-GetLength (
- UINT8 *ThreeByteLength
- )
-;
-
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Converts a three byte length value into a UINT32.
-
-Arguments:
-
- ThreeByteLength Pointer to the first of the 3 byte length.
-
-Returns:
-
- UINT32 Size of the section
-
---*/
-EFI_STATUS
-GetErasePolarity (
- OUT BOOLEAN *ErasePolarity
- )
-;
-
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This function returns with the FV erase polarity. If the erase polarity
- for a bit is 1, the function return TRUE.
-
-Arguments:
-
- ErasePolarity A pointer to the erase polarity.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER One of the input parameters was invalid.
-
---*/
-UINT8
-GetFileState (
- IN BOOLEAN ErasePolarity,
- IN EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader
- )
-;
-
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This function returns a the highest state bit in the FFS that is set.
- It in no way validate the FFS file.
-
-Arguments:
-
- ErasePolarity The erase polarity for the file state bits.
- FfsHeader Pointer to a FFS file.
-
-Returns:
-
- UINT8 The hightest set state of the file.
-
---*/
-#endif
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/GNUmakefile b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/GNUmakefile deleted file mode 100644 index 1aade7f7b8..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/GNUmakefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -## @file
-# Windows makefile for 'Common' module build.
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2007 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-ARCH ?= IA32
-MAKEROOT ?= ..
-
-# VPATH = ..
-
-LIBNAME = Common
-
-OBJECTS = \
- BasePeCoff.o \
- BinderFuncs.o \
- CommonLib.o \
- Crc32.o \
- Decompress.o \
- EfiCompress.o \
- EfiUtilityMsgs.o \
- FirmwareVolumeBuffer.o \
- FvLib.o \
- MemoryFile.o \
- MyAlloc.o \
- OsPath.o \
- ParseGuidedSectionTools.o \
- ParseInf.o \
- PeCoffLoaderEx.o \
- SimpleFileParsing.o \
- StringFuncs.o \
- TianoCompress.o
-
-include $(MAKEROOT)/Makefiles/lib.makefile
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/Makefile b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index 41119b11ab..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -## @file
-# Windows makefile for 'Common' module build.
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2007 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-!INCLUDE ..\Makefiles\ms.common
-
-# VPATH = ..
-
-LIBNAME = Common
-
-OBJECTS = \
- BasePeCoff.obj \
- BinderFuncs.obj \
- CommonLib.obj \
- Crc32.obj \
- Decompress.obj \
- EfiCompress.obj \
- EfiUtilityMsgs.obj \
- FirmwareVolumeBuffer.obj \
- FvLib.obj \
- MemoryFile.obj \
- MyAlloc.obj \
- OsPath.obj \
- ParseGuidedSectionTools.obj \
- ParseInf.obj \
- PeCoffLoaderEx.obj \
- SimpleFileParsing.obj \
- StringFuncs.obj \
- TianoCompress.obj
-
-!INCLUDE ..\Makefiles\ms.lib
-
-
-
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/MemoryFile.c b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/MemoryFile.c deleted file mode 100644 index a93a505788..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/MemoryFile.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,260 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-Module Name:
-
- MemoryFile.c
-
-Abstract:
-
- This contains some useful functions for accessing files.
-
-**/
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include "CommonLib.h"
-#include "MemoryFile.h"
-
-
-//
-// Local (static) function prototypes
-//
-STATIC
-VOID
-CheckMemoryFileState (
- IN EFI_HANDLE InputMemoryFile
- );
-
-//
-// Function implementations
-//
-
-EFI_STATUS
-GetMemoryFile (
- IN CHAR8 *InputFileName,
- OUT EFI_HANDLE *OutputMemoryFile
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This opens a file, reads it into memory and returns a memory file
- object.
-
-Arguments:
-
- InputFile Memory file image.
- OutputMemoryFile Handle to memory file
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_STATUS
- OutputMemoryFile is valid if !EFI_ERROR
-
---*/
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- CHAR8 *InputFileImage;
- UINT32 BytesRead;
- MEMORY_FILE *NewMemoryFile;
-
- Status = GetFileImage (InputFileName, &InputFileImage, &BytesRead);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- NewMemoryFile = malloc (sizeof (*NewMemoryFile));
- if (NewMemoryFile == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- NewMemoryFile->FileImage = InputFileImage;
- NewMemoryFile->CurrentFilePointer = InputFileImage;
- NewMemoryFile->Eof = InputFileImage + BytesRead;
-
- *OutputMemoryFile = (EFI_HANDLE)NewMemoryFile;
-
- CheckMemoryFileState (*OutputMemoryFile);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FreeMemoryFile (
- IN EFI_HANDLE InputMemoryFile
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Frees all memory associated with the input memory file.
-
-Arguments:
-
- InputMemoryFile Handle to memory file
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_STATUS
-
---*/
-{
- MEMORY_FILE *MemoryFile;
-
- CheckMemoryFileState (InputMemoryFile);
-
- MemoryFile = (MEMORY_FILE*)InputMemoryFile;
-
- free (MemoryFile->FileImage);
-
- //
- // Invalidate state of MEMORY_FILE structure to catch invalid usage.
- //
- memset (MemoryFile, 0xcc, sizeof (*MemoryFile));
- MemoryFile->Eof -= 1;
-
- free (MemoryFile);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-CHAR8 *
-ReadMemoryFileLine (
- IN EFI_HANDLE InputMemoryFile
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This function reads a line from the memory file. The newline characters
- are stripped and a null terminated string is returned.
-
- If the string pointer returned is non-NULL, then the caller must free the
- memory associated with this string.
-
-Arguments:
-
- InputMemoryFile Handle to memory file
-
-Returns:
-
- NULL if error or EOF
- NULL character termincated string otherwise (MUST BE FREED BY CALLER)
-
---*/
-{
- CHAR8 *EndOfLine;
- UINTN CharsToCopy;
- MEMORY_FILE *InputFile;
- UINTN BytesToEof;
- CHAR8 *OutputString;
-
- //
- // Verify input parameters are not null
- //
- CheckMemoryFileState (InputMemoryFile);
-
- InputFile = (MEMORY_FILE*)InputMemoryFile;
-
- //
- // Check for end of file condition
- //
- if (InputFile->CurrentFilePointer >= InputFile->Eof) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- //
- // Determine the number of bytes remaining until the EOF
- //
- BytesToEof = InputFile->Eof - InputFile->CurrentFilePointer;
-
- //
- // Find the next newline char
- //
- EndOfLine = memchr (InputFile->CurrentFilePointer, '\n', BytesToEof);
-
- //
- // Determine the number of characters to copy.
- //
- if (EndOfLine == 0) {
- //
- // If no newline found, copy to the end of the file.
- //
- CharsToCopy = InputFile->Eof - InputFile->CurrentFilePointer;
- } else {
- //
- // Newline found in the file.
- //
- CharsToCopy = EndOfLine - InputFile->CurrentFilePointer;
- }
-
- OutputString = malloc (CharsToCopy);
- if (OutputString == NULL) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- //
- // Copy the line.
- //
- memcpy (OutputString, InputFile->CurrentFilePointer, CharsToCopy);
-
- //
- // Add the null termination over the 0x0D
- //
- if (OutputString[CharsToCopy - 1] == '\r') {
-
- OutputString[CharsToCopy - 1] = '\0';
-
- } else {
-
- OutputString[CharsToCopy] = '\0';
-
- }
-
- //
- // Increment the current file pointer (include the 0x0A)
- //
- InputFile->CurrentFilePointer += CharsToCopy + 1;
- CheckMemoryFileState (InputMemoryFile);
-
- //
- // Return the string
- //
- return OutputString;
-}
-
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-CheckMemoryFileState (
- IN EFI_HANDLE InputMemoryFile
- )
-{
- MEMORY_FILE *MemoryFile;
-
- assert (InputMemoryFile != NULL);
-
- MemoryFile = (MEMORY_FILE*)InputMemoryFile;
-
- assert (MemoryFile->FileImage != NULL);
- assert (MemoryFile->CurrentFilePointer != NULL);
- assert (MemoryFile->Eof != NULL);
- assert (MemoryFile->Eof >= MemoryFile->FileImage);
- assert (MemoryFile->CurrentFilePointer >= MemoryFile->FileImage);
- assert (MemoryFile->CurrentFilePointer <= MemoryFile->Eof);
-}
-
-
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/MemoryFile.h b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/MemoryFile.h deleted file mode 100644 index baab40baa2..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/MemoryFile.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,122 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-Module Name:
-
- MemoryFile.h
-
-Abstract:
-
- Header file for helper functions useful for accessing files.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _EFI_MEMORY_FILE_H
-#define _EFI_MEMORY_FILE_H
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <Common/UefiBaseTypes.h>
-
-#ifndef _MAX_PATH
-#define _MAX_PATH 500
-#endif
-
-//
-// Common data structures
-//
-typedef struct {
- CHAR8 *FileImage;
- CHAR8 *Eof;
- CHAR8 *CurrentFilePointer;
-} MEMORY_FILE;
-
-
-//
-// Functions declarations
-//
-
-EFI_STATUS
-GetMemoryFile (
- IN CHAR8 *InputFileName,
- OUT EFI_HANDLE *OutputMemoryFile
- )
-;
-/**
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This opens a file, reads it into memory and returns a memory file
- object.
-
-Arguments:
-
- InputFile Memory file image.
- OutputMemoryFile Handle to memory file
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_STATUS
- OutputMemoryFile is valid if !EFI_ERROR
-
-**/
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FreeMemoryFile (
- IN EFI_HANDLE InputMemoryFile
- )
-;
-/**
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Frees all memory associated with the input memory file.
-
-Arguments:
-
- InputMemoryFile Handle to memory file
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_STATUS
-
-**/
-
-
-CHAR8 *
-ReadMemoryFileLine (
- IN EFI_HANDLE InputMemoryFile
- )
-;
-/**
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This function reads a line from the memory file. The newline characters
- are stripped and a null terminated string is returned.
-
- If the string pointer returned is non-NULL, then the caller must free the
- memory associated with this string.
-
-Arguments:
-
- InputMemoryFile Handle to memory file
-
-Returns:
-
- NULL if error or EOF
- NULL character termincated string otherwise (MUST BE FREED BY CALLER)
-
-**/
-
-
-#endif
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/MyAlloc.c b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/MyAlloc.c deleted file mode 100644 index 7b0493aaa0..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/MyAlloc.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,516 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-Module Name:
-
- MyAlloc.c
-
-Abstract:
-
- File for memory allocation tracking functions.
-
-**/
-
-#include "MyAlloc.h"
-
-#if USE_MYALLOC
-//
-// Get back to original alloc/free calls.
-//
-#undef malloc
-#undef calloc
-#undef realloc
-#undef free
-//
-// Start of allocation list.
-//
-STATIC MY_ALLOC_STRUCT *MyAllocData = NULL;
-
-//
-//
-//
-STATIC UINT32 MyAllocHeadMagik = MYALLOC_HEAD_MAGIK;
-STATIC UINT32 MyAllocTailMagik = MYALLOC_TAIL_MAGIK;
-
-//
-// ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-//
-//
-VOID
-MyCheck (
- BOOLEAN Final,
- UINT8 File[],
- UINTN Line
- )
-// *++
-// Description:
-//
-// Check for corruptions in the allocated memory chain. If a corruption
-// is detection program operation stops w/ an exit(1) call.
-//
-// Parameters:
-//
-// Final := When FALSE, MyCheck() returns if the allocated memory chain
-// has not been corrupted. When TRUE, MyCheck() returns if there
-// are no un-freed allocations. If there are un-freed allocations,
-// they are displayed and exit(1) is called.
-//
-//
-// File := Set to __FILE__ by macro expansion.
-//
-// Line := Set to __LINE__ by macro expansion.
-//
-// Returns:
-//
-// n/a
-//
-// --*/
-//
-{
- MY_ALLOC_STRUCT *Tmp;
-
- //
- // Check parameters.
- //
- if (File == NULL || Line == 0) {
- printf (
- "\nMyCheck(Final=%u, File=%s, Line=%u)"
- "Invalid parameter(s).\n",
- Final,
- File,
- (unsigned)Line
- );
-
- exit (1);
- }
-
- if (strlen ((CHAR8 *)File) == 0) {
- printf (
- "\nMyCheck(Final=%u, File=%s, Line=%u)"
- "Invalid parameter.\n",
- Final,
- File,
- (unsigned)Line
- );
-
- exit (1);
- }
- //
- // Check structure contents.
- //
- for (Tmp = MyAllocData; Tmp != NULL; Tmp = Tmp->Next) {
- if (memcmp(Tmp->Buffer, &MyAllocHeadMagik, sizeof MyAllocHeadMagik) ||
- memcmp(&Tmp->Buffer[Tmp->Size + sizeof(UINT32)], &MyAllocTailMagik, sizeof MyAllocTailMagik)) {
- break;
- }
- }
- //
- // If Tmp is not NULL, the structure is corrupt.
- //
- if (Tmp != NULL) {
- printf (
- "\nMyCheck(Final=%u, File=%s, Line=%u)""\nStructure corrupted!"
- "\nFile=%s, Line=%u, nSize=%u, Head=%xh, Tail=%xh\n",
- Final,
- File,
- (unsigned)Line,
- Tmp->File,
- (unsigned) Tmp->Line,
- (unsigned) Tmp->Size,
- (unsigned) *(UINT32 *) (Tmp->Buffer),
- (unsigned) *(UINT32 *) (&Tmp->Buffer[Tmp->Size + sizeof (UINT32)])
- );
-
- exit (1);
- }
- //
- // If Final is TRUE, display the state of the structure chain.
- //
- if (Final) {
- if (MyAllocData != NULL) {
- printf (
- "\nMyCheck(Final=%u, File=%s, Line=%u)"
- "\nSome allocated items have not been freed.\n",
- Final,
- File,
- (unsigned)Line
- );
-
- for (Tmp = MyAllocData; Tmp != NULL; Tmp = Tmp->Next) {
- printf (
- "File=%s, Line=%u, nSize=%u, Head=%xh, Tail=%xh\n",
- Tmp->File,
- (unsigned) Tmp->Line,
- (unsigned) Tmp->Size,
- (unsigned) *(UINT32 *) (Tmp->Buffer),
- (unsigned) *(UINT32 *) (&Tmp->Buffer[Tmp->Size + sizeof (UINT32)])
- );
- }
- }
- }
-}
-//
-// ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-//
-//
-VOID *
-MyAlloc (
- UINTN Size,
- UINT8 File[],
- UINTN Line
- )
-// *++
-// Description:
-//
-// Allocate a new link in the allocation chain along with enough storage
-// for the File[] string, requested Size and alignment overhead. If
-// memory cannot be allocated or the allocation chain has been corrupted,
-// exit(1) will be called.
-//
-// Parameters:
-//
-// Size := Number of bytes (UINT8) requested by the called.
-// Size cannot be zero.
-//
-// File := Set to __FILE__ by macro expansion.
-//
-// Line := Set to __LINE__ by macro expansion.
-//
-// Returns:
-//
-// Pointer to the caller's buffer.
-//
-// --*/
-//
-{
- MY_ALLOC_STRUCT *Tmp;
- UINTN Len;
-
- //
- // Check for invalid parameters.
- //
- if (Size == 0 || File == NULL || Line == 0) {
- printf (
- "\nMyAlloc(Size=%u, File=%s, Line=%u)"
- "\nInvalid parameter(s).\n",
- (unsigned)Size,
- File,
- (unsigned)Line
- );
-
- exit (1);
- }
-
- Len = strlen ((CHAR8 *)File);
- if (Len == 0) {
- printf (
- "\nMyAlloc(Size=%u, File=%s, Line=%u)"
- "\nInvalid parameter.\n",
- (unsigned)Size,
- File,
- (unsigned)Line
- );
-
- exit (1);
- }
- //
- // Check the allocation list for corruption.
- //
- MyCheck (0, (UINT8 *)__FILE__, __LINE__);
-
- //
- // Allocate a new entry.
- //
- Tmp = calloc (
- 1,
- sizeof (MY_ALLOC_STRUCT) + Len + 1 + sizeof (UINT64) + Size + (sizeof MyAllocHeadMagik) + (sizeof MyAllocTailMagik)
- );
-
- if (Tmp == NULL) {
- printf (
- "\nMyAlloc(Size=%u, File=%s, Line=%u)"
- "\nOut of memory.\n",
- (unsigned)Size,
- File,
- (unsigned)Line
- );
-
- exit (1);
- }
- //
- // Fill in the new entry.
- //
- Tmp->File = ((UINT8 *) Tmp) + sizeof (MY_ALLOC_STRUCT);
- strcpy ((CHAR8 *)Tmp->File, (CHAR8 *)File);
- Tmp->Line = Line;
- Tmp->Size = Size;
- Tmp->Buffer = (UINT8 *) (((UINTN) Tmp + Len + 9) &~7);
-
- memcpy (Tmp->Buffer, &MyAllocHeadMagik, sizeof MyAllocHeadMagik);
-
- memcpy (
- &Tmp->Buffer[Size + sizeof (UINT32)],
- &MyAllocTailMagik,
- sizeof MyAllocTailMagik
- );
-
- Tmp->Next = MyAllocData;
- Tmp->Cksum = (UINTN) Tmp + (UINTN) (Tmp->Next) + Tmp->Line + Tmp->Size + (UINTN) (Tmp->File) + (UINTN) (Tmp->Buffer);
-
- MyAllocData = Tmp;
-
- return Tmp->Buffer + sizeof (UINT32);
-}
-//
-// ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-//
-//
-VOID *
-MyRealloc (
- VOID *Ptr,
- UINTN Size,
- UINT8 File[],
- UINTN Line
- )
-// *++
-// Description:
-//
-// This does a MyAlloc(), memcpy() and MyFree(). There is no optimization
-// for shrinking or expanding buffers. An invalid parameter will cause
-// MyRealloc() to fail with a call to exit(1).
-//
-// Parameters:
-//
-// Ptr := Pointer to the caller's buffer to be re-allocated.
-//
-// Size := Size of new buffer. Size cannot be zero.
-//
-// File := Set to __FILE__ by macro expansion.
-//
-// Line := Set to __LINE__ by macro expansion.
-//
-// Returns:
-//
-// Pointer to new caller's buffer.
-//
-// --*/
-//
-{
- MY_ALLOC_STRUCT *Tmp;
- VOID *Buffer;
-
- //
- // Check for invalid parameter(s).
- //
- if (Size == 0 || File == NULL || Line == 0) {
- printf (
- "\nMyRealloc(Ptr=%p, Size=%u, File=%s, Line=%u)"
- "\nInvalid parameter(s).\n",
- Ptr,
- (unsigned)Size,
- File,
- (unsigned)Line
- );
-
- exit (1);
- }
-
- if (strlen ((CHAR8 *)File) == 0) {
- printf (
- "\nMyRealloc(Ptr=%p, Size=%u, File=%s, Line=%u)"
- "\nInvalid parameter.\n",
- Ptr,
- (unsigned)Size,
- File,
- (unsigned)Line
- );
-
- exit (1);
- }
- //
- // Find existing buffer in allocation list.
- //
- if (Ptr == NULL) {
- Tmp = NULL;
- } else if (&MyAllocData->Buffer[sizeof (UINT32)] == Ptr) {
- Tmp = MyAllocData;
- } else {
- for (Tmp = MyAllocData;; Tmp = Tmp->Next) {
- if (Tmp->Next == NULL) {
- printf (
- "\nMyRealloc(Ptr=%p, Size=%u, File=%s, Line=%u)"
- "\nCould not find buffer.\n",
- Ptr,
- (unsigned)Size,
- File,
- (unsigned)Line
- );
-
- exit (1);
- }
-
- Tmp = Tmp->Next;
- }
- }
- //
- // Allocate new buffer, copy old data, free old buffer.
- //
- Buffer = MyAlloc (Size, File, Line);
-
- if (Buffer != NULL && Tmp != NULL) {
- memcpy (
- Buffer,
- &Tmp->Buffer[sizeof (UINT32)],
- ((Size <= Tmp->Size) ? Size : Tmp->Size)
- );
-
- MyFree (Ptr, (UINT8 *)__FILE__, __LINE__);
- }
-
- return Buffer;
-}
-//
-// ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-//
-//
-VOID
-MyFree (
- VOID *Ptr,
- UINT8 File[],
- UINTN Line
- )
-// *++
-// Description:
-//
-// Release a previously allocated buffer. Invalid parameters will cause
-// MyFree() to fail with an exit(1) call.
-//
-// Parameters:
-//
-// Ptr := Pointer to the caller's buffer to be freed.
-// A NULL pointer will be ignored.
-//
-// File := Set to __FILE__ by macro expansion.
-//
-// Line := Set to __LINE__ by macro expansion.
-//
-// Returns:
-//
-// n/a
-//
-// --*/
-//
-{
- MY_ALLOC_STRUCT *Tmp;
- MY_ALLOC_STRUCT *Tmp2;
-
- //
- // Check for invalid parameter(s).
- //
- if (File == NULL || Line == 0) {
- printf (
- "\nMyFree(Ptr=%p, File=%s, Line=%u)"
- "\nInvalid parameter(s).\n",
- Ptr,
- File,
- (unsigned)Line
- );
-
- exit (1);
- }
-
- if (strlen ((CHAR8 *)File) == 0) {
- printf (
- "\nMyFree(Ptr=%p, File=%s, Line=%u)"
- "\nInvalid parameter.\n",
- Ptr,
- File,
- (unsigned)Line
- );
-
- exit (1);
- }
- //
- // Freeing NULL is always valid.
- //
- if (Ptr == NULL) {
- return ;
- }
- //
- // Fail if nothing is allocated.
- //
- if (MyAllocData == NULL) {
- printf (
- "\nMyFree(Ptr=%p, File=%s, Line=%u)"
- "\nCalled before memory allocated.\n",
- Ptr,
- File,
- (unsigned)Line
- );
-
- exit (1);
- }
- //
- // Check for corrupted allocation list.
- //
- MyCheck (0, (UINT8 *)__FILE__, __LINE__);
-
- //
- // Need special check for first item in list.
- //
- if (&MyAllocData->Buffer[sizeof (UINT32)] == Ptr) {
- //
- // Unlink first item in list.
- //
- Tmp = MyAllocData;
- MyAllocData = MyAllocData->Next;
- } else {
- //
- // Walk list looking for matching item.
- //
- for (Tmp = MyAllocData;; Tmp = Tmp->Next) {
- //
- // Fail if end of list is reached.
- //
- if (Tmp->Next == NULL) {
- printf (
- "\nMyFree(Ptr=%p, File=%s, Line=%u)\n"
- "\nNot found.\n",
- Ptr,
- File,
- (unsigned)Line
- );
-
- exit (1);
- }
- //
- // Leave loop when match is found.
- //
- if (&Tmp->Next->Buffer[sizeof (UINT32)] == Ptr) {
- break;
- }
- }
- //
- // Unlink item from list.
- //
- Tmp2 = Tmp->Next;
- Tmp->Next = Tmp->Next->Next;
- Tmp = Tmp2;
- }
- //
- // Release item.
- //
- free (Tmp);
-}
-
-#endif /* USE_MYALLOC */
-
-/* eof - MyAlloc.c */
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/MyAlloc.h b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/MyAlloc.h deleted file mode 100644 index 217beb1484..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/MyAlloc.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,222 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-Module Name:
-
- MyAlloc.h
-
-Abstract:
-
- Header file for memory allocation tracking functions.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _MYALLOC_H_
-#define _MYALLOC_H_
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include <Common/BaseTypes.h>
-
-//
-// Default operation is to use the memory allocation tracking functions.
-// To over-ride add "#define USE_MYALLOC 0" to your program header and/or
-// source files as needed. Or, just do not include this header file in
-// your project.
-//
-#ifndef USE_MYALLOC
-#define USE_MYALLOC 1
-#endif
-
-#if USE_MYALLOC
-//
-// Replace C library allocation routines with MyAlloc routines.
-//
-#define malloc(size) MyAlloc ((size), __FILE__, __LINE__)
-#define calloc(count, size) MyAlloc ((count) * (size), __FILE__, __LINE__)
-#define realloc(ptr, size) MyRealloc ((ptr), (size), __FILE__, __LINE__)
-#define free(ptr) MyFree ((ptr), __FILE__, __LINE__)
-#define alloc_check(final) MyCheck ((final), __FILE__, __LINE__)
-
-//
-// Structure for checking/tracking memory allocations.
-//
-typedef struct MyAllocStruct {
- UINTN Cksum;
- struct MyAllocStruct *Next;
- UINTN Line;
- UINTN Size;
- UINT8 *File;
- UINT8 *Buffer;
-} MY_ALLOC_STRUCT;
-//
-// Cksum := (UINTN)This + (UINTN)Next + Line + Size + (UINTN)File +
-// (UINTN)Buffer;
-//
-// Next := Pointer to next allocation structure in the list.
-//
-// Line := __LINE__
-//
-// Size := Size of allocation request.
-//
-// File := Pointer to __FILE__ string stored immediately following
-// MY_ALLOC_STRUCT in memory.
-//
-// Buffer := Pointer to UINT32 aligned storage immediately following
-// the NULL terminated __FILE__ string. This is UINT32
-// aligned because the underflow signature is 32-bits and
-// this will place the first caller address on a 64-bit
-// boundary.
-//
-//
-// Signatures used to check for buffer overflow/underflow conditions.
-//
-#define MYALLOC_HEAD_MAGIK 0xBADFACED
-#define MYALLOC_TAIL_MAGIK 0xDEADBEEF
-
-VOID
-MyCheck (
- BOOLEAN Final,
- UINT8 File[],
- UINTN Line
- )
-;
-//
-// *++
-// Description:
-//
-// Check for corruptions in the allocated memory chain. If a corruption
-// is detection program operation stops w/ an exit(1) call.
-//
-// Parameters:
-//
-// Final := When FALSE, MyCheck() returns if the allocated memory chain
-// has not been corrupted. When TRUE, MyCheck() returns if there
-// are no un-freed allocations. If there are un-freed allocations,
-// they are displayed and exit(1) is called.
-//
-//
-// File := Set to __FILE__ by macro expansion.
-//
-// Line := Set to __LINE__ by macro expansion.
-//
-// Returns:
-//
-// n/a
-//
-// --*/
-//
-VOID *
-MyAlloc (
- UINTN Size,
- UINT8 File[],
- UINTN Line
- )
-;
-//
-// *++
-// Description:
-//
-// Allocate a new link in the allocation chain along with enough storage
-// for the File[] string, requested Size and alignment overhead. If
-// memory cannot be allocated or the allocation chain has been corrupted,
-// exit(1) will be called.
-//
-// Parameters:
-//
-// Size := Number of bytes (UINT8) requested by the called.
-// Size cannot be zero.
-//
-// File := Set to __FILE__ by macro expansion.
-//
-// Line := Set to __LINE__ by macro expansion.
-//
-// Returns:
-//
-// Pointer to the caller's buffer.
-//
-// --*/
-//
-VOID *
-MyRealloc (
- VOID *Ptr,
- UINTN Size,
- UINT8 File[],
- UINTN Line
- )
-;
-//
-// *++
-// Description:
-//
-// This does a MyAlloc(), memcpy() and MyFree(). There is no optimization
-// for shrinking or expanding buffers. An invalid parameter will cause
-// MyRealloc() to fail with a call to exit(1).
-//
-// Parameters:
-//
-// Ptr := Pointer to the caller's buffer to be re-allocated.
-// Ptr cannot be NULL.
-//
-// Size := Size of new buffer. Size cannot be zero.
-//
-// File := Set to __FILE__ by macro expansion.
-//
-// Line := Set to __LINE__ by macro expansion.
-//
-// Returns:
-//
-// Pointer to new caller's buffer.
-//
-// --*/
-//
-VOID
-MyFree (
- VOID *Ptr,
- UINT8 File[],
- UINTN Line
- )
-;
-//
-// *++
-// Description:
-//
-// Release a previously allocated buffer. Invalid parameters will cause
-// MyFree() to fail with an exit(1) call.
-//
-// Parameters:
-//
-// Ptr := Pointer to the caller's buffer to be freed.
-// A NULL pointer will be ignored.
-//
-// File := Set to __FILE__ by macro expansion.
-//
-// Line := Set to __LINE__ by macro expansion.
-//
-// Returns:
-//
-// n/a
-//
-// --*/
-//
-#else /* USE_MYALLOC */
-
-//
-// Nothing to do when USE_MYALLOC is zero.
-//
-#define alloc_check(final)
-
-#endif /* USE_MYALLOC */
-#endif /* _MYALLOC_H_ */
-
-/* eof - MyAlloc.h */
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/OsPath.c b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/OsPath.c deleted file mode 100644 index 419c8f8b8c..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/OsPath.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,307 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
-Copyright (c) 2007 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-Module Name:
-
- StringFuncs.c
-
-Abstract:
-
- Functions useful to operate file directories by parsing file path.
-
-**/
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include "OsPath.h"
-
-//
-// Functions implementations
-//
-
-#if 0
- //
- // BUGBUG: Not fully implemented yet.
- //
-CHAR8*
-OsPathDirName (
- IN CHAR8 *FilePath
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This function returns the directory path which contains the particular path.
- Some examples:
- "a/b/c" -> "a/b"
- "a/b/c/" -> "a/b"
- "a" -> "."
- "." -> ".."
- "/" -> NULL
-
- This function does not check for the existence of the file.
-
- The caller must free the string returned.
-
-Arguments:
-
- FilePath Path name of file to get the parent directory for.
-
-Returns:
-
- NULL if error
-
---*/
-{
- CHAR8 *Return;
- CHAR8 *Pos;
- CHAR8 Char;
- UINTN Length;
- INTN Offset;
-
- Length = strlen (FilePath);
-
- if (Length == 0) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- //
- // Check for the root directory case
- //
- if (
- (Length == 3 && isalpha (FilePath[0]) && (strcmp(FilePath + 1, ":\\") == 0)) ||
- (strcmp(FilePath, "/") == 0)
- ) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- //
- // If the path ends with a path separator, then just append ".."
- //
- Char = FilePath[Length - 1];
- if (Char == '/' || Char == '\\') {
- return OsPathJoin (FilePath, "..");
- }
-
- //
- //
- //
- for (Offset = Length; Offset > 0; Offset--) {
- if ((Return[Offset] == '/') || (Return[Offset] == '\\')) {
- Return[Offset] = '\0';
- return Return;
- }
- }
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#if 0
- //
- // BUGBUG: Not fully implemented yet.
- //
-VOID
-OsPathNormPathInPlace (
- IN CHAR8 *Path
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This function returns the directory path which contains the particular path.
- Some examples:
- "a/b/../c" -> "a/c"
- "a/b//c" -> "a/b/c"
- "a/./b" -> "a/b"
-
- This function does not check for the existence of the file.
-
-Arguments:
-
- Path Path name of file to normalize
-
-Returns:
-
- The string is altered in place.
-
---*/
-{
- CHAR8 *Pos;
- INTN Offset;
- BOOLEAN TryAgain;
- UINTN Length;
- UINTN Remaining;
- UINTN SubLength;
-
- do {
- TryAgain = FALSE;
- Length = strlen (Path);
-
- for (Offset = 0; Offset < Length; Offset++) {
- Remaining = Length - Offset;
-
- //
- // Collapse '//' -> '/'
- //
- if (
- (Remaining >= 2) &&
- ((Offset > 0) || (Path[0] != '\\')) &&
- IsDirSep (Path[Offset]) && IsDirSep (Path[Offset + 1])
- ) {
- memmove (&Path[Offset], &Path[Offset + 1], Remaining);
- TryAgain = TRUE;
- break;
- }
-
- //
- // Collapse '/./' -> '/'
- //
- if ((Remaining >= 3) && IsDirSep (Path[Offset]) &&
- (Path[Offset + 1] == '.') && IsDirSep (Path[Offset + 2])
- ) {
- memmove (&Path[Offset], &Path[Offset + 1], Remaining);
- TryAgain = TRUE;
- break;
- }
-
- //
- // Collapse 'a/../b' -> 'b'
- //
- // BUGBUG: Not implemented yet
-
- }
-
- } while (TryAgain);
-
- Return = CloneString (FilePath);
- if (Return == NULL) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- Length = strlen (Return);
-
- //
- // Check for the root directory case
- //
- if (
- (Length == 3 && isalpha (Return[0]) && (strcmp(Return + 1, ":\\") == 0)) ||
- (strcmp(Return, "/") == 0)
- ) {
- free (Return);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- //
- //
- //
- for (Offset = Length; Offset > 0; Offset--) {
- if ((Return[Offset] == '/') || (Return[Offset] == '\\')) {
- Return[Offset] = '\0';
- return Return;
- }
- }
-}
-#endif
-
-
-CHAR8*
-OsPathPeerFilePath (
- IN CHAR8 *OldPath,
- IN CHAR8 *Peer
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This function replaces the final portion of a path with an alternative
- 'peer' filename. For example:
- "a/b/../c", "peer" -> "a/b/../peer"
- "a/b/", "peer" -> "a/b/peer"
- "/a", "peer" -> "/peer"
- "a", "peer" -> "peer"
-
- This function does not check for the existence of the file.
-
-Arguments:
-
- OldPath Path name of replace the final segment
- Peer The new path name to concatinate to become the peer path
-
-Returns:
-
- A CHAR8* string, which must be freed by the caller
-
---*/
-{
- CHAR8 *Result;
- INTN Offset;
-
- Result = (CHAR8 *) malloc (strlen (OldPath) + strlen (Peer) + 1);
- if (Result == NULL) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- strcpy (Result, OldPath);
-
- //
- // Search for the last '/' or '\' in the string. If found, replace
- // everything following it with Peer
- //
- for (Offset = strlen (Result); Offset >= 0; Offset--) {
- if ((Result[Offset] == '/') || (Result[Offset] == '\\')) {
- Result[Offset + 1] = '\0';
- strcat (Result, Peer);
- return Result;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Neither a '/' nor a '\' was found. Therefore, we simply return Peer.
- //
- strcpy (Result, Peer);
- return Result;
-}
-
-
-BOOLEAN
-OsPathExists (
- IN CHAR8 *InputFileName
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Checks if a file exists
-
-Arguments:
-
- InputFileName The name of the file to check for existence
-
-Returns:
-
- TRUE The file exists
- FALSE The file does not exist
-
---*/
-{
- FILE *InputFile;
- InputFile = fopen (InputFileName, "rb");
- if (InputFile == NULL) {
- return FALSE;
- } else {
- fclose (InputFile);
- return TRUE;
- }
-}
-
-
-
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/OsPath.h b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/OsPath.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9e7df070c5..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/OsPath.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,146 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
-Copyright (c) 2007 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-Module Name:
-
- OsPath.h
-
-Abstract:
-
- Header file for helper functions useful to operate file directories
- by parsing file path.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _EFI_OS_PATH_H
-#define _EFI_OS_PATH_H
-
-#include <Common/UefiBaseTypes.h>
-
-//
-// Functions declarations
-//
-
-CHAR8*
-OsPathDirName (
- IN CHAR8 *FilePath
- )
-;
-/**
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This function returns the directory path which contains the particular path.
- Some examples:
- "a/b/c" -> "a/b"
- "a/b/c/" -> "a/b"
- "a" -> "."
- "." -> ".."
- "/" -> NULL
-
- This function does not check for the existence of the file.
-
- The caller must free the string returned.
-
-Arguments:
-
- FilePath Path name of file to get the parent directory for.
-
-Returns:
-
- NULL if error
-
-**/
-
-
-VOID
-OsPathNormPathInPlace (
- IN CHAR8 *Path
- )
-;
-/**
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This function returns the directory path which contains the particular path.
- Some examples:
- "a/b/../c" -> "a/c"
- "a/b//c" -> "a/b/c"
- "a/./b" -> "a/b"
-
- This function does not check for the existence of the file.
-
-Arguments:
-
- Path Path name of file to normalize
-
-Returns:
-
- The string is altered in place.
-
-**/
-
-
-CHAR8*
-OsPathPeerFilePath (
- IN CHAR8 *OldPath,
- IN CHAR8 *Peer
- )
-;
-/**
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This function replaces the final portion of a path with an alternative
- 'peer' filename. For example:
- "a/b/../c", "peer" -> "a/b/../peer"
- "a/b/", "peer" -> "a/b/peer"
- "/a", "peer" -> "/peer"
- "a", "peer" -> "peer"
-
- This function does not check for the existence of the file.
-
-Arguments:
-
- OldPath Path name of replace the final segment
- Peer The new path name to concatinate to become the peer path
-
-Returns:
-
- A CHAR8* string, which must be freed by the caller
-
-**/
-
-
-BOOLEAN
-OsPathExists (
- IN CHAR8 *InputFileName
- )
-;
-/**
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Checks if a file exists
-
-Arguments:
-
- InputFileName The name of the file to check for existence
-
-Returns:
-
- TRUE The file exists
- FALSE The file does not exist
-
-**/
-
-
-#endif
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/ParseGuidedSectionTools.c b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/ParseGuidedSectionTools.c deleted file mode 100644 index 8ddfd00b7e..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/ParseGuidedSectionTools.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,211 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
-Copyright (c) 2007 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-Module Name:
-
- ParseGuidedSectionTools.c
-
-Abstract:
-
- Helper functions for parsing GuidedSectionTools.txt
-
-**/
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include "MemoryFile.h"
-#include "CommonLib.h"
-#include "EfiUtilityMsgs.h"
-#include "ParseInf.h"
-#include "ParseGuidedSectionTools.h"
-#include "StringFuncs.h"
-
-
-//
-// Local types / structures
-//
-
-typedef struct _GUID_SEC_TOOL_ENTRY {
- EFI_GUID Guid;
- CHAR8* Name;
- CHAR8* Path;
- struct _GUID_SEC_TOOL_ENTRY *Next;
-} GUID_SEC_TOOL_ENTRY;
-
-//
-// Functin Implementation
-//
-
-EFI_HANDLE
-ParseGuidedSectionToolsFile (
- IN CHAR8 *InputFile
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This function parses the tools_def.txt file. It returns a
- EFI_HANDLE object which can be used for the other library
- functions and should be passed to FreeParsedGuidedSectionToolsHandle
- to free resources when the tools_def.txt information is no
- longer needed.
-
-Arguments:
-
- InputFile Path name of file to read
-
-Returns:
-
- NULL if error parsing
- A non-NULL EFI_HANDLE otherwise
-
---*/
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_HANDLE MemoryFile;
- EFI_HANDLE ParsedGuidedSectionTools;
-
- Status = GetMemoryFile (InputFile, &MemoryFile);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- ParsedGuidedSectionTools = ParseGuidedSectionToolsMemoryFile (MemoryFile);
-
- FreeMemoryFile (MemoryFile);
-
- return ParsedGuidedSectionTools;
-}
-
-
-EFI_HANDLE
-ParseGuidedSectionToolsMemoryFile (
- IN EFI_HANDLE InputFile
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This function parses the tools_def.txt file. It returns a
- EFI_HANDLE object which can be used for the other library
- functions and should be passed to FreeParsedGuidedSectionToolsHandle
- to free resources when the tools_def.txt information is no
- longer needed.
-
-Arguments:
-
- InputFile Memory file image.
-
-Returns:
-
- NULL if error or EOF
- InputBuffer otherwise
-
---*/
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- CHAR8 *NextLine;
- STRING_LIST *Tool;
- EFI_GUID Guid;
- GUID_SEC_TOOL_ENTRY *FirstGuidTool;
- GUID_SEC_TOOL_ENTRY *LastGuidTool;
- GUID_SEC_TOOL_ENTRY *NewGuidTool;
-
- FirstGuidTool = NULL;
- LastGuidTool = NULL;
-
- while (TRUE) {
- NextLine = ReadMemoryFileLine (InputFile);
- if (NextLine == NULL) {
- break;
- }
-
- Status = StripInfDscStringInPlace (NextLine);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- break;
- }
-
- if (NextLine[0] == '\0') {
- continue;
- }
-
- Tool = SplitStringByWhitespace (NextLine);
- if ((Tool != NULL) &&
- (Tool->Count == 3)
- ) {
- Status = StringToGuid (Tool->Strings[0], &Guid);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- NewGuidTool = malloc (sizeof (GUID_SEC_TOOL_ENTRY));
- if (NewGuidTool != NULL) {
- memcpy (&(NewGuidTool->Guid), &Guid, sizeof (Guid));
- NewGuidTool->Name = CloneString(Tool->Strings[1]);
- NewGuidTool->Path = CloneString(Tool->Strings[2]);
- NewGuidTool->Next = NULL;
- }
- if (FirstGuidTool == NULL) {
- FirstGuidTool = NewGuidTool;
- } else {
- LastGuidTool->Next = NewGuidTool;
- }
- LastGuidTool = NewGuidTool;
- }
- FreeStringList (Tool);
- }
- }
-
- return FirstGuidTool;
-}
-
-
-CHAR8*
-LookupGuidedSectionToolPath (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ParsedGuidedSectionToolsHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *SectionGuid
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This function looks up the appropriate tool to use for extracting
- a GUID defined FV section.
-
-Arguments:
-
- ParsedGuidedSectionToolsHandle A parsed GUID section tools handle.
- SectionGuid The GUID for the section.
-
-Returns:
-
- NULL - if no tool is found or there is another error
- Non-NULL - The tool to use to access the section contents. (The caller
- must free the memory associated with this string.)
-
---*/
-{
- GUID_SEC_TOOL_ENTRY *GuidTool;
-
- GuidTool = (GUID_SEC_TOOL_ENTRY*)ParsedGuidedSectionToolsHandle;
- if (GuidTool == NULL) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- for ( ; GuidTool != NULL; GuidTool = GuidTool->Next) {
- if (CompareGuid (&(GuidTool->Guid), SectionGuid) == 0) {
- return CloneString (GuidTool->Path);
- }
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/ParseGuidedSectionTools.h b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/ParseGuidedSectionTools.h deleted file mode 100644 index b4c55974e3..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/ParseGuidedSectionTools.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,133 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
-Copyright (c) 2007 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-Module Name:
-
- ParseGuidedSectionTools.h
-
-Abstract:
-
- Header file for helper functions for parsing GuidedSectionTools.txt
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _EFI_PARSE_GUIDED_SECTION_TOOLS_H
-#define _EFI_PARSE_GUIDED_SECTION_TOOLS_H
-
-#include <Common/UefiBaseTypes.h>
-
-//
-// Functions declarations
-//
-
-EFI_HANDLE
-ParseGuidedSectionToolsFile (
- IN CHAR8 *InputFile
- )
-;
-/**
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This function parses the tools_def.txt file. It returns a
- EFI_HANDLE object which can be used for the other library
- functions and should be passed to FreeParsedToolsDefHandle
- to free resources when the tools_def.txt information is no
- longer needed.
-
-Arguments:
-
- InputFile Path name of file to read
-
-Returns:
-
- NULL if error parsing
- A non-NULL EFI_HANDLE otherwise
-
-**/
-
-
-EFI_HANDLE
-ParseGuidedSectionToolsMemoryFile (
- IN EFI_HANDLE InputFile
- )
-;
-/**
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This function parses the tools_def.txt file. It returns a
- EFI_HANDLE object which can be used for the other library
- functions and should be passed to FreeParsedToolsDefHandle
- to free resources when the tools_def.txt information is no
- longer needed.
-
-Arguments:
-
- InputFile Memory file image.
-
-Returns:
-
- NULL if error parsing
- A non-NULL EFI_HANDLE otherwise
-
-**/
-
-CHAR8*
-LookupGuidedSectionToolPath (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ParsedGuidedSectionToolsHandle,
- IN EFI_GUID *SectionGuid
- )
-;
-/**
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This function looks up the appropriate tool to use for extracting
- a GUID defined FV section.
-
-Arguments:
-
- ParsedGuidedSectionToolsHandle A parsed GUID section tools handle.
- SectionGuid The GUID for the section.
-
-Returns:
-
- NULL - if no tool is found or there is another error
- Non-NULL - The tool to use to access the section contents. (The caller
- must free the memory associated with this string.)
-
-**/
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FreeParsedGuidedSectionToolsHandle (
- IN EFI_HANDLE ParsedGuidedSectionToolsHandle
- )
-;
-/**
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Frees resources that were allocated by ParseGuidedSectionToolsFile.
- After freeing these resources, the information that was parsed
- is no longer accessible.
-
-Arguments:
-
- ParsedToolDefHandle Handle returned from ParseGuidedSectionToolsFile
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_STATUS
-
-**/
-
-#endif
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/ParseInf.c b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/ParseInf.c deleted file mode 100644 index eb01d30527..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/ParseInf.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,681 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-Module Name:
-
- ParseInf.c
-
-Abstract:
-
- This contains some useful functions for parsing INF files.
-
---*/
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include "EfiUtilityMsgs.h"
-#include "ParseInf.h"
-
-CHAR8 *
-ReadLine (
- IN MEMORY_FILE *InputFile,
- IN OUT CHAR8 *InputBuffer,
- IN UINTN MaxLength
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This function reads a line, stripping any comments.
- The function reads a string from the input stream argument and stores it in
- the input string. ReadLine reads characters from the current file position
- to and including the first newline character, to the end of the stream, or
- until the number of characters read is equal to MaxLength - 1, whichever
- comes first. The newline character, if read, is replaced with a \0.
-
-Arguments:
-
- InputFile Memory file image.
- InputBuffer Buffer to read into, must be _MAX_PATH size.
- MaxLength The maximum size of the input buffer.
-
-Returns:
-
- NULL if error or EOF
- InputBuffer otherwise
-
---*/
-{
- CHAR8 *CharPtr;
- CHAR8 *EndOfLine;
- UINTN CharsToCopy;
-
- //
- // Verify input parameters are not null
- //
- assert (InputBuffer);
- assert (InputFile->FileImage);
- assert (InputFile->Eof);
- assert (InputFile->CurrentFilePointer);
-
- //
- // Check for end of file condition
- //
- if (InputFile->CurrentFilePointer >= InputFile->Eof) {
- return NULL;
- }
- //
- // Find the next newline char
- //
- EndOfLine = strchr (InputFile->CurrentFilePointer, '\n');
-
- //
- // Determine the number of characters to copy.
- //
- if (EndOfLine == 0) {
- //
- // If no newline found, copy to the end of the file.
- //
- CharsToCopy = InputFile->Eof - InputFile->CurrentFilePointer;
- } else if (EndOfLine >= InputFile->Eof) {
- //
- // If the newline found was beyond the end of file, copy to the eof.
- //
- CharsToCopy = InputFile->Eof - InputFile->CurrentFilePointer;
- } else {
- //
- // Newline found in the file.
- //
- CharsToCopy = EndOfLine - InputFile->CurrentFilePointer;
- }
- //
- // If the end of line is too big for the current buffer, set it to the max
- // size of the buffer (leaving room for the \0.
- //
- if (CharsToCopy > MaxLength - 1) {
- CharsToCopy = MaxLength - 1;
- }
- //
- // Copy the line.
- //
- memcpy (InputBuffer, InputFile->CurrentFilePointer, CharsToCopy);
-
- //
- // Add the null termination over the 0x0D
- //
- if (InputBuffer[CharsToCopy - 1] == '\r') {
-
- InputBuffer[CharsToCopy - 1] = '\0';
-
- } else {
-
- InputBuffer[CharsToCopy] = '\0';
-
- }
-
- //
- // Increment the current file pointer (include the 0x0A)
- //
- InputFile->CurrentFilePointer += CharsToCopy + 1;
-
- //
- // Strip any comments
- //
- CharPtr = strstr (InputBuffer, "//");
- if (CharPtr != 0) {
- CharPtr[0] = 0;
- }
- //
- // Return the string
- //
- return InputBuffer;
-}
-
-BOOLEAN
-FindSection (
- IN MEMORY_FILE *InputFile,
- IN CHAR8 *Section
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This function parses a file from the beginning to find a section.
- The section string may be anywhere within a line.
-
-Arguments:
-
- InputFile Memory file image.
- Section Section to search for
-
-Returns:
-
- FALSE if error or EOF
- TRUE if section found
-
---*/
-{
- CHAR8 InputBuffer[_MAX_PATH];
- CHAR8 *CurrentToken;
-
- //
- // Verify input is not NULL
- //
- assert (InputFile->FileImage);
- assert (InputFile->Eof);
- assert (InputFile->CurrentFilePointer);
- assert (Section);
-
- //
- // Rewind to beginning of file
- //
- InputFile->CurrentFilePointer = InputFile->FileImage;
-
- //
- // Read lines until the section is found
- //
- while (InputFile->CurrentFilePointer < InputFile->Eof) {
- //
- // Read a line
- //
- ReadLine (InputFile, InputBuffer, _MAX_PATH);
-
- //
- // Check if the section is found
- //
- CurrentToken = strstr (InputBuffer, Section);
- if (CurrentToken != NULL) {
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-EFI_STATUS
-FindToken (
- IN MEMORY_FILE *InputFile,
- IN CHAR8 *Section,
- IN CHAR8 *Token,
- IN UINTN Instance,
- OUT CHAR8 *Value
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Finds a token value given the section and token to search for.
-
-Arguments:
-
- InputFile Memory file image.
- Section The section to search for, a string within [].
- Token The token to search for, e.g. EFI_PEIM_RECOVERY, followed by an = in the INF file.
- Instance The instance of the token to search for. Zero is the first instance.
- Value The string that holds the value following the =. Must be _MAX_PATH in size.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS Value found.
- EFI_ABORTED Format error detected in INF file.
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Input argument was null.
- EFI_LOAD_ERROR Error reading from the file.
- EFI_NOT_FOUND Section/Token/Value not found.
-
---*/
-{
- CHAR8 InputBuffer[_MAX_PATH];
- CHAR8 *CurrentToken;
- BOOLEAN ParseError;
- BOOLEAN ReadError;
- UINTN Occurrance;
-
- //
- // Check input parameters
- //
- if (InputFile->FileImage == NULL ||
- InputFile->Eof == NULL ||
- InputFile->CurrentFilePointer == NULL ||
- Section == NULL ||
- strlen (Section) == 0 ||
- Token == NULL ||
- strlen (Token) == 0 ||
- Value == NULL
- ) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- //
- // Initialize error codes
- //
- ParseError = FALSE;
- ReadError = FALSE;
-
- //
- // Initialize our instance counter for the search token
- //
- Occurrance = 0;
-
- if (FindSection (InputFile, Section)) {
- //
- // Found the desired section, find and read the desired token
- //
- do {
- //
- // Read a line from the file
- //
- if (ReadLine (InputFile, InputBuffer, _MAX_PATH) == NULL) {
- //
- // Error reading from input file
- //
- ReadError = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- //
- // Get the first non-whitespace string
- //
- CurrentToken = strtok (InputBuffer, " \t\n");
- if (CurrentToken == NULL) {
- //
- // Whitespace line found (or comment) so continue
- //
- CurrentToken = InputBuffer;
- continue;
- }
- //
- // Make sure we have not reached the end of the current section
- //
- if (CurrentToken[0] == '[') {
- break;
- }
- //
- // Compare the current token with the desired token
- //
- if (strcmp (CurrentToken, Token) == 0) {
- //
- // Found it
- //
- //
- // Check if it is the correct instance
- //
- if (Instance == Occurrance) {
- //
- // Copy the contents following the =
- //
- CurrentToken = strtok (NULL, "= \t\n");
- if (CurrentToken == NULL) {
- //
- // Nothing found, parsing error
- //
- ParseError = TRUE;
- } else {
- //
- // Copy the current token to the output value
- //
- strcpy (Value, CurrentToken);
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- } else {
- //
- // Increment the occurrance found
- //
- Occurrance++;
- }
- }
- } while (
- !ParseError &&
- !ReadError &&
- InputFile->CurrentFilePointer < InputFile->Eof &&
- CurrentToken[0] != '[' &&
- Occurrance <= Instance
- );
- }
- //
- // Distinguish between read errors and INF file format errors.
- //
- if (ReadError) {
- return EFI_LOAD_ERROR;
- }
-
- if (ParseError) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
-
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-}
-
-EFI_STATUS
-StringToGuid (
- IN CHAR8 *AsciiGuidBuffer,
- OUT EFI_GUID *GuidBuffer
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Converts a string to an EFI_GUID. The string must be in the
- xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx format.
-
-Arguments:
-
- AsciiGuidBuffer - pointer to ascii string
- GuidBuffer - pointer to destination Guid
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_ABORTED Could not convert the string
- EFI_SUCCESS The string was successfully converted
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Input parameter is invalid.
-
---*/
-{
- INT32 Index;
- unsigned Data1;
- unsigned Data2;
- unsigned Data3;
- unsigned Data4[8];
-
- if (AsciiGuidBuffer == NULL || GuidBuffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- //
- // Check Guid Format strictly xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx
- //
- for (Index = 0; AsciiGuidBuffer[Index] != '\0' && Index < 37; Index ++) {
- if (Index == 8 || Index == 13 || Index == 18 || Index == 23) {
- if (AsciiGuidBuffer[Index] != '-') {
- break;
- }
- } else {
- if (((AsciiGuidBuffer[Index] >= '0') && (AsciiGuidBuffer[Index] <= '9')) ||
- ((AsciiGuidBuffer[Index] >= 'a') && (AsciiGuidBuffer[Index] <= 'f')) ||
- ((AsciiGuidBuffer[Index] >= 'A') && (AsciiGuidBuffer[Index] <= 'F'))) {
- continue;
- } else {
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (Index < 36 || AsciiGuidBuffer[36] != '\0') {
- Error (NULL, 0, 1003, "Invalid option value", "Incorrect GUID \"%s\"\n Correct Format \"xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx\"", AsciiGuidBuffer);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
-
- //
- // Scan the guid string into the buffer
- //
- Index = sscanf (
- AsciiGuidBuffer,
- "%08x-%04x-%04x-%02x%02x-%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x",
- &Data1,
- &Data2,
- &Data3,
- &Data4[0],
- &Data4[1],
- &Data4[2],
- &Data4[3],
- &Data4[4],
- &Data4[5],
- &Data4[6],
- &Data4[7]
- );
-
- //
- // Verify the correct number of items were scanned.
- //
- if (Index != 11) {
- Error (NULL, 0, 1003, "Invalid option value", "Incorrect GUID \"%s\"\n Correct Format \"xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx\"", AsciiGuidBuffer);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Copy the data into our GUID.
- //
- GuidBuffer->Data1 = (UINT32) Data1;
- GuidBuffer->Data2 = (UINT16) Data2;
- GuidBuffer->Data3 = (UINT16) Data3;
- GuidBuffer->Data4[0] = (UINT8) Data4[0];
- GuidBuffer->Data4[1] = (UINT8) Data4[1];
- GuidBuffer->Data4[2] = (UINT8) Data4[2];
- GuidBuffer->Data4[3] = (UINT8) Data4[3];
- GuidBuffer->Data4[4] = (UINT8) Data4[4];
- GuidBuffer->Data4[5] = (UINT8) Data4[5];
- GuidBuffer->Data4[6] = (UINT8) Data4[6];
- GuidBuffer->Data4[7] = (UINT8) Data4[7];
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-EFI_STATUS
-AsciiStringToUint64 (
- IN CONST CHAR8 *AsciiString,
- IN BOOLEAN IsHex,
- OUT UINT64 *ReturnValue
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Converts a null terminated ascii string that represents a number into a
- UINT64 value. A hex number may be preceeded by a 0x, but may not be
- succeeded by an h. A number without 0x or 0X is considered to be base 10
- unless the IsHex input is true.
-
-Arguments:
-
- AsciiString The string to convert.
- IsHex Force the string to be treated as a hex number.
- ReturnValue The return value.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS Number successfully converted.
- EFI_ABORTED Invalid character encountered.
-
---*/
-{
- UINT8 Index;
- UINT64 Value;
- CHAR8 CurrentChar;
-
- //
- // Initialize the result
- //
- Value = 0;
- Index = 0;
-
- //
- // Check input paramter
- //
- if (AsciiString == NULL || ReturnValue == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- while (AsciiString[Index] == ' ') {
- Index ++;
- }
-
- //
- // Add each character to the result
- //
- if (IsHex || (AsciiString[Index] == '0' && (AsciiString[Index + 1] == 'x' || AsciiString[Index + 1] == 'X'))) {
- //
- // Convert the hex string.
- //
- for (Index = Index + 2; AsciiString[Index] != '\0'; Index++) {
- CurrentChar = AsciiString[Index];
- if (CurrentChar == ' ') {
- break;
- }
- //
- // Verify Hex string
- //
- if (isxdigit ((int)CurrentChar) == 0) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Add hex value
- //
- Value *= 16;
- if (CurrentChar >= '0' && CurrentChar <= '9') {
- Value += CurrentChar - '0';
- } else if (CurrentChar >= 'a' && CurrentChar <= 'f') {
- Value += CurrentChar - 'a' + 10;
- } else if (CurrentChar >= 'A' && CurrentChar <= 'F') {
- Value += CurrentChar - 'A' + 10;
- }
- }
-
- *ReturnValue = Value;
- } else {
- //
- // Convert dec string is a number
- //
- for (; Index < strlen (AsciiString); Index++) {
- CurrentChar = AsciiString[Index];
- if (CurrentChar == ' ') {
- break;
- }
- //
- // Verify Dec string
- //
- if (isdigit ((int)CurrentChar) == 0) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Add dec value
- //
- Value = Value * 10;
- Value += CurrentChar - '0';
- }
-
- *ReturnValue = Value;
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-CHAR8 *
-ReadLineInStream (
- IN FILE *InputFile,
- IN OUT CHAR8 *InputBuffer
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This function reads a line, stripping any comments.
- // BUGBUG: This is obsolete once genmake goes away...
-
-Arguments:
-
- InputFile Stream pointer.
- InputBuffer Buffer to read into, must be _MAX_PATH size.
-
-Returns:
-
- NULL if error or EOF
- InputBuffer otherwise
-
---*/
-{
- CHAR8 *CharPtr;
-
- //
- // Verify input parameters are not null
- //
- assert (InputFile);
- assert (InputBuffer);
-
- //
- // Read a line
- //
- if (fgets (InputBuffer, _MAX_PATH, InputFile) == NULL) {
- return NULL;
- }
- //
- // Strip any comments
- //
- CharPtr = strstr (InputBuffer, "//");
- if (CharPtr != 0) {
- CharPtr[0] = 0;
- }
-
- CharPtr = strstr (InputBuffer, "#");
- if (CharPtr != 0) {
- CharPtr[0] = 0;
- }
- //
- // Return the string
- //
- return InputBuffer;
-}
-
-BOOLEAN
-FindSectionInStream (
- IN FILE *InputFile,
- IN CHAR8 *Section
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This function parses a stream file from the beginning to find a section.
- The section string may be anywhere within a line.
- // BUGBUG: This is obsolete once genmake goes away...
-
-Arguments:
-
- InputFile Stream pointer.
- Section Section to search for
-
-Returns:
-
- FALSE if error or EOF
- TRUE if section found
-
---*/
-{
- CHAR8 InputBuffer[_MAX_PATH];
- CHAR8 *CurrentToken;
-
- //
- // Verify input is not NULL
- //
- assert (InputFile);
- assert (Section);
-
- //
- // Rewind to beginning of file
- //
- if (fseek (InputFile, 0, SEEK_SET) != 0) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- //
- // Read lines until the section is found
- //
- while (feof (InputFile) == 0) {
- //
- // Read a line
- //
- ReadLineInStream (InputFile, InputBuffer);
-
- //
- // Check if the section is found
- //
- CurrentToken = strstr (InputBuffer, Section);
- if (CurrentToken != NULL) {
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/ParseInf.h b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/ParseInf.h deleted file mode 100644 index 88ded8760e..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/ParseInf.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,230 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-Module Name:
-
- ParseInf.h
-
-Abstract:
-
- Header file for helper functions useful for parsing INF files.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _EFI_PARSE_INF_H
-#define _EFI_PARSE_INF_H
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <Common/UefiBaseTypes.h>
-#include <MemoryFile.h>
-
-#ifndef _MAX_PATH
-#define _MAX_PATH 500
-#endif
-
-
-//
-// Functions declarations
-//
-CHAR8 *
-ReadLine (
- IN MEMORY_FILE *InputFile,
- IN OUT CHAR8 *InputBuffer,
- IN UINTN MaxLength
- )
-;
-
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This function reads a line, stripping any comments.
- The function reads a string from the input stream argument and stores it in
- the input string. ReadLine reads characters from the current file position
- to and including the first newline character, to the end of the stream, or
- until the number of characters read is equal to MaxLength - 1, whichever
- comes first. The newline character, if read, is replaced with a \0.
-
-Arguments:
-
- InputFile Memory file image.
- InputBuffer Buffer to read into, must be _MAX_PATH size.
- MaxLength The maximum size of the input buffer.
-
-Returns:
-
- NULL if error or EOF
- InputBuffer otherwise
-
---*/
-BOOLEAN
-FindSection (
- IN MEMORY_FILE *InputFile,
- IN CHAR8 *Section
- )
-;
-
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This function parses a file from the beginning to find a section.
- The section string may be anywhere within a line.
-
-Arguments:
-
- InputFile Memory file image.
- Section Section to search for
-
-Returns:
-
- FALSE if error or EOF
- TRUE if section found
-
---*/
-EFI_STATUS
-FindToken (
- IN MEMORY_FILE *InputFile,
- IN CHAR8 *Section,
- IN CHAR8 *Token,
- IN UINTN Instance,
- OUT CHAR8 *Value
- )
-;
-
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Finds a token value given the section and token to search for.
-
-Arguments:
-
- InputFile Memory file image.
- Section The section to search for, a string within [].
- Token The token to search for, e.g. EFI_PEIM_RECOVERY, followed by an = in the INF file.
- Instance The instance of the token to search for. Zero is the first instance.
- Value The string that holds the value following the =. Must be _MAX_PATH in size.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS Value found.
- EFI_ABORTED Format error detected in INF file.
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Input argument was null.
- EFI_LOAD_ERROR Error reading from the file.
- EFI_NOT_FOUND Section/Token/Value not found.
-
---*/
-EFI_STATUS
-StringToGuid (
- IN CHAR8 *AsciiGuidBuffer,
- OUT EFI_GUID *GuidBuffer
- )
-;
-
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Converts a string to an EFI_GUID. The string must be in the
- xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx format.
-
-Arguments:
-
- GuidBuffer - pointer to destination Guid
- AsciiGuidBuffer - pointer to ascii string
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_ABORTED Could not convert the string
- EFI_SUCCESS The string was successfully converted
-
---*/
-EFI_STATUS
-AsciiStringToUint64 (
- IN CONST CHAR8 *AsciiString,
- IN BOOLEAN IsHex,
- OUT UINT64 *ReturnValue
- )
-;
-
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Converts a null terminated ascii string that represents a number into a
- UINT64 value. A hex number may be preceeded by a 0x, but may not be
- succeeded by an h. A number without 0x or 0X is considered to be base 10
- unless the IsHex input is true.
-
-Arguments:
-
- AsciiString The string to convert.
- IsHex Force the string to be treated as a hex number.
- ReturnValue The return value.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS Number successfully converted.
- EFI_ABORTED Invalid character encountered.
-
---*/
-CHAR8 *
-ReadLineInStream (
- IN FILE *InputFile,
- IN OUT CHAR8 *InputBuffer
- )
-;
-
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This function reads a line, stripping any comments.
-
-Arguments:
-
- InputFile Stream pointer.
- InputBuffer Buffer to read into, must be _MAX_PATH size.
-
-Returns:
-
- NULL if error or EOF
- InputBuffer otherwise
-
---*/
-BOOLEAN
-FindSectionInStream (
- IN FILE *InputFile,
- IN CHAR8 *Section
- )
-;
-
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- This function parses a stream file from the beginning to find a section.
- The section string may be anywhere within a line.
-
-Arguments:
-
- InputFile Stream pointer.
- Section Section to search for
-
-Returns:
-
- FALSE if error or EOF
- TRUE if section found
-
---*/
-#endif
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/PeCoffLib.h b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/PeCoffLib.h deleted file mode 100644 index 31c6f0fca1..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/PeCoffLib.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,181 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
- Function prototypes and defines on Memory Only PE COFF loader
-
- Copyright (c) 2006, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- This program and the accompanying materials
- are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
- which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
- http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
- THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
- Module Name: PeCoffLib.h
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef __BASE_PE_COFF_LIB_H__
-#define __BASE_PE_COFF_LIB_H__
-
-//
-// Return status codes from the PE/COFF Loader services
-// BUGBUG: Find where used and see if can be replaced by RETURN_STATUS codes
-//
-#define IMAGE_ERROR_SUCCESS 0
-#define IMAGE_ERROR_IMAGE_READ 1
-#define IMAGE_ERROR_INVALID_PE_HEADER_SIGNATURE 2
-#define IMAGE_ERROR_INVALID_MACHINE_TYPE 3
-#define IMAGE_ERROR_INVALID_SUBSYSTEM 4
-#define IMAGE_ERROR_INVALID_IMAGE_ADDRESS 5
-#define IMAGE_ERROR_INVALID_IMAGE_SIZE 6
-#define IMAGE_ERROR_INVALID_SECTION_ALIGNMENT 7
-#define IMAGE_ERROR_SECTION_NOT_LOADED 8
-#define IMAGE_ERROR_FAILED_RELOCATION 9
-#define IMAGE_ERROR_FAILED_ICACHE_FLUSH 10
-
-
-//
-// PE/COFF Loader Read Function passed in by caller
-//
-typedef
-RETURN_STATUS
-(EFIAPI *PE_COFF_LOADER_READ_FILE) (
- IN VOID *FileHandle,
- IN UINTN FileOffset,
- IN OUT UINTN *ReadSize,
- OUT VOID *Buffer
- );
-
-//
-// Context structure used while PE/COFF image is being loaded and relocated
-//
-typedef struct {
- PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ImageAddress;
- UINT64 ImageSize;
- PHYSICAL_ADDRESS DestinationAddress;
- PHYSICAL_ADDRESS EntryPoint;
- PE_COFF_LOADER_READ_FILE ImageRead;
- VOID *Handle;
- VOID *FixupData;
- UINT32 SectionAlignment;
- UINT32 PeCoffHeaderOffset;
- UINT32 DebugDirectoryEntryRva;
- VOID *CodeView;
- CHAR8 *PdbPointer;
- UINTN SizeOfHeaders;
- UINT32 ImageCodeMemoryType;
- UINT32 ImageDataMemoryType;
- UINT32 ImageError;
- UINTN FixupDataSize;
- UINT16 Machine;
- UINT16 ImageType;
- BOOLEAN RelocationsStripped;
- BOOLEAN IsTeImage;
-} PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT;
-
-
-/**
- Retrieves information on a PE/COFF image
-
- @param ImageContext The context of the image being loaded
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The information on the PE/COFF image was collected.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ImageContext is NULL.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED The PE/COFF image is not supported.
- @retval Otherwise The error status from reading the PE/COFF image using the
- ImageContext->ImageRead() function
-
-**/
-RETURN_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeCoffLoaderGetImageInfo (
- IN OUT PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT *ImageContext
- )
-;
-
-/**
- Relocates a PE/COFF image in memory
-
- @param ImageContext Contains information on the loaded image to relocate
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS if the PE/COFF image was relocated
- @retval EFI_LOAD_ERROR if the image is not a valid PE/COFF image
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED not support
-
-**/
-RETURN_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeCoffLoaderRelocateImage (
- IN OUT PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT *ImageContext
- )
-;
-
-/**
- Loads a PE/COFF image into memory
-
- @param ImageContext Contains information on image to load into memory
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS if the PE/COFF image was loaded
- @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if the caller did not provide a large enough buffer
- @retval EFI_LOAD_ERROR if the image is a runtime driver with no relocations
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER if the image address is invalid
-
-**/
-RETURN_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeCoffLoaderLoadImage (
- IN OUT PE_COFF_LOADER_IMAGE_CONTEXT *ImageContext
- )
-;
-
-VOID *
-EFIAPI
-PeCoffLoaderGetPdbPointer (
- IN VOID *Pe32Data
- )
-;
-
-RETURN_STATUS
-EFIAPI
-PeCoffLoaderGetEntryPoint (
- IN VOID *Pe32Data,
- OUT VOID **EntryPoint,
- OUT VOID **BaseOfImage
- )
-;
-
-//
-// These functions are used by the ARM PE/COFF relocation code and by
-// the ELF to PE/COFF converter so that is why they are public
-//
-
-/**
- Pass in a pointer to an ARM MOVT or MOVW immediate instruciton and
- return the immediate data encoded in the instruction
-
- @param Instruction Pointer to ARM MOVT or MOVW immediate instruction
-
- @return Immediate address encoded in the instruction
-
-**/
-UINT16
-ThumbMovtImmediateAddress (
- IN UINT16 *Instruction
- );
-
-/**
- Update an ARM MOVT or MOVW immediate instruction immediate data.
-
- @param Instruction Pointer to ARM MOVT or MOVW immediate instruction
- @param Address New addres to patch into the instruction
-
-**/
-VOID
-ThumbMovtImmediatePatch (
- IN OUT UINT16 *Instruction,
- IN UINT16 Address
- );
-
-
-
-#endif
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/PeCoffLoaderEx.c b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/PeCoffLoaderEx.c deleted file mode 100644 index 5d827cefe4..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/PeCoffLoaderEx.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,435 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-Module Name:
-
- PeCoffLoaderEx.c
-
-Abstract:
-
- IA32, X64 and IPF Specific relocation fixups
-
-Revision History
-
---*/
-
-#include <Common/UefiBaseTypes.h>
-#include <IndustryStandard/PeImage.h>
-#include "PeCoffLib.h"
-
-#define EXT_IMM64(Value, Address, Size, InstPos, ValPos) \
- Value |= (((UINT64)((*(Address) >> InstPos) & (((UINT64)1 << Size) - 1))) << ValPos)
-
-#define INS_IMM64(Value, Address, Size, InstPos, ValPos) \
- *(UINT32*)Address = (*(UINT32*)Address & ~(((1 << Size) - 1) << InstPos)) | \
- ((UINT32)((((UINT64)Value >> ValPos) & (((UINT64)1 << Size) - 1))) << InstPos)
-
-#define IMM64_IMM7B_INST_WORD_X 3
-#define IMM64_IMM7B_SIZE_X 7
-#define IMM64_IMM7B_INST_WORD_POS_X 4
-#define IMM64_IMM7B_VAL_POS_X 0
-
-#define IMM64_IMM9D_INST_WORD_X 3
-#define IMM64_IMM9D_SIZE_X 9
-#define IMM64_IMM9D_INST_WORD_POS_X 18
-#define IMM64_IMM9D_VAL_POS_X 7
-
-#define IMM64_IMM5C_INST_WORD_X 3
-#define IMM64_IMM5C_SIZE_X 5
-#define IMM64_IMM5C_INST_WORD_POS_X 13
-#define IMM64_IMM5C_VAL_POS_X 16
-
-#define IMM64_IC_INST_WORD_X 3
-#define IMM64_IC_SIZE_X 1
-#define IMM64_IC_INST_WORD_POS_X 12
-#define IMM64_IC_VAL_POS_X 21
-
-#define IMM64_IMM41a_INST_WORD_X 1
-#define IMM64_IMM41a_SIZE_X 10
-#define IMM64_IMM41a_INST_WORD_POS_X 14
-#define IMM64_IMM41a_VAL_POS_X 22
-
-#define IMM64_IMM41b_INST_WORD_X 1
-#define IMM64_IMM41b_SIZE_X 8
-#define IMM64_IMM41b_INST_WORD_POS_X 24
-#define IMM64_IMM41b_VAL_POS_X 32
-
-#define IMM64_IMM41c_INST_WORD_X 2
-#define IMM64_IMM41c_SIZE_X 23
-#define IMM64_IMM41c_INST_WORD_POS_X 0
-#define IMM64_IMM41c_VAL_POS_X 40
-
-#define IMM64_SIGN_INST_WORD_X 3
-#define IMM64_SIGN_SIZE_X 1
-#define IMM64_SIGN_INST_WORD_POS_X 27
-#define IMM64_SIGN_VAL_POS_X 63
-
-RETURN_STATUS
-PeCoffLoaderRelocateIa32Image (
- IN UINT16 *Reloc,
- IN OUT CHAR8 *Fixup,
- IN OUT CHAR8 **FixupData,
- IN UINT64 Adjust
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Performs an IA-32 specific relocation fixup
-
-Arguments:
-
- Reloc - Pointer to the relocation record
-
- Fixup - Pointer to the address to fix up
-
- FixupData - Pointer to a buffer to log the fixups
-
- Adjust - The offset to adjust the fixup
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_UNSUPPORTED - Unsupported now
-
---*/
-{
- return RETURN_UNSUPPORTED;
-}
-
-RETURN_STATUS
-PeCoffLoaderRelocateIpfImage (
- IN UINT16 *Reloc,
- IN OUT CHAR8 *Fixup,
- IN OUT CHAR8 **FixupData,
- IN UINT64 Adjust
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Performs an Itanium-based specific relocation fixup
-
-Arguments:
-
- Reloc - Pointer to the relocation record
-
- Fixup - Pointer to the address to fix up
-
- FixupData - Pointer to a buffer to log the fixups
-
- Adjust - The offset to adjust the fixup
-
-Returns:
-
- Status code
-
---*/
-{
- UINT64 *F64;
- UINT64 FixupVal;
-
- switch ((*Reloc) >> 12) {
-
- case EFI_IMAGE_REL_BASED_DIR64:
- F64 = (UINT64 *) Fixup;
- *F64 = *F64 + (UINT64) Adjust;
- if (*FixupData != NULL) {
- *FixupData = ALIGN_POINTER(*FixupData, sizeof(UINT64));
- *(UINT64 *)(*FixupData) = *F64;
- *FixupData = *FixupData + sizeof(UINT64);
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_IMAGE_REL_BASED_IA64_IMM64:
-
- //
- // Align it to bundle address before fixing up the
- // 64-bit immediate value of the movl instruction.
- //
-
- Fixup = (CHAR8 *)((UINTN) Fixup & (UINTN) ~(15));
- FixupVal = (UINT64)0;
-
- //
- // Extract the lower 32 bits of IMM64 from bundle
- //
- EXT_IMM64(FixupVal,
- (UINT32 *)Fixup + IMM64_IMM7B_INST_WORD_X,
- IMM64_IMM7B_SIZE_X,
- IMM64_IMM7B_INST_WORD_POS_X,
- IMM64_IMM7B_VAL_POS_X
- );
-
- EXT_IMM64(FixupVal,
- (UINT32 *)Fixup + IMM64_IMM9D_INST_WORD_X,
- IMM64_IMM9D_SIZE_X,
- IMM64_IMM9D_INST_WORD_POS_X,
- IMM64_IMM9D_VAL_POS_X
- );
-
- EXT_IMM64(FixupVal,
- (UINT32 *)Fixup + IMM64_IMM5C_INST_WORD_X,
- IMM64_IMM5C_SIZE_X,
- IMM64_IMM5C_INST_WORD_POS_X,
- IMM64_IMM5C_VAL_POS_X
- );
-
- EXT_IMM64(FixupVal,
- (UINT32 *)Fixup + IMM64_IC_INST_WORD_X,
- IMM64_IC_SIZE_X,
- IMM64_IC_INST_WORD_POS_X,
- IMM64_IC_VAL_POS_X
- );
-
- EXT_IMM64(FixupVal,
- (UINT32 *)Fixup + IMM64_IMM41a_INST_WORD_X,
- IMM64_IMM41a_SIZE_X,
- IMM64_IMM41a_INST_WORD_POS_X,
- IMM64_IMM41a_VAL_POS_X
- );
-
- //
- // Update 64-bit address
- //
- FixupVal += Adjust;
-
- //
- // Insert IMM64 into bundle
- //
- INS_IMM64(FixupVal,
- ((UINT32 *)Fixup + IMM64_IMM7B_INST_WORD_X),
- IMM64_IMM7B_SIZE_X,
- IMM64_IMM7B_INST_WORD_POS_X,
- IMM64_IMM7B_VAL_POS_X
- );
-
- INS_IMM64(FixupVal,
- ((UINT32 *)Fixup + IMM64_IMM9D_INST_WORD_X),
- IMM64_IMM9D_SIZE_X,
- IMM64_IMM9D_INST_WORD_POS_X,
- IMM64_IMM9D_VAL_POS_X
- );
-
- INS_IMM64(FixupVal,
- ((UINT32 *)Fixup + IMM64_IMM5C_INST_WORD_X),
- IMM64_IMM5C_SIZE_X,
- IMM64_IMM5C_INST_WORD_POS_X,
- IMM64_IMM5C_VAL_POS_X
- );
-
- INS_IMM64(FixupVal,
- ((UINT32 *)Fixup + IMM64_IC_INST_WORD_X),
- IMM64_IC_SIZE_X,
- IMM64_IC_INST_WORD_POS_X,
- IMM64_IC_VAL_POS_X
- );
-
- INS_IMM64(FixupVal,
- ((UINT32 *)Fixup + IMM64_IMM41a_INST_WORD_X),
- IMM64_IMM41a_SIZE_X,
- IMM64_IMM41a_INST_WORD_POS_X,
- IMM64_IMM41a_VAL_POS_X
- );
-
- INS_IMM64(FixupVal,
- ((UINT32 *)Fixup + IMM64_IMM41b_INST_WORD_X),
- IMM64_IMM41b_SIZE_X,
- IMM64_IMM41b_INST_WORD_POS_X,
- IMM64_IMM41b_VAL_POS_X
- );
-
- INS_IMM64(FixupVal,
- ((UINT32 *)Fixup + IMM64_IMM41c_INST_WORD_X),
- IMM64_IMM41c_SIZE_X,
- IMM64_IMM41c_INST_WORD_POS_X,
- IMM64_IMM41c_VAL_POS_X
- );
-
- INS_IMM64(FixupVal,
- ((UINT32 *)Fixup + IMM64_SIGN_INST_WORD_X),
- IMM64_SIGN_SIZE_X,
- IMM64_SIGN_INST_WORD_POS_X,
- IMM64_SIGN_VAL_POS_X
- );
-
- F64 = (UINT64 *) Fixup;
- if (*FixupData != NULL) {
- *FixupData = ALIGN_POINTER(*FixupData, sizeof(UINT64));
- *(UINT64 *)(*FixupData) = *F64;
- *FixupData = *FixupData + sizeof(UINT64);
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- return RETURN_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- return RETURN_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-RETURN_STATUS
-PeCoffLoaderRelocateX64Image (
- IN UINT16 *Reloc,
- IN OUT CHAR8 *Fixup,
- IN OUT CHAR8 **FixupData,
- IN UINT64 Adjust
- )
-/**
- Performs an x64 specific relocation fixup
-
- @param Reloc Pointer to the relocation record
- @param Fixup Pointer to the address to fix up
- @param FixupData Pointer to a buffer to log the fixups
- @param Adjust The offset to adjust the fixup
-
- @retval RETURN_SUCCESS Success to perform relocation
- @retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED Unsupported.
-**/
-{
- UINT64 *F64;
-
- switch ((*Reloc) >> 12) {
-
- case EFI_IMAGE_REL_BASED_DIR64:
- F64 = (UINT64 *) Fixup;
- *F64 = *F64 + (UINT64) Adjust;
- if (*FixupData != NULL) {
- *FixupData = ALIGN_POINTER(*FixupData, sizeof(UINT64));
- *(UINT64 *)(*FixupData) = *F64;
- *FixupData = *FixupData + sizeof(UINT64);
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- return RETURN_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- return RETURN_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Pass in a pointer to an ARM MOVT or MOVW immediate instruciton and
- return the immediate data encoded in the instruction
-
- @param Instruction Pointer to ARM MOVT or MOVW immediate instruction
-
- @return Immediate address encoded in the instruction
-
-**/
-UINT16
-ThumbMovtImmediateAddress (
- IN UINT16 *Instruction
- )
-{
- UINT32 Movt;
- UINT16 Address;
-
- // Thumb2 is two 16-bit instructions working together. Not a single 32-bit instruction
- // Example MOVT R0, #0 is 0x0000f2c0 or 0xf2c0 0x0000
- Movt = (*Instruction << 16) | (*(Instruction + 1));
-
- // imm16 = imm4:i:imm3:imm8
- // imm4 -> Bit19:Bit16
- // i -> Bit26
- // imm3 -> Bit14:Bit12
- // imm8 -> Bit7:Bit0
- Address = (UINT16)(Movt & 0x000000ff); // imm8
- Address |= (UINT16)((Movt >> 4) & 0x0000f700); // imm4 imm3
- Address |= (((Movt & BIT26) != 0) ? BIT11 : 0); // i
- return Address;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Update an ARM MOVT or MOVW immediate instruction immediate data.
-
- @param Instruction Pointer to ARM MOVT or MOVW immediate instruction
- @param Address New addres to patch into the instruction
-**/
-VOID
-ThumbMovtImmediatePatch (
- IN OUT UINT16 *Instruction,
- IN UINT16 Address
- )
-{
- UINT16 Patch;
-
- // First 16-bit chunk of instruciton
- Patch = ((Address >> 12) & 0x000f); // imm4
- Patch |= (((Address & BIT11) != 0) ? BIT10 : 0); // i
- *Instruction = (*Instruction & ~0x040f) | Patch;
-
- // Second 16-bit chunk of instruction
- Patch = Address & 0x000000ff; // imm8
- Patch |= ((Address << 4) & 0x00007000); // imm3
- Instruction++;
- *Instruction = (*Instruction & ~0x70ff) | Patch;
-}
-
-/**
- Performs an ARM-based specific relocation fixup and is a no-op on other
- instruction sets.
-
- @param Reloc Pointer to the relocation record.
- @param Fixup Pointer to the address to fix up.
- @param FixupData Pointer to a buffer to log the fixups.
- @param Adjust The offset to adjust the fixup.
-
- @return Status code.
-
-**/
-RETURN_STATUS
-PeCoffLoaderRelocateArmImage (
- IN UINT16 **Reloc,
- IN OUT CHAR8 *Fixup,
- IN OUT CHAR8 **FixupData,
- IN UINT64 Adjust
- )
-{
- UINT16 *Fixup16;
- UINT16 FixupVal;
- UINT16 *Addend;
-
- Fixup16 = (UINT16 *) Fixup;
-
- switch ((**Reloc) >> 12) {
- case EFI_IMAGE_REL_BASED_ARM_THUMB_MOVW:
- FixupVal = ThumbMovtImmediateAddress (Fixup16) + (UINT16)Adjust;
- ThumbMovtImmediatePatch (Fixup16, FixupVal);
-
- if (*FixupData != NULL) {
- *FixupData = ALIGN_POINTER (*FixupData, sizeof (UINT16));
- *(UINT16 *)*FixupData = *Fixup16;
- *FixupData = *FixupData + sizeof (UINT16);
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_IMAGE_REL_BASED_ARM_THUMB_MOVT:
- // For MOVT you need to know the lower 16-bits do do the math
- // So this relocation entry is really two entries.
- *Reloc = *Reloc + 1;
- Addend = *Reloc;
- FixupVal = (UINT16)(((ThumbMovtImmediateAddress (Fixup16) << 16) + Adjust + *Addend) >> 16);
- ThumbMovtImmediatePatch (Fixup16, FixupVal);
-
- if (*FixupData != NULL) {
- *FixupData = ALIGN_POINTER (*FixupData, sizeof (UINT16));
- *(UINT16 *)*FixupData = *Fixup16;
- *FixupData = *FixupData + sizeof (UINT16);
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- return RETURN_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- return RETURN_SUCCESS;
-}
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/SimpleFileParsing.c b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/SimpleFileParsing.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0f6151819c..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/SimpleFileParsing.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1443 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-Module Name:
-
- SimpleFileParsing.c
-
-Abstract:
-
- Generic but simple file parsing routines.
-
---*/
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-#include "EfiUtilityMsgs.h"
-#include "SimpleFileParsing.h"
-
-#ifndef MAX_PATH
-#define MAX_PATH 255
-#endif
-//
-// just in case we get in an endless loop.
-//
-#define MAX_NEST_DEPTH 20
-//
-// number of wchars
-//
-#define MAX_STRING_IDENTIFIER_NAME 100
-
-#define T_CHAR_SPACE ' '
-#define T_CHAR_NULL 0
-#define T_CHAR_CR '\r'
-#define T_CHAR_TAB '\t'
-#define T_CHAR_LF '\n'
-#define T_CHAR_SLASH '/'
-#define T_CHAR_BACKSLASH '\\'
-#define T_CHAR_DOUBLE_QUOTE '"'
-#define T_CHAR_LC_X 'x'
-#define T_CHAR_0 '0'
-#define T_CHAR_STAR '*'
-
-//
-// We keep a linked list of these for the source files we process
-//
-typedef struct _SOURCE_FILE {
- FILE *Fptr;
- CHAR8 *FileBuffer;
- CHAR8 *FileBufferPtr;
- UINTN FileSize;
- CHAR8 FileName[MAX_PATH];
- UINTN LineNum;
- BOOLEAN EndOfFile;
- BOOLEAN SkipToHash;
- struct _SOURCE_FILE *Previous;
- struct _SOURCE_FILE *Next;
- CHAR8 ControlCharacter;
-} SOURCE_FILE;
-
-typedef struct {
- CHAR8 *FileBufferPtr;
-} FILE_POSITION;
-
-//
-// Keep all our module globals in this structure
-//
-STATIC struct {
- SOURCE_FILE SourceFile;
- BOOLEAN VerboseFile;
- BOOLEAN VerboseToken;
-} mGlobals;
-
-STATIC
-UINTN
-t_strcmp (
- CHAR8 *Buffer,
- CHAR8 *Str
- );
-
-STATIC
-UINTN
-t_strncmp (
- CHAR8 *Str1,
- CHAR8 *Str2,
- INTN Len
- );
-
-STATIC
-UINTN
-t_strlen (
- CHAR8 *Str
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-RewindFile (
- SOURCE_FILE *SourceFile
- );
-
-STATIC
-BOOLEAN
-IsWhiteSpace (
- SOURCE_FILE *SourceFile
- );
-
-STATIC
-UINTN
-SkipWhiteSpace (
- SOURCE_FILE *SourceFile
- );
-
-STATIC
-BOOLEAN
-EndOfFile (
- SOURCE_FILE *SourceFile
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-PreprocessFile (
- SOURCE_FILE *SourceFile
- );
-
-STATIC
-CHAR8 *
-t_strcpy (
- CHAR8 *Dest,
- CHAR8 *Src
- );
-
-STATIC
-STATUS
-ProcessIncludeFile (
- SOURCE_FILE *SourceFile,
- SOURCE_FILE *ParentSourceFile
- );
-
-STATIC
-STATUS
-ProcessFile (
- SOURCE_FILE *SourceFile
- );
-
-STATIC
-STATUS
-GetFilePosition (
- FILE_POSITION *Fpos
- );
-
-STATIC
-STATUS
-SetFilePosition (
- FILE_POSITION *Fpos
- );
-
-STATUS
-SFPInit (
- VOID
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
-Arguments:
- None.
-
-Returns:
- STATUS_SUCCESS always
-
---*/
-{
- memset ((VOID *) &mGlobals, 0, sizeof (mGlobals));
- return STATUS_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-UINTN
-SFPGetLineNumber (
- VOID
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
- Return the line number of the file we're parsing. Used
- for error reporting purposes.
-
-Arguments:
- None.
-
-Returns:
- The line number, or 0 if no file is being processed
-
---*/
-{
- return mGlobals.SourceFile.LineNum;
-}
-
-CHAR8 *
-SFPGetFileName (
- VOID
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
- Return the name of the file we're parsing. Used
- for error reporting purposes.
-
-Arguments:
- None.
-
-Returns:
- A pointer to the file name. Null if no file is being
- processed.
-
---*/
-{
- if (mGlobals.SourceFile.FileName[0]) {
- return mGlobals.SourceFile.FileName;
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-STATUS
-SFPOpenFile (
- CHAR8 *FileName
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
- Open a file for parsing.
-
-Arguments:
- FileName - name of the file to parse
-
-Returns:
-
-
---*/
-{
- STATUS Status;
- t_strcpy (mGlobals.SourceFile.FileName, FileName);
- Status = ProcessIncludeFile (&mGlobals.SourceFile, NULL);
- return Status;
-}
-
-BOOLEAN
-SFPIsToken (
- CHAR8 *Str
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
- Check to see if the specified token is found at
- the current position in the input file.
-
-Arguments:
- Str - the token to look for
-
-Returns:
- TRUE - the token is next
- FALSE - the token is not next
-
-Notes:
- We do a simple string comparison on this function. It is
- the responsibility of the caller to ensure that the token
- is not a subset of some other token.
-
- The file pointer is advanced past the token in the input file.
-
---*/
-{
- UINTN Len;
- SkipWhiteSpace (&mGlobals.SourceFile);
- if (EndOfFile (&mGlobals.SourceFile)) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- if ((Len = t_strcmp (mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr, Str)) > 0) {
- mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr += Len;
- if (mGlobals.VerboseToken) {
- printf ("Token: '%s'\n", Str);
- }
-
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-BOOLEAN
-SFPIsKeyword (
- CHAR8 *Str
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
- Check to see if the specified keyword is found at
- the current position in the input file.
-
-Arguments:
- Str - keyword to look for
-
-Returns:
- TRUE - the keyword is next
- FALSE - the keyword is not next
-
-Notes:
- A keyword is defined as a "special" string that has a non-alphanumeric
- character following it.
-
---*/
-{
- UINTN Len;
- SkipWhiteSpace (&mGlobals.SourceFile);
- if (EndOfFile (&mGlobals.SourceFile)) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- if ((Len = t_strcmp (mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr, Str)) > 0) {
- if (isalnum ((int)mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr[Len])) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr += Len;
- if (mGlobals.VerboseToken) {
- printf ("Token: '%s'\n", Str);
- }
-
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-BOOLEAN
-SFPGetNextToken (
- CHAR8 *Str,
- UINTN Len
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
- Get the next token from the input stream.
-
-Arguments:
- Str - pointer to a copy of the next token
- Len - size of buffer pointed to by Str
-
-Returns:
- TRUE - next token successfully returned
- FALSE - otherwise
-
-Notes:
- Preceeding white space is ignored.
- The parser's buffer pointer is advanced past the end of the
- token.
-
---*/
-{
- UINTN Index;
- CHAR8 TempChar;
-
- SkipWhiteSpace (&mGlobals.SourceFile);
- if (EndOfFile (&mGlobals.SourceFile)) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- //
- // Have to have enough string for at least one char and a null-terminator
- //
- if (Len < 2) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- //
- // Look at the first character. If it's an identifier, then treat it
- // as such
- //
- TempChar = mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr[0];
- if (((TempChar >= 'a') && (TempChar <= 'z')) || ((TempChar >= 'A') && (TempChar <= 'Z')) || (TempChar == '_')) {
- Str[0] = TempChar;
- mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr++;
- Index = 1;
- while (!EndOfFile (&mGlobals.SourceFile) && (Index < Len)) {
- TempChar = mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr[0];
- if (((TempChar >= 'a') && (TempChar <= 'z')) ||
- ((TempChar >= 'A') && (TempChar <= 'Z')) ||
- ((TempChar >= '0') && (TempChar <= '9')) ||
- (TempChar == '_')
- ) {
- Str[Index] = mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr[0];
- mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr++;
- Index++;
- } else {
- //
- // Invalid character for symbol name, so break out
- //
- break;
- }
- }
- //
- // Null terminate and return success
- //
- Str[Index] = 0;
- return TRUE;
- } else if ((TempChar == ')') || (TempChar == '(') || (TempChar == '*')) {
- Str[0] = mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr[0];
- mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr++;
- Str[1] = 0;
- return TRUE;
- } else {
- //
- // Everything else is white-space (or EOF) separated
- //
- Index = 0;
- while (!EndOfFile (&mGlobals.SourceFile) && (Index < Len)) {
- if (IsWhiteSpace (&mGlobals.SourceFile)) {
- if (Index > 0) {
- Str[Index] = 0;
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- return FALSE;
- } else {
- Str[Index] = mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr[0];
- mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr++;
- Index++;
- }
- }
- //
- // See if we just ran out of file contents, but did find a token
- //
- if ((Index > 0) && EndOfFile (&mGlobals.SourceFile)) {
- Str[Index] = 0;
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-BOOLEAN
-SFPGetGuidToken (
- CHAR8 *Str,
- UINT32 Len
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
- Parse a GUID from the input stream. Stop when you discover white space.
-
-Arguments:
- Str - pointer to a copy of the next token
- Len - size of buffer pointed to by Str
-
-Returns:
- TRUE - GUID string returned successfully
- FALSE - otherwise
-
---*/
-{
- UINT32 Index;
- SkipWhiteSpace (&mGlobals.SourceFile);
- if (EndOfFile (&mGlobals.SourceFile)) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- Index = 0;
- while (!EndOfFile (&mGlobals.SourceFile) && (Index < Len)) {
- if (IsWhiteSpace (&mGlobals.SourceFile)) {
- if (Index > 0) {
- Str[Index] = 0;
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- return FALSE;
- } else {
- Str[Index] = mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr[0];
- mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr++;
- Index++;
- }
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-BOOLEAN
-SFPSkipToToken (
- CHAR8 *Str
- )
-{
- UINTN Len;
- CHAR8 *SavePos;
- Len = t_strlen (Str);
- SavePos = mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr;
- SkipWhiteSpace (&mGlobals.SourceFile);
- while (!EndOfFile (&mGlobals.SourceFile)) {
- if (t_strncmp (Str, mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr, Len) == 0) {
- mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr += Len;
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr++;
- SkipWhiteSpace (&mGlobals.SourceFile);
- }
-
- mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr = SavePos;
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-BOOLEAN
-SFPGetNumber (
- UINTN *Value
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
- Check the token at the current file position for a numeric value.
- May be either decimal or hex.
-
-Arguments:
- Value - pointer where to store the value
-
-Returns:
- FALSE - current token is not a number
- TRUE - current token is a number
-
---*/
-{
- unsigned Val;
-
- SkipWhiteSpace (&mGlobals.SourceFile);
- if (EndOfFile (&mGlobals.SourceFile)) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- if (isdigit ((int)mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr[0])) {
- //
- // Check for hex value
- //
- if ((mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr[0] == T_CHAR_0) && (mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr[1] == T_CHAR_LC_X)) {
- if (!isxdigit ((int)mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr[2])) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr += 2;
- sscanf (mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr, "%x", &Val);
- *Value = (UINT32) Val;
- while (isxdigit ((int)mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr[0])) {
- mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr++;
- }
-
- return TRUE;
- } else {
- *Value = atoi (mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr);
- while (isdigit ((int)mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr[0])) {
- mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr++;
- }
-
- return TRUE;
- }
- } else {
- return FALSE;
- }
-}
-
-STATUS
-SFPCloseFile (
- VOID
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
- Close the file being parsed.
-
-Arguments:
- None.
-
-Returns:
- STATUS_SUCCESS - the file was closed
- STATUS_ERROR - no file is currently open
-
---*/
-{
- if (mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBuffer != NULL) {
- free (mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBuffer);
- memset (&mGlobals.SourceFile, 0, sizeof (mGlobals.SourceFile));
- return STATUS_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- return STATUS_ERROR;
-}
-
-STATIC
-STATUS
-ProcessIncludeFile (
- SOURCE_FILE *SourceFile,
- SOURCE_FILE *ParentSourceFile
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Given a source file, open the file and parse it
-
-Arguments:
-
- SourceFile - name of file to parse
- ParentSourceFile - for error reporting purposes, the file that #included SourceFile.
-
-Returns:
-
- Standard status.
-
---*/
-{
- STATIC UINTN NestDepth = 0;
- CHAR8 FoundFileName[MAX_PATH];
- STATUS Status;
-
- Status = STATUS_SUCCESS;
- NestDepth++;
- //
- // Print the file being processed. Indent so you can tell the include nesting
- // depth.
- //
- if (mGlobals.VerboseFile) {
- fprintf (stdout, "%*cProcessing file '%s'\n", (int)NestDepth * 2, ' ', SourceFile->FileName);
- fprintf (stdout, "Parent source file = '%s'\n", ParentSourceFile->FileName);
- }
-
- //
- // Make sure we didn't exceed our maximum nesting depth
- //
- if (NestDepth > MAX_NEST_DEPTH) {
- Error (NULL, 0, 3001, "Not Supported", "%s exceeeds max nesting depth (%u)", SourceFile->FileName, (unsigned) NestDepth);
- Status = STATUS_ERROR;
- goto Finish;
- }
- //
- // Try to open the file locally, and if that fails try along our include paths.
- //
- strcpy (FoundFileName, SourceFile->FileName);
- if ((SourceFile->Fptr = fopen (FoundFileName, "rb")) == NULL) {
- return STATUS_ERROR;
- }
- //
- // Process the file found
- //
- ProcessFile (SourceFile);
-Finish:
- //
- // Close open files and return status
- //
- if (SourceFile->Fptr != NULL) {
- fclose (SourceFile->Fptr);
- SourceFile->Fptr = NULL;
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-STATIC
-STATUS
-ProcessFile (
- SOURCE_FILE *SourceFile
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Given a source file that's been opened, read the contents into an internal
- buffer and pre-process it to remove comments.
-
-Arguments:
-
- SourceFile - structure containing info on the file to process
-
-Returns:
-
- Standard status.
-
---*/
-{
- //
- // Get the file size, and then read the entire thing into memory.
- // Allocate extra space for a terminator character.
- //
- fseek (SourceFile->Fptr, 0, SEEK_END);
- SourceFile->FileSize = ftell (SourceFile->Fptr);
- if (mGlobals.VerboseFile) {
- printf ("FileSize = %u (0x%X)\n", (unsigned) SourceFile->FileSize, (unsigned) SourceFile->FileSize);
- }
-
- fseek (SourceFile->Fptr, 0, SEEK_SET);
- SourceFile->FileBuffer = (CHAR8 *) malloc (SourceFile->FileSize + sizeof (CHAR8 ));
- if (SourceFile->FileBuffer == NULL) {
- Error (NULL, 0, 4001, "Resource: memory cannot be allocated", NULL);
- return STATUS_ERROR;
- }
-
- fread ((VOID *) SourceFile->FileBuffer, SourceFile->FileSize, 1, SourceFile->Fptr);
- SourceFile->FileBuffer[(SourceFile->FileSize / sizeof (CHAR8 ))] = T_CHAR_NULL;
- //
- // Pre-process the file to replace comments with spaces
- //
- PreprocessFile (SourceFile);
- SourceFile->LineNum = 1;
- return STATUS_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-PreprocessFile (
- SOURCE_FILE *SourceFile
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
- Preprocess a file to replace all carriage returns with NULLs so
- we can print lines (as part of error messages) from the file to the screen.
-
-Arguments:
- SourceFile - structure that we use to keep track of an input file.
-
-Returns:
- Nothing.
-
---*/
-{
- BOOLEAN InComment;
- BOOLEAN SlashSlashComment;
- int LineNum;
-
- RewindFile (SourceFile);
- InComment = FALSE;
- SlashSlashComment = FALSE;
- while (!EndOfFile (SourceFile)) {
- //
- // If a line-feed, then no longer in a comment if we're in a // comment
- //
- if (SourceFile->FileBufferPtr[0] == T_CHAR_LF) {
- SourceFile->FileBufferPtr++;
- SourceFile->LineNum++;
- if (InComment && SlashSlashComment) {
- InComment = FALSE;
- SlashSlashComment = FALSE;
- }
- } else if (SourceFile->FileBufferPtr[0] == T_CHAR_CR) {
- //
- // Replace all carriage returns with a NULL so we can print stuff
- //
- SourceFile->FileBufferPtr[0] = 0;
- SourceFile->FileBufferPtr++;
- //
- // Check for */ comment end
- //
- } else if (InComment &&
- !SlashSlashComment &&
- (SourceFile->FileBufferPtr[0] == T_CHAR_STAR) &&
- (SourceFile->FileBufferPtr[1] == T_CHAR_SLASH)
- ) {
- SourceFile->FileBufferPtr[0] = T_CHAR_SPACE;
- SourceFile->FileBufferPtr++;
- SourceFile->FileBufferPtr[0] = T_CHAR_SPACE;
- SourceFile->FileBufferPtr++;
- InComment = FALSE;
- } else if (InComment) {
- SourceFile->FileBufferPtr[0] = T_CHAR_SPACE;
- SourceFile->FileBufferPtr++;
- //
- // Check for // comments
- //
- } else if ((SourceFile->FileBufferPtr[0] == T_CHAR_SLASH) && (SourceFile->FileBufferPtr[1] == T_CHAR_SLASH)) {
- InComment = TRUE;
- SlashSlashComment = TRUE;
- //
- // Check for /* comment start
- //
- } else if ((SourceFile->FileBufferPtr[0] == T_CHAR_SLASH) && (SourceFile->FileBufferPtr[1] == T_CHAR_STAR)) {
- SourceFile->FileBufferPtr[0] = T_CHAR_SPACE;
- SourceFile->FileBufferPtr++;
- SourceFile->FileBufferPtr[0] = T_CHAR_SPACE;
- SourceFile->FileBufferPtr++;
- SlashSlashComment = FALSE;
- InComment = TRUE;
- } else {
- SourceFile->FileBufferPtr++;
- }
- }
- //
- // Could check for end-of-file and still in a comment, but
- // should not be necessary. So just restore the file pointers.
- //
- RewindFile (SourceFile);
- //
- // Dump the reformatted file if verbose mode
- //
- if (mGlobals.VerboseFile) {
- LineNum = 1;
- printf ("%04d: ", LineNum);
- while (!EndOfFile (SourceFile)) {
- if (SourceFile->FileBufferPtr[0] == T_CHAR_LF) {
- printf ("'\n%04d: '", ++LineNum);
- } else {
- printf ("%c", SourceFile->FileBufferPtr[0]);
- }
-
- SourceFile->FileBufferPtr++;
- }
-
- printf ("'\n");
- printf ("FileSize = %u (0x%X)\n", (unsigned)SourceFile->FileSize, (unsigned)SourceFile->FileSize);
- RewindFile (SourceFile);
- }
-}
-
-BOOLEAN
-SFPGetQuotedString (
- CHAR8 *Str,
- INTN Length
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
- Retrieve a quoted-string from the input file.
-
-Arguments:
- Str - pointer to a copy of the quoted string parsed
- Length - size of buffer pointed to by Str
-
-Returns:
- TRUE - next token in input stream was a quoted string, and
- the string value was returned in Str
- FALSE - otherwise
-
---*/
-{
- SkipWhiteSpace (&mGlobals.SourceFile);
- if (EndOfFile (&mGlobals.SourceFile)) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- if (mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr[0] == T_CHAR_DOUBLE_QUOTE) {
- mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr++;
- while (Length > 0) {
- if (EndOfFile (&mGlobals.SourceFile)) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- //
- // Check for closing quote
- //
- if (mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr[0] == T_CHAR_DOUBLE_QUOTE) {
- mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr++;
- *Str = 0;
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- *Str = mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr[0];
- Str++;
- Length--;
- mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr++;
- }
- }
- //
- // First character was not a quote, or the input string length was
- // insufficient to contain the quoted string, so return failure code.
- //
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-BOOLEAN
-SFPIsEOF (
- VOID
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
- Return TRUE of FALSE to indicate whether or not we've reached the end of the
- file we're parsing.
-
-Arguments:
- NA
-
-Returns:
- TRUE - EOF reached
- FALSE - otherwise
-
---*/
-{
- SkipWhiteSpace (&mGlobals.SourceFile);
- return EndOfFile (&mGlobals.SourceFile);
-}
-
-#if 0
-STATIC
-CHAR8 *
-GetQuotedString (
- SOURCE_FILE *SourceFile,
- BOOLEAN Optional
- )
-{
- CHAR8 *String;
- CHAR8 *Start;
- CHAR8 *Ptr;
- UINTN Len;
- BOOLEAN PreviousBackslash;
-
- if (SourceFile->FileBufferPtr[0] != T_CHAR_DOUBLE_QUOTE) {
- if (Optional == FALSE) {
- Error (SourceFile->FileName, SourceFile->LineNum, 0, "expected quoted string", "%S", SourceFile->FileBufferPtr);
- }
-
- return NULL;
- }
-
- Len = 0;
- SourceFile->FileBufferPtr++;
- Start = Ptr = SourceFile->FileBufferPtr;
- PreviousBackslash = FALSE;
- while (!EndOfFile (SourceFile)) {
- if ((SourceFile->FileBufferPtr[0] == T_CHAR_DOUBLE_QUOTE) && (PreviousBackslash == FALSE)) {
- break;
- } else if (SourceFile->FileBufferPtr[0] == T_CHAR_CR) {
- Warning (SourceFile->FileName, SourceFile->LineNum, 0, "carriage return found in quoted string", "%S", Start);
- PreviousBackslash = FALSE;
- } else if (SourceFile->FileBufferPtr[0] == T_CHAR_BACKSLASH) {
- PreviousBackslash = TRUE;
- } else {
- PreviousBackslash = FALSE;
- }
-
- SourceFile->FileBufferPtr++;
- Len++;
- }
-
- if (SourceFile->FileBufferPtr[0] != T_CHAR_DOUBLE_QUOTE) {
- Warning (SourceFile->FileName, SourceFile->LineNum, 0, "missing closing quote on string", "%S", Start);
- } else {
- SourceFile->FileBufferPtr++;
- }
- //
- // Now allocate memory for the string and save it off
- //
- String = (CHAR8 *) malloc ((Len + 1) * sizeof (CHAR8 ));
- if (String == NULL) {
- Error (NULL, 0, 4001, "Resource: memory cannot be allocated", NULL);
- return NULL;
- }
- //
- // Copy the string from the file buffer to the local copy.
- // We do no reformatting of it whatsoever at this point.
- //
- Ptr = String;
- while (Len > 0) {
- *Ptr = *Start;
- Start++;
- Ptr++;
- Len--;
- }
-
- *Ptr = 0;
- return String;
-}
-#endif
-STATIC
-BOOLEAN
-EndOfFile (
- SOURCE_FILE *SourceFile
- )
-{
- //
- // The file buffer pointer will typically get updated before the End-of-file flag in the
- // source file structure, so check it first.
- //
- if (SourceFile->FileBufferPtr >= SourceFile->FileBuffer + SourceFile->FileSize / sizeof (CHAR8 )) {
- SourceFile->EndOfFile = TRUE;
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- if (SourceFile->EndOfFile) {
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-#if 0
-STATIC
-VOID
-ProcessTokenInclude (
- SOURCE_FILE *SourceFile
- )
-{
- CHAR8 IncludeFileName[MAX_PATH];
- CHAR8 *To;
- UINTN Len;
- BOOLEAN ReportedError;
- SOURCE_FILE IncludedSourceFile;
-
- ReportedError = FALSE;
- if (SkipWhiteSpace (SourceFile) == 0) {
- Warning (SourceFile->FileName, SourceFile->LineNum, 0, "expected whitespace following #include keyword", NULL);
- }
- //
- // Should be quoted file name
- //
- if (SourceFile->FileBufferPtr[0] != T_CHAR_DOUBLE_QUOTE) {
- Error (SourceFile->FileName, SourceFile->LineNum, 0, "expected quoted include file name", NULL);
- goto FailDone;
- }
-
- SourceFile->FileBufferPtr++;
- //
- // Copy the filename as ascii to our local string
- //
- To = IncludeFileName;
- Len = 0;
- while (!EndOfFile (SourceFile)) {
- if ((SourceFile->FileBufferPtr[0] == T_CHAR_CR) || (SourceFile->FileBufferPtr[0] == T_CHAR_LF)) {
- Error (SourceFile->FileName, SourceFile->LineNum, 0, "end-of-line found in quoted include file name", NULL);
- goto FailDone;
- }
-
- if (SourceFile->FileBufferPtr[0] == T_CHAR_DOUBLE_QUOTE) {
- SourceFile->FileBufferPtr++;
- break;
- }
- //
- // If too long, then report the error once and process until the closing quote
- //
- Len++;
- if (!ReportedError && (Len >= sizeof (IncludeFileName))) {
- Error (SourceFile->FileName, SourceFile->LineNum, 0, "length of include file name exceeds limit", NULL);
- ReportedError = TRUE;
- }
-
- if (!ReportedError) {
- *To = (CHAR8 ) SourceFile->FileBufferPtr[0];
- To++;
- }
-
- SourceFile->FileBufferPtr++;
- }
-
- if (!ReportedError) {
- *To = 0;
- memset ((CHAR8 *) &IncludedSourceFile, 0, sizeof (SOURCE_FILE));
- strcpy (IncludedSourceFile.FileName, IncludeFileName);
- ProcessIncludeFile (&IncludedSourceFile, SourceFile);
- }
-
- return ;
-FailDone:
- //
- // Error recovery -- skip to next #
- //
- SourceFile->SkipToHash = TRUE;
-}
-#endif
-STATIC
-BOOLEAN
-IsWhiteSpace (
- SOURCE_FILE *SourceFile
- )
-{
- switch (*SourceFile->FileBufferPtr) {
- case T_CHAR_NULL:
- case T_CHAR_CR:
- case T_CHAR_SPACE:
- case T_CHAR_TAB:
- case T_CHAR_LF:
- return TRUE;
-
- default:
- return FALSE;
- }
-}
-
-UINTN
-SkipWhiteSpace (
- SOURCE_FILE *SourceFile
- )
-{
- UINTN Count;
-
- Count = 0;
- while (!EndOfFile (SourceFile)) {
- Count++;
- switch (*SourceFile->FileBufferPtr) {
- case T_CHAR_NULL:
- case T_CHAR_CR:
- case T_CHAR_SPACE:
- case T_CHAR_TAB:
- SourceFile->FileBufferPtr++;
- break;
-
- case T_CHAR_LF:
- SourceFile->FileBufferPtr++;
- SourceFile->LineNum++;
- break;
-
- default:
- return Count - 1;
- }
- }
- //
- // Some tokens require trailing whitespace. If we're at the end of the
- // file, then we count that as well.
- //
- if ((Count == 0) && (EndOfFile (SourceFile))) {
- Count++;
- }
-
- return Count;
-}
-
-STATIC
-UINTN
-t_strcmp (
- CHAR8 *Buffer,
- CHAR8 *Str
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
- Compare two strings for equality. The string pointed to by 'Buffer' may or may not be null-terminated,
- so only compare up to the length of Str.
-
-Arguments:
- Buffer - pointer to first (possibly not null-terminated) string
- Str - pointer to null-terminated string to compare to Buffer
-
-Returns:
- Number of bytes matched if exact match
- 0 if Buffer does not start with Str
-
---*/
-{
- UINTN Len;
-
- Len = 0;
- while (*Str && (*Str == *Buffer)) {
- Buffer++;
- Str++;
- Len++;
- }
-
- if (*Str) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- return Len;
-}
-
-STATIC
-UINTN
-t_strlen (
- CHAR8 *Str
- )
-{
- UINTN Len;
- Len = 0;
- while (*Str) {
- Len++;
- Str++;
- }
-
- return Len;
-}
-
-STATIC
-UINTN
-t_strncmp (
- CHAR8 *Str1,
- CHAR8 *Str2,
- INTN Len
- )
-{
- while (Len > 0) {
- if (*Str1 != *Str2) {
- return Len;
- }
-
- Len--;
- Str1++;
- Str2++;
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-STATIC
-CHAR8 *
-t_strcpy (
- CHAR8 *Dest,
- CHAR8 *Src
- )
-{
- CHAR8 *SaveDest;
- SaveDest = Dest;
- while (*Src) {
- *Dest = *Src;
- Dest++;
- Src++;
- }
-
- *Dest = 0;
- return SaveDest;
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-RewindFile (
- SOURCE_FILE *SourceFile
- )
-{
- SourceFile->LineNum = 1;
- SourceFile->FileBufferPtr = SourceFile->FileBuffer;
- SourceFile->EndOfFile = 0;
-}
-
-STATIC
-UINT32
-GetHexChars (
- CHAR8 *Buffer,
- UINT32 BufferLen
- )
-{
- UINT32 Len;
- Len = 0;
- while (!EndOfFile (&mGlobals.SourceFile) && (BufferLen > 0)) {
- if (isxdigit ((int)mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr[0])) {
- *Buffer = mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr[0];
- Buffer++;
- Len++;
- BufferLen--;
- mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr++;
- } else {
- break;
- }
- }
- //
- // Null terminate if we can
- //
- if ((Len > 0) && (BufferLen > 0)) {
- *Buffer = 0;
- }
-
- return Len;
-}
-
-BOOLEAN
-SFPGetGuid (
- INTN GuidStyle,
- EFI_GUID *Value
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
- Parse a GUID from the input stream. Stop when you discover white space.
-
-Arguments:
- GuidStyle - Style of the following GUID token
- Value - pointer to EFI_GUID struct for output
-
-Returns:
- TRUE - GUID string parsed successfully
- FALSE - otherwise
-
- GUID styles
- Style[0] 12345678-1234-5678-AAAA-BBBBCCCCDDDD
-
---*/
-{
- unsigned Value32;
- UINT32 Index;
- FILE_POSITION FPos;
- CHAR8 TempString[20];
- CHAR8 TempString2[3];
- CHAR8 *From;
- CHAR8 *To;
- UINT32 Len;
- BOOLEAN Status;
-
- Status = FALSE;
- //
- // Skip white space, then start parsing
- //
- SkipWhiteSpace (&mGlobals.SourceFile);
- GetFilePosition (&FPos);
- if (EndOfFile (&mGlobals.SourceFile)) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- if (GuidStyle == PARSE_GUID_STYLE_5_FIELDS) {
- //
- // Style[0] 12345678-1234-5678-AAAA-BBBBCCCCDDDD
- //
- Len = GetHexChars (TempString, sizeof (TempString));
- if ((Len == 0) || (Len > 8)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- sscanf (TempString, "%x", &Value32);
- Value->Data1 = Value32;
- //
- // Next two UINT16 fields
- //
- if (mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr[0] != '-') {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr++;
- Len = GetHexChars (TempString, sizeof (TempString));
- if ((Len == 0) || (Len > 4)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- sscanf (TempString, "%x", &Value32);
- Value->Data2 = (UINT16) Value32;
-
- if (mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr[0] != '-') {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr++;
- Len = GetHexChars (TempString, sizeof (TempString));
- if ((Len == 0) || (Len > 4)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- sscanf (TempString, "%x", &Value32);
- Value->Data3 = (UINT16) Value32;
- //
- // Parse the "AAAA" as two bytes
- //
- if (mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr[0] != '-') {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr++;
- Len = GetHexChars (TempString, sizeof (TempString));
- if ((Len == 0) || (Len > 4)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- sscanf (TempString, "%x", &Value32);
- Value->Data4[0] = (UINT8) (Value32 >> 8);
- Value->Data4[1] = (UINT8) Value32;
- if (mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr[0] != '-') {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr++;
- //
- // Read the last 6 bytes of the GUID
- //
- //
- Len = GetHexChars (TempString, sizeof (TempString));
- if ((Len == 0) || (Len > 12)) {
- goto Done;
- }
- //
- // Insert leading 0's to make life easier
- //
- if (Len != 12) {
- From = TempString + Len - 1;
- To = TempString + 11;
- TempString[12] = 0;
- while (From >= TempString) {
- *To = *From;
- To--;
- From--;
- }
-
- while (To >= TempString) {
- *To = '0';
- To--;
- }
- }
- //
- // Now parse each byte
- //
- TempString2[2] = 0;
- for (Index = 0; Index < 6; Index++) {
- //
- // Copy the two characters from the input string to something
- // we can parse.
- //
- TempString2[0] = TempString[Index * 2];
- TempString2[1] = TempString[Index * 2 + 1];
- sscanf (TempString2, "%x", &Value32);
- Value->Data4[Index + 2] = (UINT8) Value32;
- }
-
- Status = TRUE;
- } else {
- //
- // Unsupported GUID style
- //
- return FALSE;
- }
-
-Done:
- if (Status == FALSE) {
- SetFilePosition (&FPos);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-STATIC
-STATUS
-GetFilePosition (
- FILE_POSITION *Fpos
- )
-{
- Fpos->FileBufferPtr = mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr;
- return STATUS_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-STATIC
-STATUS
-SetFilePosition (
- FILE_POSITION *Fpos
- )
-{
- //
- // Should check range of pointer
- //
- mGlobals.SourceFile.FileBufferPtr = Fpos->FileBufferPtr;
- return STATUS_SUCCESS;
-}
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/SimpleFileParsing.h b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/SimpleFileParsing.h deleted file mode 100644 index d871eb7fe3..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/SimpleFileParsing.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,117 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
-Copyright (c) 2004 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-Module Name:
-
- SimpleFileParsing.h
-
-Abstract:
-
- Function prototypes and defines for the simple file parsing routines.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _SIMPLE_FILE_PARSING_H_
-#define _SIMPLE_FILE_PARSING_H_
-
-#include <Common/UefiBaseTypes.h>
-
-STATUS
-SFPInit (
- VOID
- )
-;
-
-STATUS
-SFPOpenFile (
- CHAR8 *FileName
- )
-;
-
-BOOLEAN
-SFPIsKeyword (
- CHAR8 *Str
- )
-;
-
-BOOLEAN
-SFPIsToken (
- CHAR8 *Str
- )
-;
-
-BOOLEAN
-SFPGetNextToken (
- CHAR8 *Str,
- UINTN Len
- )
-;
-
-BOOLEAN
-SFPGetGuidToken (
- CHAR8 *Str,
- UINT32 Len
- )
-;
-
-#define PARSE_GUID_STYLE_5_FIELDS 0
-
-BOOLEAN
-SFPGetGuid (
- INTN GuidStyle,
- EFI_GUID *Value
- )
-;
-
-BOOLEAN
-SFPSkipToToken (
- CHAR8 *Str
- )
-;
-
-BOOLEAN
-SFPGetNumber (
- UINTN *Value
- )
-;
-
-BOOLEAN
-SFPGetQuotedString (
- CHAR8 *Str,
- INTN Length
- )
-;
-
-BOOLEAN
-SFPIsEOF (
- VOID
- )
-;
-
-STATUS
-SFPCloseFile (
- VOID
- )
-;
-
-UINTN
-SFPGetLineNumber (
- VOID
- )
-;
-
-CHAR8 *
-SFPGetFileName (
- VOID
- )
-;
-
-#endif // #ifndef _SIMPLE_FILE_PARSING_H_
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/StringFuncs.c b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/StringFuncs.c deleted file mode 100644 index bccb0b2d34..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/StringFuncs.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,426 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
-Copyright (c) 2007 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-Module Name:
-
- StringFuncs.c
-
-Abstract:
-
- Function prototypes and defines for string routines.
-
-**/
-
-#include <string.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include "StringFuncs.h"
-
-//
-// Functions implementations
-//
-
-CHAR8*
-CloneString (
- IN CHAR8 *String
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Allocates a new string and copies 'String' to clone it
-
-Arguments:
-
- String The string to clone
-
-Returns:
-
- CHAR8* - NULL if there are not enough resources
-
---*/
-{
- CHAR8* NewString;
-
- NewString = malloc (strlen (String) + 1);
- if (NewString != NULL) {
- strcpy (NewString, String);
- }
-
- return NewString;
-}
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-StripInfDscStringInPlace (
- IN CHAR8 *String
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Remove all comments, leading and trailing whitespace from the string.
-
-Arguments:
-
- String The string to 'strip'
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_STATUS
-
---*/
-{
- CHAR8 *Pos;
-
- if (String == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Remove leading whitespace
- //
- for (Pos = String; isspace ((int)*Pos); Pos++) {
- }
- if (Pos != String) {
- memmove (String, Pos, strlen (Pos) + 1);
- }
-
- //
- // Comment BUGBUGs!
- //
- // What about strings? Comment characters are okay in strings.
- // What about multiline comments?
- //
-
- Pos = (CHAR8 *) strstr (String, "//");
- if (Pos != NULL) {
- *Pos = '\0';
- }
-
- Pos = (CHAR8 *) strchr (String, '#');
- if (Pos != NULL) {
- *Pos = '\0';
- }
-
- //
- // Remove trailing whitespace
- //
- for (Pos = String + strlen (String);
- ((Pos - 1) >= String) && (isspace ((int)*(Pos - 1)));
- Pos--
- ) {
- }
- *Pos = '\0';
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-STRING_LIST*
-SplitStringByWhitespace (
- IN CHAR8 *String
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Creates and returns a 'split' STRING_LIST by splitting the string
- on whitespace boundaries.
-
-Arguments:
-
- String The string to 'split'
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_STATUS
-
---*/
-{
- CHAR8 *Pos;
- CHAR8 *EndOfSubString;
- CHAR8 *EndOfString;
- STRING_LIST *Output;
- UINTN Item;
-
- String = CloneString (String);
- if (String == NULL) {
- return NULL;
- }
- EndOfString = String + strlen (String);
-
- Output = NewStringList ();
-
- for (Pos = String, Item = 0; Pos < EndOfString; Item++) {
- while (isspace ((int)*Pos)) {
- Pos++;
- }
-
- for (EndOfSubString=Pos;
- (*EndOfSubString != '\0') && !isspace ((int)*EndOfSubString);
- EndOfSubString++
- ) {
- }
-
- if (EndOfSubString == Pos) {
- break;
- }
-
- *EndOfSubString = '\0';
-
- AppendCopyOfStringToList (&Output, Pos);
-
- Pos = EndOfSubString + 1;
- }
-
- free (String);
- return Output;
-}
-
-
-STRING_LIST*
-NewStringList (
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Creates a new STRING_LIST with 0 strings.
-
-Returns:
-
- STRING_LIST* - Null if there is not enough resources to create the object.
-
---*/
-{
- STRING_LIST *NewList;
- NewList = AllocateStringListStruct (0);
- if (NewList != NULL) {
- NewList->Count = 0;
- }
- return NewList;
-}
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-AppendCopyOfStringToList (
- IN OUT STRING_LIST **StringList,
- IN CHAR8 *String
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Adds String to StringList. A new copy of String is made before it is
- added to StringList.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_STATUS
-
---*/
-{
- STRING_LIST *OldList;
- STRING_LIST *NewList;
- CHAR8 *NewString;
-
- OldList = *StringList;
- NewList = AllocateStringListStruct (OldList->Count + 1);
- if (NewList == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- NewString = CloneString (String);
- if (NewString == NULL) {
- free (NewList);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- memcpy (
- NewList->Strings,
- OldList->Strings,
- sizeof (OldList->Strings[0]) * OldList->Count
- );
- NewList->Count = OldList->Count + 1;
- NewList->Strings[OldList->Count] = NewString;
-
- *StringList = NewList;
- free (OldList);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-RemoveLastStringFromList (
- IN STRING_LIST *StringList
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Removes the last string from StringList and frees the memory associated
- with it.
-
-Arguments:
-
- StringList The string list to remove the string from
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_STATUS
-
---*/
-{
- if (StringList->Count == 0) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- free (StringList->Strings[StringList->Count - 1]);
- StringList->Count--;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-STRING_LIST*
-AllocateStringListStruct (
- IN UINTN StringCount
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Allocates a STRING_LIST structure that can store StringCount strings.
-
-Arguments:
-
- StringCount The number of strings that need to be stored
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_STATUS
-
---*/
-{
- return malloc (OFFSET_OF(STRING_LIST, Strings[StringCount + 1]));
-}
-
-
-VOID
-FreeStringList (
- IN STRING_LIST *StringList
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Frees all memory associated with StringList.
-
-Arguments:
-
- StringList The string list to free
-
-Returns:
-
- VOID
---*/
-{
- while (StringList->Count > 0) {
- RemoveLastStringFromList (StringList);
- }
-
- free (StringList);
-}
-
-
-CHAR8*
-StringListToString (
- IN STRING_LIST *StringList
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Generates a string that represents the STRING_LIST
-
-Arguments:
-
- StringList The string list to convert to a string
-
-Returns:
-
- CHAR8* - The string list represented with a single string. The returned
- string must be freed by the caller.
-
---*/
-{
- UINTN Count;
- UINTN Length;
- CHAR8 *NewString;
-
- Length = 2;
- for (Count = 0; Count < StringList->Count; Count++) {
- if (Count > 0) {
- Length += 2;
- }
- Length += strlen (StringList->Strings[Count]) + 2;
- }
-
- NewString = malloc (Length + 1);
- if (NewString == NULL) {
- return NewString;
- }
- NewString[0] = '\0';
-
- strcat (NewString, "[");
- for (Count = 0; Count < StringList->Count; Count++) {
- if (Count > 0) {
- strcat (NewString, ", ");
- }
- strcat (NewString, "\"");
- strcat (NewString, StringList->Strings[Count]);
- strcat (NewString, "\"");
- }
- strcat (NewString, "]");
-
- return NewString;
-}
-
-
-VOID
-PrintStringList (
- IN STRING_LIST *StringList
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Prints out the string list
-
-Arguments:
-
- StringList The string list to print
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_STATUS
-
---*/
-{
- CHAR8* String;
- String = StringListToString (StringList);
- if (String != NULL) {
- printf ("%s", String);
- free (String);
- }
-}
-
-
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/StringFuncs.h b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/StringFuncs.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2c764115e5..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/StringFuncs.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,257 +0,0 @@ -/**
-
-Copyright (c) 2007 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-Module Name:
-
- StringFuncs.h
-
-Abstract:
-
- String routines implementation.
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _EFI_STRING_FUNCS_H
-#define _EFI_STRING_FUNCS_H
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <Common/UefiBaseTypes.h>
-
-//
-// Common data structures
-//
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Count;
- //
- // Actually this array can be 0 or more items (based on Count)
- //
- CHAR8* Strings[1];
-} STRING_LIST;
-
-
-//
-// Functions declarations
-//
-
-CHAR8*
-CloneString (
- IN CHAR8 *String
- )
-;
-/**
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Allocates a new string and copies 'String' to clone it
-
-Arguments:
-
- String The string to clone
-
-Returns:
-
- CHAR8* - NULL if there are not enough resources
-
-**/
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-StripInfDscStringInPlace (
- IN CHAR8 *String
- )
-;
-/**
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Remove all comments, leading and trailing whitespace from the string.
-
-Arguments:
-
- Strin The string to 'strip'
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_STATUS
-
-**/
-
-
-STRING_LIST*
-SplitStringByWhitespace (
- IN CHAR8 *String
- )
-;
-/**
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Creates and returns a 'split' STRING_LIST by splitting the string
- on whitespace boundaries.
-
-Arguments:
-
- String The string to 'split'
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_STATUS
-
-**/
-
-
-STRING_LIST*
-NewStringList (
- )
-;
-/**
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Creates a new STRING_LIST with 0 strings.
-
-Returns:
-
- STRING_LIST* - Null if there is not enough resources to create the object.
-
-**/
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-AppendCopyOfStringToList (
- IN OUT STRING_LIST **StringList,
- IN CHAR8 *String
- )
-;
-/**
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Adds String to StringList. A new copy of String is made before it is
- added to StringList.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_STATUS
-
-**/
-
-
-EFI_STATUS
-RemoveLastStringFromList (
- IN STRING_LIST *StringList
- )
-;
-/**
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Removes the last string from StringList and frees the memory associated
- with it.
-
-Arguments:
-
- StringList The string list to remove the string from
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_STATUS
-
-**/
-
-
-STRING_LIST*
-AllocateStringListStruct (
- IN UINTN StringCount
- )
-;
-/**
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Allocates a STRING_LIST structure that can store StringCount strings.
-
-Arguments:
-
- StringCount The number of strings that need to be stored
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_STATUS
-
-**/
-
-
-VOID
-FreeStringList (
- IN STRING_LIST *StringList
- )
-;
-/**
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Frees all memory associated with StringList.
-
-Arguments:
-
- StringList The string list to free
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_STATUS
-
-**/
-
-
-CHAR8*
-StringListToString (
- IN STRING_LIST *StringList
- )
-;
-/**
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Generates a string that represents the STRING_LIST
-
-Arguments:
-
- StringList The string list to convert to a string
-
-Returns:
-
- CHAR8* - The string list represented with a single string. The returned
- string must be freed by the caller.
-
-**/
-
-
-VOID
-PrintStringList (
- IN STRING_LIST *StringList
- )
-;
-/**
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Prints out the string list
-
-Arguments:
-
- StringList The string list to print
-
-**/
-
-
-#endif
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/TianoCompress.c b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/TianoCompress.c deleted file mode 100644 index a34f1d2a7d..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/TianoCompress.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1753 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-Module Name:
-
- TianoCompress.c
-
-Abstract:
-
- Compression routine. The compression algorithm is a mixture of
- LZ77 and Huffman coding. LZ77 transforms the source data into a
- sequence of Original Characters and Pointers to repeated strings.
- This sequence is further divided into Blocks and Huffman codings
- are applied to each Block.
-
-**/
-
-#include "Compress.h"
-
-//
-// Macro Definitions
-//
-#undef UINT8_MAX
-typedef INT32 NODE;
-#define UINT8_MAX 0xff
-#define UINT8_BIT 8
-#define THRESHOLD 3
-#define INIT_CRC 0
-#define WNDBIT 19
-#define WNDSIZ (1U << WNDBIT)
-#define MAXMATCH 256
-#define BLKSIZ (1U << 14) // 16 * 1024U
-#define PERC_FLAG 0x80000000U
-#define CODE_BIT 16
-#define NIL 0
-#define MAX_HASH_VAL (3 * WNDSIZ + (WNDSIZ / 512 + 1) * UINT8_MAX)
-#define HASH(p, c) ((p) + ((c) << (WNDBIT - 9)) + WNDSIZ * 2)
-#define CRCPOLY 0xA001
-#define UPDATE_CRC(c) mCrc = mCrcTable[(mCrc ^ (c)) & 0xFF] ^ (mCrc >> UINT8_BIT)
-
-//
-// C: the Char&Len Set; P: the Position Set; T: the exTra Set
-//
-#define NC (UINT8_MAX + MAXMATCH + 2 - THRESHOLD)
-#define CBIT 9
-#define NP (WNDBIT + 1)
-#define PBIT 5
-#define NT (CODE_BIT + 3)
-#define TBIT 5
-#if NT > NP
-#define NPT NT
-#else
-#define NPT NP
-#endif
-//
-// Function Prototypes
-//
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-PutDword(
- IN UINT32 Data
- );
-
-STATIC
-EFI_STATUS
-AllocateMemory (
- VOID
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-FreeMemory (
- VOID
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-InitSlide (
- VOID
- );
-
-STATIC
-NODE
-Child (
- IN NODE NodeQ,
- IN UINT8 CharC
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-MakeChild (
- IN NODE NodeQ,
- IN UINT8 CharC,
- IN NODE NodeR
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-Split (
- IN NODE Old
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-InsertNode (
- VOID
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-DeleteNode (
- VOID
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-GetNextMatch (
- VOID
- );
-
-STATIC
-EFI_STATUS
-Encode (
- VOID
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-CountTFreq (
- VOID
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-WritePTLen (
- IN INT32 Number,
- IN INT32 nbit,
- IN INT32 Special
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-WriteCLen (
- VOID
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-EncodeC (
- IN INT32 Value
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-EncodeP (
- IN UINT32 Value
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-SendBlock (
- VOID
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-Output (
- IN UINT32 c,
- IN UINT32 p
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-HufEncodeStart (
- VOID
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-HufEncodeEnd (
- VOID
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-MakeCrcTable (
- VOID
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-PutBits (
- IN INT32 Number,
- IN UINT32 Value
- );
-
-STATIC
-INT32
-FreadCrc (
- OUT UINT8 *Pointer,
- IN INT32 Number
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-InitPutBits (
- VOID
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-CountLen (
- IN INT32 Index
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-MakeLen (
- IN INT32 Root
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-DownHeap (
- IN INT32 Index
- );
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-MakeCode (
- IN INT32 Number,
- IN UINT8 Len[ ],
- OUT UINT16 Code[]
- );
-
-STATIC
-INT32
-MakeTree (
- IN INT32 NParm,
- IN UINT16 FreqParm[],
- OUT UINT8 LenParm[ ],
- OUT UINT16 CodeParm[]
- );
-
-//
-// Global Variables
-//
-STATIC UINT8 *mSrc, *mDst, *mSrcUpperLimit, *mDstUpperLimit;
-
-STATIC UINT8 *mLevel, *mText, *mChildCount, *mBuf, mCLen[NC], mPTLen[NPT], *mLen;
-STATIC INT16 mHeap[NC + 1];
-STATIC INT32 mRemainder, mMatchLen, mBitCount, mHeapSize, mN;
-STATIC UINT32 mBufSiz = 0, mOutputPos, mOutputMask, mSubBitBuf, mCrc;
-STATIC UINT32 mCompSize, mOrigSize;
-
-STATIC UINT16 *mFreq, *mSortPtr, mLenCnt[17], mLeft[2 * NC - 1], mRight[2 * NC - 1], mCrcTable[UINT8_MAX + 1],
- mCFreq[2 * NC - 1], mCCode[NC], mPFreq[2 * NP - 1], mPTCode[NPT], mTFreq[2 * NT - 1];
-
-STATIC NODE mPos, mMatchPos, mAvail, *mPosition, *mParent, *mPrev, *mNext = NULL;
-
-//
-// functions
-//
-EFI_STATUS
-TianoCompress (
- IN UINT8 *SrcBuffer,
- IN UINT32 SrcSize,
- IN UINT8 *DstBuffer,
- IN OUT UINT32 *DstSize
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- The internal implementation of [Efi/Tiano]Compress().
-
-Arguments:
-
- SrcBuffer - The buffer storing the source data
- SrcSize - The size of source data
- DstBuffer - The buffer to store the compressed data
- DstSize - On input, the size of DstBuffer; On output,
- the size of the actual compressed data.
- Version - The version of de/compression algorithm.
- Version 1 for UEFI 2.0 de/compression algorithm.
- Version 2 for Tiano de/compression algorithm.
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL - The DstBuffer is too small. In this case,
- DstSize contains the size needed.
- EFI_SUCCESS - Compression is successful.
- EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES - No resource to complete function.
- EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER - Parameter supplied is wrong.
-
---*/
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- //
- // Initializations
- //
- mBufSiz = 0;
- mBuf = NULL;
- mText = NULL;
- mLevel = NULL;
- mChildCount = NULL;
- mPosition = NULL;
- mParent = NULL;
- mPrev = NULL;
- mNext = NULL;
-
- mSrc = SrcBuffer;
- mSrcUpperLimit = mSrc + SrcSize;
- mDst = DstBuffer;
- mDstUpperLimit = mDst +*DstSize;
-
- PutDword (0L);
- PutDword (0L);
-
- MakeCrcTable ();
-
- mOrigSize = mCompSize = 0;
- mCrc = INIT_CRC;
-
- //
- // Compress it
- //
- Status = Encode ();
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- //
- // Null terminate the compressed data
- //
- if (mDst < mDstUpperLimit) {
- *mDst++ = 0;
- }
- //
- // Fill in compressed size and original size
- //
- mDst = DstBuffer;
- PutDword (mCompSize + 1);
- PutDword (mOrigSize);
-
- //
- // Return
- //
- if (mCompSize + 1 + 8 > *DstSize) {
- *DstSize = mCompSize + 1 + 8;
- return EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
- } else {
- *DstSize = mCompSize + 1 + 8;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-PutDword (
- IN UINT32 Data
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Put a dword to output stream
-
-Arguments:
-
- Data - the dword to put
-
-Returns: (VOID)
-
---*/
-{
- if (mDst < mDstUpperLimit) {
- *mDst++ = (UINT8) (((UINT8) (Data)) & 0xff);
- }
-
- if (mDst < mDstUpperLimit) {
- *mDst++ = (UINT8) (((UINT8) (Data >> 0x08)) & 0xff);
- }
-
- if (mDst < mDstUpperLimit) {
- *mDst++ = (UINT8) (((UINT8) (Data >> 0x10)) & 0xff);
- }
-
- if (mDst < mDstUpperLimit) {
- *mDst++ = (UINT8) (((UINT8) (Data >> 0x18)) & 0xff);
- }
-}
-
-STATIC
-EFI_STATUS
-AllocateMemory (
- VOID
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Allocate memory spaces for data structures used in compression process
-
-Argements:
- VOID
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS - Memory is allocated successfully
- EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES - Allocation fails
-
---*/
-{
- UINT32 Index;
-
- mText = malloc (WNDSIZ * 2 + MAXMATCH);
- for (Index = 0; Index < WNDSIZ * 2 + MAXMATCH; Index++) {
- mText[Index] = 0;
- }
-
- mLevel = malloc ((WNDSIZ + UINT8_MAX + 1) * sizeof (*mLevel));
- mChildCount = malloc ((WNDSIZ + UINT8_MAX + 1) * sizeof (*mChildCount));
- mPosition = malloc ((WNDSIZ + UINT8_MAX + 1) * sizeof (*mPosition));
- mParent = malloc (WNDSIZ * 2 * sizeof (*mParent));
- mPrev = malloc (WNDSIZ * 2 * sizeof (*mPrev));
- mNext = malloc ((MAX_HASH_VAL + 1) * sizeof (*mNext));
-
- mBufSiz = BLKSIZ;
- mBuf = malloc (mBufSiz);
- while (mBuf == NULL) {
- mBufSiz = (mBufSiz / 10U) * 9U;
- if (mBufSiz < 4 * 1024U) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- mBuf = malloc (mBufSiz);
- }
-
- mBuf[0] = 0;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-VOID
-FreeMemory (
- VOID
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Called when compression is completed to free memory previously allocated.
-
-Arguments: (VOID)
-
-Returns: (VOID)
-
---*/
-{
- if (mText != NULL) {
- free (mText);
- }
-
- if (mLevel != NULL) {
- free (mLevel);
- }
-
- if (mChildCount != NULL) {
- free (mChildCount);
- }
-
- if (mPosition != NULL) {
- free (mPosition);
- }
-
- if (mParent != NULL) {
- free (mParent);
- }
-
- if (mPrev != NULL) {
- free (mPrev);
- }
-
- if (mNext != NULL) {
- free (mNext);
- }
-
- if (mBuf != NULL) {
- free (mBuf);
- }
-
- return ;
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-InitSlide (
- VOID
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Initialize String Info Log data structures
-
-Arguments: (VOID)
-
-Returns: (VOID)
-
---*/
-{
- NODE Index;
-
- for (Index = WNDSIZ; Index <= WNDSIZ + UINT8_MAX; Index++) {
- mLevel[Index] = 1;
- mPosition[Index] = NIL; /* sentinel */
- }
-
- for (Index = WNDSIZ; Index < WNDSIZ * 2; Index++) {
- mParent[Index] = NIL;
- }
-
- mAvail = 1;
- for (Index = 1; Index < WNDSIZ - 1; Index++) {
- mNext[Index] = (NODE) (Index + 1);
- }
-
- mNext[WNDSIZ - 1] = NIL;
- for (Index = WNDSIZ * 2; Index <= MAX_HASH_VAL; Index++) {
- mNext[Index] = NIL;
- }
-}
-
-STATIC
-NODE
-Child (
- IN NODE NodeQ,
- IN UINT8 CharC
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Find child node given the parent node and the edge character
-
-Arguments:
-
- NodeQ - the parent node
- CharC - the edge character
-
-Returns:
-
- The child node (NIL if not found)
-
---*/
-{
- NODE NodeR;
-
- NodeR = mNext[HASH (NodeQ, CharC)];
- //
- // sentinel
- //
- mParent[NIL] = NodeQ;
- while (mParent[NodeR] != NodeQ) {
- NodeR = mNext[NodeR];
- }
-
- return NodeR;
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-MakeChild (
- IN NODE Parent,
- IN UINT8 CharC,
- IN NODE Child
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Create a new child for a given parent node.
-
-Arguments:
-
- Parent - the parent node
- CharC - the edge character
- Child - the child node
-
-Returns: (VOID)
-
---*/
-{
- NODE Node1;
- NODE Node2;
-
- Node1 = (NODE) HASH (Parent, CharC);
- Node2 = mNext[Node1];
- mNext[Node1] = Child;
- mNext[Child] = Node2;
- mPrev[Node2] = Child;
- mPrev[Child] = Node1;
- mParent[Child] = Parent;
- mChildCount[Parent]++;
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-Split (
- NODE Old
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Split a node.
-
-Arguments:
-
- Old - the node to split
-
-Returns: (VOID)
-
---*/
-{
- NODE New;
- NODE TempNode;
-
- New = mAvail;
- mAvail = mNext[New];
- mChildCount[New] = 0;
- TempNode = mPrev[Old];
- mPrev[New] = TempNode;
- mNext[TempNode] = New;
- TempNode = mNext[Old];
- mNext[New] = TempNode;
- mPrev[TempNode] = New;
- mParent[New] = mParent[Old];
- mLevel[New] = (UINT8) mMatchLen;
- mPosition[New] = mPos;
- MakeChild (New, mText[mMatchPos + mMatchLen], Old);
- MakeChild (New, mText[mPos + mMatchLen], mPos);
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-InsertNode (
- VOID
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Insert string info for current position into the String Info Log
-
-Arguments: (VOID)
-
-Returns: (VOID)
-
---*/
-{
- NODE NodeQ;
- NODE NodeR;
- NODE Index2;
- NODE NodeT;
- UINT8 CharC;
- UINT8 *t1;
- UINT8 *t2;
-
- if (mMatchLen >= 4) {
- //
- // We have just got a long match, the target tree
- // can be located by MatchPos + 1. Travese the tree
- // from bottom up to get to a proper starting point.
- // The usage of PERC_FLAG ensures proper node deletion
- // in DeleteNode() later.
- //
- mMatchLen--;
- NodeR = (NODE) ((mMatchPos + 1) | WNDSIZ);
- NodeQ = mParent[NodeR];
- while (NodeQ == NIL) {
- NodeR = mNext[NodeR];
- NodeQ = mParent[NodeR];
- }
-
- while (mLevel[NodeQ] >= mMatchLen) {
- NodeR = NodeQ;
- NodeQ = mParent[NodeQ];
- }
-
- NodeT = NodeQ;
- while (mPosition[NodeT] < 0) {
- mPosition[NodeT] = mPos;
- NodeT = mParent[NodeT];
- }
-
- if (NodeT < WNDSIZ) {
- mPosition[NodeT] = (NODE) (mPos | (UINT32) PERC_FLAG);
- }
- } else {
- //
- // Locate the target tree
- //
- NodeQ = (NODE) (mText[mPos] + WNDSIZ);
- CharC = mText[mPos + 1];
- NodeR = Child (NodeQ, CharC);
- if (NodeR == NIL) {
- MakeChild (NodeQ, CharC, mPos);
- mMatchLen = 1;
- return ;
- }
-
- mMatchLen = 2;
- }
- //
- // Traverse down the tree to find a match.
- // Update Position value along the route.
- // Node split or creation is involved.
- //
- for (;;) {
- if (NodeR >= WNDSIZ) {
- Index2 = MAXMATCH;
- mMatchPos = NodeR;
- } else {
- Index2 = mLevel[NodeR];
- mMatchPos = (NODE) (mPosition[NodeR] & (UINT32)~PERC_FLAG);
- }
-
- if (mMatchPos >= mPos) {
- mMatchPos -= WNDSIZ;
- }
-
- t1 = &mText[mPos + mMatchLen];
- t2 = &mText[mMatchPos + mMatchLen];
- while (mMatchLen < Index2) {
- if (*t1 != *t2) {
- Split (NodeR);
- return ;
- }
-
- mMatchLen++;
- t1++;
- t2++;
- }
-
- if (mMatchLen >= MAXMATCH) {
- break;
- }
-
- mPosition[NodeR] = mPos;
- NodeQ = NodeR;
- NodeR = Child (NodeQ, *t1);
- if (NodeR == NIL) {
- MakeChild (NodeQ, *t1, mPos);
- return ;
- }
-
- mMatchLen++;
- }
-
- NodeT = mPrev[NodeR];
- mPrev[mPos] = NodeT;
- mNext[NodeT] = mPos;
- NodeT = mNext[NodeR];
- mNext[mPos] = NodeT;
- mPrev[NodeT] = mPos;
- mParent[mPos] = NodeQ;
- mParent[NodeR] = NIL;
-
- //
- // Special usage of 'next'
- //
- mNext[NodeR] = mPos;
-
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-DeleteNode (
- VOID
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Delete outdated string info. (The Usage of PERC_FLAG
- ensures a clean deletion)
-
-Arguments: (VOID)
-
-Returns: (VOID)
-
---*/
-{
- NODE NodeQ;
- NODE NodeR;
- NODE NodeS;
- NODE NodeT;
- NODE NodeU;
-
- if (mParent[mPos] == NIL) {
- return ;
- }
-
- NodeR = mPrev[mPos];
- NodeS = mNext[mPos];
- mNext[NodeR] = NodeS;
- mPrev[NodeS] = NodeR;
- NodeR = mParent[mPos];
- mParent[mPos] = NIL;
- if (NodeR >= WNDSIZ) {
- return ;
- }
-
- mChildCount[NodeR]--;
- if (mChildCount[NodeR] > 1) {
- return ;
- }
-
- NodeT = (NODE) (mPosition[NodeR] & (UINT32)~PERC_FLAG);
- if (NodeT >= mPos) {
- NodeT -= WNDSIZ;
- }
-
- NodeS = NodeT;
- NodeQ = mParent[NodeR];
- NodeU = mPosition[NodeQ];
- while (NodeU & (UINT32) PERC_FLAG) {
- NodeU &= (UINT32)~PERC_FLAG;
- if (NodeU >= mPos) {
- NodeU -= WNDSIZ;
- }
-
- if (NodeU > NodeS) {
- NodeS = NodeU;
- }
-
- mPosition[NodeQ] = (NODE) (NodeS | WNDSIZ);
- NodeQ = mParent[NodeQ];
- NodeU = mPosition[NodeQ];
- }
-
- if (NodeQ < WNDSIZ) {
- if (NodeU >= mPos) {
- NodeU -= WNDSIZ;
- }
-
- if (NodeU > NodeS) {
- NodeS = NodeU;
- }
-
- mPosition[NodeQ] = (NODE) (NodeS | WNDSIZ | (UINT32) PERC_FLAG);
- }
-
- NodeS = Child (NodeR, mText[NodeT + mLevel[NodeR]]);
- NodeT = mPrev[NodeS];
- NodeU = mNext[NodeS];
- mNext[NodeT] = NodeU;
- mPrev[NodeU] = NodeT;
- NodeT = mPrev[NodeR];
- mNext[NodeT] = NodeS;
- mPrev[NodeS] = NodeT;
- NodeT = mNext[NodeR];
- mPrev[NodeT] = NodeS;
- mNext[NodeS] = NodeT;
- mParent[NodeS] = mParent[NodeR];
- mParent[NodeR] = NIL;
- mNext[NodeR] = mAvail;
- mAvail = NodeR;
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-GetNextMatch (
- VOID
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Advance the current position (read in new data if needed).
- Delete outdated string info. Find a match string for current position.
-
-Arguments: (VOID)
-
-Returns: (VOID)
-
---*/
-{
- INT32 Number;
-
- mRemainder--;
- mPos++;
- if (mPos == WNDSIZ * 2) {
- memmove (&mText[0], &mText[WNDSIZ], WNDSIZ + MAXMATCH);
- Number = FreadCrc (&mText[WNDSIZ + MAXMATCH], WNDSIZ);
- mRemainder += Number;
- mPos = WNDSIZ;
- }
-
- DeleteNode ();
- InsertNode ();
-}
-
-STATIC
-EFI_STATUS
-Encode (
- VOID
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- The main controlling routine for compression process.
-
-Arguments: (VOID)
-
-Returns:
-
- EFI_SUCCESS - The compression is successful
- EFI_OUT_0F_RESOURCES - Not enough memory for compression process
-
---*/
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- INT32 LastMatchLen;
- NODE LastMatchPos;
-
- Status = AllocateMemory ();
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- FreeMemory ();
- return Status;
- }
-
- InitSlide ();
-
- HufEncodeStart ();
-
- mRemainder = FreadCrc (&mText[WNDSIZ], WNDSIZ + MAXMATCH);
-
- mMatchLen = 0;
- mPos = WNDSIZ;
- InsertNode ();
- if (mMatchLen > mRemainder) {
- mMatchLen = mRemainder;
- }
-
- while (mRemainder > 0) {
- LastMatchLen = mMatchLen;
- LastMatchPos = mMatchPos;
- GetNextMatch ();
- if (mMatchLen > mRemainder) {
- mMatchLen = mRemainder;
- }
-
- if (mMatchLen > LastMatchLen || LastMatchLen < THRESHOLD) {
- //
- // Not enough benefits are gained by outputting a pointer,
- // so just output the original character
- //
- Output (mText[mPos - 1], 0);
-
- } else {
-
- if (LastMatchLen == THRESHOLD) {
- if (((mPos - LastMatchPos - 2) & (WNDSIZ - 1)) > (1U << 11)) {
- Output (mText[mPos - 1], 0);
- continue;
- }
- }
- //
- // Outputting a pointer is beneficial enough, do it.
- //
- Output (
- LastMatchLen + (UINT8_MAX + 1 - THRESHOLD),
- (mPos - LastMatchPos - 2) & (WNDSIZ - 1)
- );
- LastMatchLen--;
- while (LastMatchLen > 0) {
- GetNextMatch ();
- LastMatchLen--;
- }
-
- if (mMatchLen > mRemainder) {
- mMatchLen = mRemainder;
- }
- }
- }
-
- HufEncodeEnd ();
- FreeMemory ();
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-CountTFreq (
- VOID
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Count the frequencies for the Extra Set
-
-Arguments: (VOID)
-
-Returns: (VOID)
-
---*/
-{
- INT32 Index;
- INT32 Index3;
- INT32 Number;
- INT32 Count;
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < NT; Index++) {
- mTFreq[Index] = 0;
- }
-
- Number = NC;
- while (Number > 0 && mCLen[Number - 1] == 0) {
- Number--;
- }
-
- Index = 0;
- while (Index < Number) {
- Index3 = mCLen[Index++];
- if (Index3 == 0) {
- Count = 1;
- while (Index < Number && mCLen[Index] == 0) {
- Index++;
- Count++;
- }
-
- if (Count <= 2) {
- mTFreq[0] = (UINT16) (mTFreq[0] + Count);
- } else if (Count <= 18) {
- mTFreq[1]++;
- } else if (Count == 19) {
- mTFreq[0]++;
- mTFreq[1]++;
- } else {
- mTFreq[2]++;
- }
- } else {
- mTFreq[Index3 + 2]++;
- }
- }
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-WritePTLen (
- IN INT32 Number,
- IN INT32 nbit,
- IN INT32 Special
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Outputs the code length array for the Extra Set or the Position Set.
-
-Arguments:
-
- Number - the number of symbols
- nbit - the number of bits needed to represent 'n'
- Special - the special symbol that needs to be take care of
-
-Returns: (VOID)
-
---*/
-{
- INT32 Index;
- INT32 Index3;
-
- while (Number > 0 && mPTLen[Number - 1] == 0) {
- Number--;
- }
-
- PutBits (nbit, Number);
- Index = 0;
- while (Index < Number) {
- Index3 = mPTLen[Index++];
- if (Index3 <= 6) {
- PutBits (3, Index3);
- } else {
- PutBits (Index3 - 3, (1U << (Index3 - 3)) - 2);
- }
-
- if (Index == Special) {
- while (Index < 6 && mPTLen[Index] == 0) {
- Index++;
- }
-
- PutBits (2, (Index - 3) & 3);
- }
- }
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-WriteCLen (
- VOID
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Outputs the code length array for Char&Length Set
-
-Arguments: (VOID)
-
-Returns: (VOID)
-
---*/
-{
- INT32 Index;
- INT32 Index3;
- INT32 Number;
- INT32 Count;
-
- Number = NC;
- while (Number > 0 && mCLen[Number - 1] == 0) {
- Number--;
- }
-
- PutBits (CBIT, Number);
- Index = 0;
- while (Index < Number) {
- Index3 = mCLen[Index++];
- if (Index3 == 0) {
- Count = 1;
- while (Index < Number && mCLen[Index] == 0) {
- Index++;
- Count++;
- }
-
- if (Count <= 2) {
- for (Index3 = 0; Index3 < Count; Index3++) {
- PutBits (mPTLen[0], mPTCode[0]);
- }
- } else if (Count <= 18) {
- PutBits (mPTLen[1], mPTCode[1]);
- PutBits (4, Count - 3);
- } else if (Count == 19) {
- PutBits (mPTLen[0], mPTCode[0]);
- PutBits (mPTLen[1], mPTCode[1]);
- PutBits (4, 15);
- } else {
- PutBits (mPTLen[2], mPTCode[2]);
- PutBits (CBIT, Count - 20);
- }
- } else {
- PutBits (mPTLen[Index3 + 2], mPTCode[Index3 + 2]);
- }
- }
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-EncodeC (
- IN INT32 Value
- )
-{
- PutBits (mCLen[Value], mCCode[Value]);
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-EncodeP (
- IN UINT32 Value
- )
-{
- UINT32 Index;
- UINT32 NodeQ;
-
- Index = 0;
- NodeQ = Value;
- while (NodeQ) {
- NodeQ >>= 1;
- Index++;
- }
-
- PutBits (mPTLen[Index], mPTCode[Index]);
- if (Index > 1) {
- PutBits (Index - 1, Value & (0xFFFFFFFFU >> (32 - Index + 1)));
- }
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-SendBlock (
- VOID
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Huffman code the block and output it.
-
-Arguments:
- (VOID)
-
-Returns:
- (VOID)
-
---*/
-{
- UINT32 Index;
- UINT32 Index2;
- UINT32 Index3;
- UINT32 Flags;
- UINT32 Root;
- UINT32 Pos;
- UINT32 Size;
- Flags = 0;
-
- Root = MakeTree (NC, mCFreq, mCLen, mCCode);
- Size = mCFreq[Root];
- PutBits (16, Size);
- if (Root >= NC) {
- CountTFreq ();
- Root = MakeTree (NT, mTFreq, mPTLen, mPTCode);
- if (Root >= NT) {
- WritePTLen (NT, TBIT, 3);
- } else {
- PutBits (TBIT, 0);
- PutBits (TBIT, Root);
- }
-
- WriteCLen ();
- } else {
- PutBits (TBIT, 0);
- PutBits (TBIT, 0);
- PutBits (CBIT, 0);
- PutBits (CBIT, Root);
- }
-
- Root = MakeTree (NP, mPFreq, mPTLen, mPTCode);
- if (Root >= NP) {
- WritePTLen (NP, PBIT, -1);
- } else {
- PutBits (PBIT, 0);
- PutBits (PBIT, Root);
- }
-
- Pos = 0;
- for (Index = 0; Index < Size; Index++) {
- if (Index % UINT8_BIT == 0) {
- Flags = mBuf[Pos++];
- } else {
- Flags <<= 1;
- }
-
- if (Flags & (1U << (UINT8_BIT - 1))) {
- EncodeC (mBuf[Pos++] + (1U << UINT8_BIT));
- Index3 = mBuf[Pos++];
- for (Index2 = 0; Index2 < 3; Index2++) {
- Index3 <<= UINT8_BIT;
- Index3 += mBuf[Pos++];
- }
-
- EncodeP (Index3);
- } else {
- EncodeC (mBuf[Pos++]);
- }
- }
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < NC; Index++) {
- mCFreq[Index] = 0;
- }
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < NP; Index++) {
- mPFreq[Index] = 0;
- }
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-Output (
- IN UINT32 CharC,
- IN UINT32 Pos
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Outputs an Original Character or a Pointer
-
-Arguments:
-
- CharC - The original character or the 'String Length' element of a Pointer
- Pos - The 'Position' field of a Pointer
-
-Returns: (VOID)
-
---*/
-{
- STATIC UINT32 CPos;
-
- if ((mOutputMask >>= 1) == 0) {
- mOutputMask = 1U << (UINT8_BIT - 1);
- //
- // Check the buffer overflow per outputing UINT8_BIT symbols
- // which is an Original Character or a Pointer. The biggest
- // symbol is a Pointer which occupies 5 bytes.
- //
- if (mOutputPos >= mBufSiz - 5 * UINT8_BIT) {
- SendBlock ();
- mOutputPos = 0;
- }
-
- CPos = mOutputPos++;
- mBuf[CPos] = 0;
- }
-
- mBuf[mOutputPos++] = (UINT8) CharC;
- mCFreq[CharC]++;
- if (CharC >= (1U << UINT8_BIT)) {
- mBuf[CPos] |= mOutputMask;
- mBuf[mOutputPos++] = (UINT8) (Pos >> 24);
- mBuf[mOutputPos++] = (UINT8) (Pos >> 16);
- mBuf[mOutputPos++] = (UINT8) (Pos >> (UINT8_BIT));
- mBuf[mOutputPos++] = (UINT8) Pos;
- CharC = 0;
- while (Pos) {
- Pos >>= 1;
- CharC++;
- }
-
- mPFreq[CharC]++;
- }
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-HufEncodeStart (
- VOID
- )
-{
- INT32 Index;
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < NC; Index++) {
- mCFreq[Index] = 0;
- }
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < NP; Index++) {
- mPFreq[Index] = 0;
- }
-
- mOutputPos = mOutputMask = 0;
- InitPutBits ();
- return ;
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-HufEncodeEnd (
- VOID
- )
-{
- SendBlock ();
-
- //
- // Flush remaining bits
- //
- PutBits (UINT8_BIT - 1, 0);
-
- return ;
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-MakeCrcTable (
- VOID
- )
-{
- UINT32 Index;
- UINT32 Index2;
- UINT32 Temp;
-
- for (Index = 0; Index <= UINT8_MAX; Index++) {
- Temp = Index;
- for (Index2 = 0; Index2 < UINT8_BIT; Index2++) {
- if (Temp & 1) {
- Temp = (Temp >> 1) ^ CRCPOLY;
- } else {
- Temp >>= 1;
- }
- }
-
- mCrcTable[Index] = (UINT16) Temp;
- }
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-PutBits (
- IN INT32 Number,
- IN UINT32 Value
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Outputs rightmost n bits of x
-
-Arguments:
-
- Number - the rightmost n bits of the data is used
- x - the data
-
-Returns: (VOID)
-
---*/
-{
- UINT8 Temp;
-
- while (Number >= mBitCount) {
- //
- // Number -= mBitCount should never equal to 32
- //
- Temp = (UINT8) (mSubBitBuf | (Value >> (Number -= mBitCount)));
- if (mDst < mDstUpperLimit) {
- *mDst++ = Temp;
- }
-
- mCompSize++;
- mSubBitBuf = 0;
- mBitCount = UINT8_BIT;
- }
-
- mSubBitBuf |= Value << (mBitCount -= Number);
-}
-
-STATIC
-INT32
-FreadCrc (
- OUT UINT8 *Pointer,
- IN INT32 Number
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Read in source data
-
-Arguments:
-
- Pointer - the buffer to hold the data
- Number - number of bytes to read
-
-Returns:
-
- number of bytes actually read
-
---*/
-{
- INT32 Index;
-
- for (Index = 0; mSrc < mSrcUpperLimit && Index < Number; Index++) {
- *Pointer++ = *mSrc++;
- }
-
- Number = Index;
-
- Pointer -= Number;
- mOrigSize += Number;
- Index--;
- while (Index >= 0) {
- UPDATE_CRC (*Pointer++);
- Index--;
- }
-
- return Number;
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-InitPutBits (
- VOID
- )
-{
- mBitCount = UINT8_BIT;
- mSubBitBuf = 0;
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-CountLen (
- IN INT32 Index
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Count the number of each code length for a Huffman tree.
-
-Arguments:
-
- Index - the top node
-
-Returns: (VOID)
-
---*/
-{
- STATIC INT32 Depth = 0;
-
- if (Index < mN) {
- mLenCnt[(Depth < 16) ? Depth : 16]++;
- } else {
- Depth++;
- CountLen (mLeft[Index]);
- CountLen (mRight[Index]);
- Depth--;
- }
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-MakeLen (
- IN INT32 Root
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Create code length array for a Huffman tree
-
-Arguments:
-
- Root - the root of the tree
-
-Returns:
-
- VOID
-
---*/
-{
- INT32 Index;
- INT32 Index3;
- UINT32 Cum;
-
- for (Index = 0; Index <= 16; Index++) {
- mLenCnt[Index] = 0;
- }
-
- CountLen (Root);
-
- //
- // Adjust the length count array so that
- // no code will be generated longer than its designated length
- //
- Cum = 0;
- for (Index = 16; Index > 0; Index--) {
- Cum += mLenCnt[Index] << (16 - Index);
- }
-
- while (Cum != (1U << 16)) {
- mLenCnt[16]--;
- for (Index = 15; Index > 0; Index--) {
- if (mLenCnt[Index] != 0) {
- mLenCnt[Index]--;
- mLenCnt[Index + 1] += 2;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- Cum--;
- }
-
- for (Index = 16; Index > 0; Index--) {
- Index3 = mLenCnt[Index];
- Index3--;
- while (Index3 >= 0) {
- mLen[*mSortPtr++] = (UINT8) Index;
- Index3--;
- }
- }
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-DownHeap (
- IN INT32 Index
- )
-{
- INT32 Index2;
- INT32 Index3;
-
- //
- // priority queue: send Index-th entry down heap
- //
- Index3 = mHeap[Index];
- Index2 = 2 * Index;
- while (Index2 <= mHeapSize) {
- if (Index2 < mHeapSize && mFreq[mHeap[Index2]] > mFreq[mHeap[Index2 + 1]]) {
- Index2++;
- }
-
- if (mFreq[Index3] <= mFreq[mHeap[Index2]]) {
- break;
- }
-
- mHeap[Index] = mHeap[Index2];
- Index = Index2;
- Index2 = 2 * Index;
- }
-
- mHeap[Index] = (INT16) Index3;
-}
-
-STATIC
-VOID
-MakeCode (
- IN INT32 Number,
- IN UINT8 Len[ ],
- OUT UINT16 Code[]
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Assign code to each symbol based on the code length array
-
-Arguments:
-
- Number - number of symbols
- Len - the code length array
- Code - stores codes for each symbol
-
-Returns: (VOID)
-
---*/
-{
- INT32 Index;
- UINT16 Start[18];
-
- Start[1] = 0;
- for (Index = 1; Index <= 16; Index++) {
- Start[Index + 1] = (UINT16) ((Start[Index] + mLenCnt[Index]) << 1);
- }
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < Number; Index++) {
- Code[Index] = Start[Len[Index]]++;
- }
-}
-
-STATIC
-INT32
-MakeTree (
- IN INT32 NParm,
- IN UINT16 FreqParm[],
- OUT UINT8 LenParm[ ],
- OUT UINT16 CodeParm[]
- )
-/*++
-
-Routine Description:
-
- Generates Huffman codes given a frequency distribution of symbols
-
-Arguments:
-
- NParm - number of symbols
- FreqParm - frequency of each symbol
- LenParm - code length for each symbol
- CodeParm - code for each symbol
-
-Returns:
-
- Root of the Huffman tree.
-
---*/
-{
- INT32 Index;
- INT32 Index2;
- INT32 Index3;
- INT32 Avail;
-
- //
- // make tree, calculate len[], return root
- //
- mN = NParm;
- mFreq = FreqParm;
- mLen = LenParm;
- Avail = mN;
- mHeapSize = 0;
- mHeap[1] = 0;
- for (Index = 0; Index < mN; Index++) {
- mLen[Index] = 0;
- if (mFreq[Index]) {
- mHeapSize++;
- mHeap[mHeapSize] = (INT16) Index;
- }
- }
-
- if (mHeapSize < 2) {
- CodeParm[mHeap[1]] = 0;
- return mHeap[1];
- }
-
- for (Index = mHeapSize / 2; Index >= 1; Index--) {
- //
- // make priority queue
- //
- DownHeap (Index);
- }
-
- mSortPtr = CodeParm;
- do {
- Index = mHeap[1];
- if (Index < mN) {
- *mSortPtr++ = (UINT16) Index;
- }
-
- mHeap[1] = mHeap[mHeapSize--];
- DownHeap (1);
- Index2 = mHeap[1];
- if (Index2 < mN) {
- *mSortPtr++ = (UINT16) Index2;
- }
-
- Index3 = Avail++;
- mFreq[Index3] = (UINT16) (mFreq[Index] + mFreq[Index2]);
- mHeap[1] = (INT16) Index3;
- DownHeap (1);
- mLeft[Index3] = (UINT16) Index;
- mRight[Index3] = (UINT16) Index2;
- } while (mHeapSize > 1);
-
- mSortPtr = CodeParm;
- MakeLen (Index3);
- MakeCode (NParm, LenParm, CodeParm);
-
- //
- // return root
- //
- return Index3;
-}
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/WinNtInclude.h b/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/WinNtInclude.h deleted file mode 100644 index bd33e3dd2a..0000000000 --- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Common/WinNtInclude.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,73 +0,0 @@ -/** @file
-
-Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-This program and the accompanying materials
-are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-
-THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-
-Module Name:
- WinNtInclude.h
-
-Abstract:
- Include file for the WinNt Library
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef __WIN_NT_INCLUDE_H__
-#define __WIN_NT_INCLUDE_H__
-
-#define GUID _WINNT_DUP_GUID_____
-#define _LIST_ENTRY _WINNT_DUP_LIST_ENTRY_FORWARD
-#define LIST_ENTRY _WINNT_DUP_LIST_ENTRY
-#define InterlockedIncrement _WINNT_DUP_InterlockedIncrement
-#define InterlockedDecrement _WINNT_DUP_InterlockedDecrement
-#define InterlockedCompareExchange64 _WINNT_DUP_InterlockedCompareExchange64
-#undef UNALIGNED
-#undef CONST
-#undef VOID
-
-#ifndef __GNUC__
-#include "windows.h"
-
-//
-// Win32 include files do not compile clean with /W4, so we use the warning
-// pragma to suppress the warnings for Win32 only. This way our code can stil
-// compile at /W4 (highest warning level) with /WX (warnings cause build
-// errors).
-//
-#pragma warning(disable : 4115)
-#pragma warning(disable : 4201)
-#pragma warning(disable : 4214)
-#pragma warning(disable : 4028)
-#pragma warning(disable : 4133)
-
-//
-// Set the warnings back on as the EFI code must be /W4.
-//
-#pragma warning(default : 4115)
-#pragma warning(default : 4201)
-#pragma warning(default : 4214)
-
-#endif
-
-#undef GUID
-#undef _LIST_ENTRY
-#undef LIST_ENTRY
-#undef InterlockedIncrement
-#undef InterlockedDecrement
-#undef InterlockedCompareExchange64
-#undef InterlockedCompareExchangePointer
-
-#define VOID void
-
-//
-// Prevent collisions with Windows API name macros that deal with Unicode/Not issues
-//
-#undef LoadImage
-#undef CreateEvent
-
-#endif
|